Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
I
^^6ra^^'
n,<j,.,..<,r,,GoogIe
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
t ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH
GRAMMAR
SAMUEL GARNER, PH.D.
FORMERLY T
NEW YORK-;-CINCINNATr-;-CHICAGO
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
'ill
vGoti^lc
cofvricht, 191 1, bv
Samuel Gaknbr
D,g,t,.?<lb,GOOgIf
PREFACE
As the author's Spanish Grammar, published nearly ten
years ago, has met with such marked favor with teachers ol
Spanish and still continues to hold its own, it was thought that
a book along the same lines but containing less detail and, in
some respects, simpler in its general treatment, would prove
acceptable to those whose classes can not devote to the study
of Spanish the time necessary to a mastery of the larger work.
With this end in view, an endeavor has been made, in the present
work, to treat only such features of the grammatical mechanism
oi the language as are essential for the reading of ordinary
Spanish. As the teaching of the older book is believed to be
sound in every way, the same treatment has been adhered
to and most of the same material has been used, but it has
been recast and simplified in many ways. The exercises are
new throi^hout and, where convenient, have been incorporated
in the text where they property beloi^. These exercises cover
all the verbs, regular as well as irregular, and, in this respect,
will doubtless be found to be an improvement
As there is already a sufficiency of available reading texts
provided with vocabularies, and as most teachers naturally
prefer to make then- own selections, it was not deemed advisable
to include any matter of that kind.
The method of using the book will be determined by each
teacher to suit his particular oinditions. In classes of mature
students most chapters can be taken in one or two lessons.
For less advanced classes the dusters may be divided into
three or even four parts.
3
233670
Although it has become customary, in books for the teach-
ing of the modem languages, to devote a portion of each lesson
to so-called oral work, the intent being to teach conversation,
nothing of the kind has been given in this book, because the
author is convinced, after many years of experience in con-
versational methods, that, even when most of the lesson-period
is given over to them, the results are often discouraging. There
is DO surer basis for the acquisition of a practical knowledge of
a language than a thoroi^h drill in its grammatical structure.
In any event, ready-made conversational exercises will prove of
but little avail. The active teacher, who wishes such work to
be interesting and useful, will take the words of the lesson and
develop them into a lively conversation between himself and
his students, and, unless he has the energy to do this off-hand,
he will find his efforts fruitless. By this it is not meant to dis-
courage that kind of work. To have some of it will doubtless
add variety and interest to the classroom work. For the
teacher who has not a fluent practical command of the language
I know of no better plan than to ask questions on the sentences
of the Spanish exercises, the student answering by repeating
these sentences. For instance, in the second exercise, the
teacher mi^ht proceed thus:
iQ}i€ esel plural de cardcier y regimen'? and the student would
answer: El plural de cardcter y r&gimen es irregular: caracteres
y regfmenes.
Teacher. ^Son altos los paladosP — Student. Sf , sefior;
los palacios son altos y estin en un cerro.
Teacher. (lEsti frio el pan? — Student. Si, senor; el pan
esti frio, pero es bueno.
The English exercises may be utilized for the same purpose
by having the students translate them oS-hand as they are read
off by the teacher, after the sentences have been distributed
among the members of the class, written by them on the
board, corrected, and erased. This in^Ues, of course, that
PREFACE 5
the student has beeo required to commit the vocabularies
to "memory.
As to the propriety of requiring a written translation of these
exercises to be made by the student beforehand, teachers may
differ; but there should be no di&erence of opinion in this re-
gard, namely, that it is a waste of energy and time on the part
of teachers to correct such translations and hand them back to
their students with the hope that they will profit by the cor-
rections. To be of any value as written exercises they should
be put on the board as above indicated and corrected before
the whole class. At least that has been the author's dis-
couraging experience. Hence the plan indicated above.
Saicuel Gahkes.
Anmapous, Md.
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
CONTENTS
Preface 3-3
Contents 7-8
AWttABBT AND PnONVNaATlON; SECTIONS
Alphabet i
Vowels a-3
Consonants 4
Miscellaneous 5-7
Syllabication 8
Accentuation g
Punctuation and Capitals io~ii
LecqAn Psiuesa: Aiticles. Declendon, Teaer iz-i6
LecciAn SEonNDA: Number. SerandEstar I7~30
Lecci6n Tercera: Gender ai-aS
LECa6N CtiARTA: Adjectives. Apocopation 36-30
Lecci6k Qdinta: Position of Adjectives. Agreement of Adjectives 31-37
I.ECa6N Sexta: Comparison of Adjectives 3S-44
Lecci(5k StpTOSA: Qualifying Suffixes: Augmentatives and Diinin-
udves 4S-SO
Lecci<5n Octava: Numerals: Cardinals and Ordinals. Fractions. 51-57
Lecci6n Nona: Personal Pronouns 58-64
LEcadu DiciMA: Possessive Adjectives 65-73
Lecci6n XjNDfclMA: Possessive Pronouns 74-79
Lecci6n Duod^oma: Demonstratives 80-87
Lecci6n DiciMOTERCiA: Relative Pronouns 88-97
LEcafiN DficiMOCUAETA: Interrogative Pronouns 98-107 '
Lecci6n DficnroQUiNTA: Indefinite Pronouns 108-iig
Lecci6n DiciMOSEXTA: Indefinite Adjectives .* 110-139
Lecci6n DtcmostPTiUA: Adverbs. Comparison ot Adverbs . 140-149
X>ECCi^N D£cutociAVA: Prepositions i, de, and en 150-154
' 7
„ Google
8 CONTENTS
Lecci6n DicDioNONA: Prepositions por and para iSS-isS
LECCt^N VlG^suiA: Conjunctions. Interjections 159-ifia
XXI. The Verb. AiKUiaty Verbs 163-168
XXII. Regular Verbs 169-170
XXin. Orthographic Changes 171
XXIV. Memory-aids to learnbg the Conjugations 173-173
XXV. Pas^ve Voice 174-175
XXVI. Reflexive Verbs 176-180
XXVII. Impersonal Verbs igi
XXVin. Irregular Verbs ..i8i-i48
XXIX. Syntax: Definite Article 249-253
XXX-XXXI. Syntax: Indefinite Article 254-258
XXXII. Syntax: Cases of Nouns and Pronouns . 259-266
XXXin. Syntax ot the Verb 267-273
XXXIV-XXXV. Syntax: Tenses of the Indicative .... 174-283
XXXVI. Syntax: Tenses of the Indicative.— Im-
perative 284-290
XXXVII-XXXVin. Syntax: The Subjunctive 291-304
XXXIX. Syntax: The Infinitive 305-311
XL. Syntax: Participles and Gerund .... 312-318
XLl-XLVIII. Spanish Exercises 319-334
XLIX. Spanish Abbreviations .1 335
Epistolary Formalities 33^-339
Letters and Business Forms 340
Spanish VocABtruuiy 199-118
Engush Vocabulary 219-229
Index 331-233
D,g,t,.?<lb, Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION
1. The following thirty characters compose the Spanish
alphabet: — /.y_ ^ : '-'
a, b, c, ch, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, 11, m, n, fi, o, p,^ r, ir,
s, t, u, V, w, X, y, z
-, ,\ VOWELS -^
2. Most English vowels are pronounced as diphthongs.
This must be carefully avoided in Spanish, and a dear simple
sound given to each vowel. In the illustrative examples here-
after given, the vowel having the stress (accent) is in heavy
type.
{R varies between a in faiker and a in am: porta, acta
e varies between a in laie and e in where: teme, jefe
varies between oiogo and o in lojl: amfi, tap6n
ft W It J' (y)^'*'^sbetween (in/o/tgweand iinitn; mi, rey, pintfl
I u varies between i* in rule and u in full: uno, buscC
y is a vowel only in the conjunction y (and) , and when final:
rey.
Remarks. — The quality of the vowels is largely determined by
contiguous consonants, by the stress accent, or by their relative posi-
tion in the word. For instance: —
a, in the closed* syllable par, of parto, is more open than a, in the
open syllable pa, of pari6. In parto a b nearly as open as a ixi jather;
in parili a differs but slighdy from a in am.
• A syllable is closed when it ends in a consonant (as an-tes, del),
and op«n when it ends in a vowel (as de, pa-ta).
„ Google
lO ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
e is generally dosed in open syllables as, be-be-de<ro, Pe-pe, pie, anil
open in dosed ^llables and before U and rr, as men-te, res-to, miel,
beUo, tierra.
a is never so narrow as o in go, but approadies that sound in open
stressed syllables or when final, as bo-ca, temiii, «mo, to-do. In dosed
syllables it is similar to the o of loft, as ton-to, los, Ucor, tap6n, cor-to.
i, when it receives the syllabic accent or is in an open syllable, is
like t in fatigue, as miro, tine, pinto, I-n^s, i-nocente; otherwise it is
nearly as open as i in kirt, as pintfi, ingrato, infanta. The difference,
however, is rather slight.
u, under the influence of the accent or in an open syllable, is similar
to the » of rule, as curul, cumbre, cuna, betlin; in other cases it b
more like the « oifuU, as buscii, untar, cultivo. Care should be taken
never to pronounce the Spanish u as m in English use.
3. Diph&ongs and triiditliotigs are pronounced in one un-
interrupted impulse of the voice, each vowel being distinctly
heard.
a. Diphthoi^s of strong and weak vowels. In these combinations
the strong vowel receives the chief stress in tonic syllables, unless the
weak vowel has the written accent ; in other cases the two vowels are
passed over without special stress, as baile, traido, but bailar.
ai, ay as in baile, ay
ia as m diario
au as in aula
ie as in miel
ei, ey as in veinte, ley
io as in dios
eu as in deuda
lu as in cuando
oi, 07 as in oigo, hoy
ue as in luego
ou as in bou
uo as in cuota
Note. — The Spanish Academy maintains that two strong vowels
never form a diphthong. That is true where one bears the tonic
accent, as poeta; but in such words as linea, ftrea, eo is as much a
diphthong as 10 in diario.
b. Diphthongs of two weak vowels; —
iu as in diumo ui, uy as in ruin, muy
Note here that the second vowel always bears the stress, unless the
first has the written accent, as buitre, but flfiido; also that, unless
PRONUNCIATION II
tb^ syllable is tonic, both vowels are evenly pronounced without
q>ecial stress, as diuturoo, cuidado.
c. Triphthongs. These are formed by a stressed strong vowel be-
tween two weak vowels: —
iai as in estudifiis uai, uay as in amortigufiis, guay
iei as in despreci^is uei, uey as in desagu€is, buey
CONSONANTS
4, While Spanish vowels are more dearly uttered than the
English, the reverse is true of the consonants, many of which
are pronounced very lightly and indistinctly and in some cases
even dropped altogether. We shall group them in accordance
with their relation to the vocal organs.
a. Labiais (Lip Sounds)
T as in vivo
p as in pavo
f as in faena
m as in mamfi
b as in bebo
w as in W6ber, Windsor
Reuarks. — Bring the lips lightly together in the middle, keeping
the comers slightly apart. If then the corresponding English letters
are uttered, they will give approximately the Spanish sounds. It is
commonly said that b and v are identical sounds, and this is the gen-
eral practice; but the best Spanish authorities insist that v as well as
/ should be pronounced with the upper teeth against the lower lips.
As to 3H, which occius in foreign words, it is pronounced either S3
Spanish v or the pronunciation of the foreign tongue is imitated, as
Germ. wagon=vagdn; Eng. Washington = Ufishington.
b. Dento-Linguals (Tooth-Tongue Sounds)
- c before e and t ) ... ,,- ( cebo, cienda
„ . . } as f/f in tntn- \ ,
z m all positions ) / zapa, baza
ch as ck in church: mucho, muchacho
d nearly as d in did, approximating th of the: dedo,dividlr
1 as I in lei: techo, alma
U as tfi in million: bello, llamo
n as n in Iwk; iino, mente
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
12 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
n before hard g and c and 9» as » in ring: tengo, bianco, conque
fl* (» with the tilde) as ni in unum: nifio, fiiquiAaque
t as J in len: todo, entonces
Remarks, — Excepting n before hard g and c and ^h, the above
sounds differ appreciably from the correspondii^ Engh^ sounds in
that, in the former, the tongue touches the lower edge of the upper
teeth, while, in the latter, it is placed against the palate just back of
the teeth.
d is the most slighted of all the consonants. Initial or between
vowels, as in deuda, it is nearly the th of tke: final it is either silent
or like the th of thin, as U3t6 for usted, mitad (pr. meetath) ; lastly it
is frequently dropped between two vowels, as too and to for todo,
naa and na for nada, vivfo for vivido, dao for dado. These contrac-
tions should be avoided.
c. Aspirates
I J m all positions ) ( bajo, junto, jefe
.' h silent in all positions: ahora, hablar
Note. — The above sound of g and j is the (A of German ack, or
a strongly aspirated English k.
d. Gutturals (Throat Sounds) - ,-
n>efore a, o, u, and^ Tcabo, codo, accifin, frac
G -^ before a consonant
I and final ?■ as c in cai*-s
^ qu before e, i qu«do, aquf
k in all positions i Ikiosko, kilOmetro
cu=kw: cuando, cuidado, cuemo, cuota
rfore a, o, u, aa&\ Tgato, gota, guapo, giito,
before a consonant I . J zigzag
md final >>^gingo:<
gu before e,i ^ '>sigue, gufa
Note. — When the u of gue and gut is pronounced, it receives the
diaeresis: antigiiedad, lingiilstica.
* Place the tip of the toogue against the lower edge of the upper
PRONUNCIATION 13
e. Liquids (Tongue l^ills)
rtween voweb and*! rpero, amor, p«rla, cr«ma,
in most other >- slightly trilled: -< brote, porto, aipa,
portions J I Srbol
r uiiiial or 1 framo, Israel, Enrique, mabotu
after /, «, j?- strongly trilled:-<
a } lairreo, bwro, ceno
Note. — The finals ar, er, ir, or, ur are uttered with a short, slight
tiill. Observe also that the Spanish r b never guttutsl but is made
in the fonrard part of the mouth, the tongue vibrating agunst the
palat£ just back of the upper teeth.
/■■,x,J
B is always s in hose: casa, sastre.
z b a double consonant, c+s, and the general teaching b that it
should be so pronounced; but even careful speakers are inclined to
neglect the c-element, saying esplicar, estrafio for ezplicar, extraflo.
The Spanish Academy condemns thb usage, and the student should
adopt the pure x-sound, as in laso, convexo, examen.
y is a consonant only when initial or between two vowels and b y
in yes: yoso, cayfi.
MISCELLANEOUS
5, Double consonants. Besides ck, II, rr, which are not re-
garded as double letters, c and n occur double, and both are
pronounced. In acci&n, for instance, the first c has the value
of k, and the second that of ik in thin; hence akthidn. When
nn occurs, both should be uttered, especially if in initijkl is
negative, as innoble, innumerable, innegable, innecesario. Ini-
tial imm of English words appears in Spanish as tnm, as inmoral,
inmdvil.
6. Elision or ctmtraction. In colloquial discourse, but not in
■writing (except by careless spellers), vowels coining into con-
tact are merged into a single sound or diphthong: de esta ma-
nera, ^r. desta maneraj ^c6moestdusted? ^. c6moestfiust6; no
.,Gtx)^lc
14 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
lehevisto, ^. nolevisto; ^qu€ estfl hadendoP ^. questflciendo;
no U ama ahora, pr. no lamaora.
7. Dialectic peculiaiides are common over all Spain and in
the Spanish settlements in the New World, but the student is
not recommended to adopt them in his pronunciation.
C (before e and t) is pronounced like s: coser for cocer.
c and p before t are assimilated, both f's being sounded: perfetto
for perfecto; ratto for rapto.
d final and between vowels b dropped; verd& for verdad, toa for
toda, amao for amado.
g is drc^ped before a or takes the place of b: aua for agua, gtieno
for bueno.
n final is pronounced as thoue^ followed by g: Doi^ Juang for
Don Juan.
11 as }> (consonant) or as Enf^ish j: cabayo for caballo, jorar for
Uorar.
s is dropped, especially when final or before consonants: pue for
pues, ^c6mo eti ut£? for ^c6mo estft ust«d?; la mima cosas for las
mismas cosas.
y is pronounced as English/- jo, jeso for yo, y«so.
z and s are interchanged: ^c6mo eztA oziii for ^c6mo eaUl usted?;
casar for cazar.
SYLLABICATION
8. In the division of words into syllables the following rules
should be observed.
a. A single consonant and ch, U, and rr go with the following vowel:
mo-ti-vo, mu-cha-cho, ba-ta-lla, ba-rro.
b. Two or more consonants between vowels are separated: al-ma,
cons-tan-te; but b, c, d, /, g, p, and a following / or r combine with
the following vowel: li-bro, a-cre, pu-drir, i-gle-sia, a-pla-ca-ble.
T and r combine, but t and I separate: a-troz, a-tiis; but at-le-ta,
At-lan-te.
c. The [affixes des, ah, sub, when felt as such, are excepted from
PRONUNCIATION 1 5
the above ndes: des-unlr, ab-rogai, sub-aixendar; but su-bir,
a-busdar. Observe also nos-otros, vos-otros.
d. The vowels may be separated only when they form distinct
syllables: po-e-ta, ba-iU; but bue-no, tie-ne.
ACCENTUATION
9. The place of the tonic or stress accent in Spanish is easily
learned from a few simple rules: —
a. Words ending in y or a consonant, eicept n or s, have the stress
on the last pliable: animal, sencillez, Echegaray.
6. Words ending in a simple vowel or diphthoi^, or in « or j, are
accented on the next to the last f^Uable: padre, astuda, serio, an-
tiguo, }oven, lunes.
c. All words not embraced under these two rules must bear the
written accent on the emphatic syllable: rinc6n, jevenes, alf^rez,
ademJU, navio, astronomia, enrfe, continflo.
d. Note that many words, though not requiring the written accent
by rule c, receive it, however, to distinguish them graphically from
other words of the same form but of different meaning, while a few
others receive it for no particular reason: c6mo {how?), CMno (<w),
tfi (thou), tu ((Ay), and € (and), k {to).
e. Note further that all syllables preceding and following the tonic
syllable should be evenly pronounced, there being scarcely any sec-
ondary accent in Spanish: tipogrAfico, mentiroso. From this must
be excepted all compounds whose parts are felt as separate words:
iurisconsulto, sobremanera, salvaguardia. Here must also be included
all adverbs compounded with an adjective and the noun mente
(>Eng. -ly): solamente, medianamente.
PUNCTUATION AND CAPITALS
10. Punctuation. The only differences that need be noted
here are that the points ! and ? are placed both at the beginning
(inverted j i) and at the end of exclamatory and interrogative
sentences, and that suspension points (. . .) are used to indi<
cate a pause in or the breaking off of a thoi^ht.
„ Google
l6 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
II. Ca^ritals. Unlike the English, the Spanish writes with
small initials the pronoun yo (/), except at the beginning of a
sentence, the names of the months and days, and proper ad-
jectives, both as adjectives (la lengua espafiola, the Spanish
language) and as nouns (los espa&oles, the Spaniards).
lecciOn PRIMERA
12. Articles. There are, in Spanish, two articles, the defi-
nite and the indefinite, and they vary in form for gender and
number. The forms of the definite are: —
SlNCtrLAS TUJEAL
Mascuiine el los
>Neuler lo (wanting)
Note. — Before feminine singular nouns beginning with tonic a
or ha, el, for euphony, takes the place of la: el alma, Ike soul; el baba,
the bean. Where an adjective precedes the noun, or the noun is a
proper name, the substitution is not made: la alta torre, the high
tovier; la Angela, that {girl) Angela (depredative or familiar).
a. Indefinite
SmGULAK Plukai,
Masculine un(o), ) unos, > some, a few,
• Feminine una, > ' unas, } several
Note. — ^ It is quite common to use «w before nouns of the above
category (la. Note) : un &guila, an eagle; un hacha, an ax. But before
au adjective, used substantively, neither the masculine nor feminine
b abbreviated: un libro, a book; uno bueno, a good one; un ave, a
bird; ima buena, a good one.
13. Declension. Nouns have no case endings, but Spaniards
make a declension of their nouns by means of prepositions and
the definite article, de el being contracted to del and 4 el to al.
.,Gtx)^lc
DECLENSION 1 7
The cases are named, after the Latin, Nominative, Genitive,
Dative, Accusative.
SmGtFLAS FLtTKAL
Nom: ^\ hombre, the man los bombres, the mat
Gen. W hombre, of the man, the de los bombres, of the men, the
man's men^s
Dot. al hombre, to, from the man & los hombTes, to, from the meo
Ace. el or al hombie, the man los or 4 los hombres, the men
a. Declensions with the other articles are made in tbe same vray,
but there are no contractions: la mujer, Uk woman, delamujer, of the
woman, the woman's; un caballo, a horse, de. un caballo, of a horse, a
horse's, etc.
6. The accusative with d is used when the object of a transitive
verb represents a person or other intelligent animal. Otherwise i is
usually omitted: el muchacho tiene al caballo, tite boy holds the horse;
yo quiero k mi madre, / love my mother; €1 escribe una carta, he is
■writing a letter.
14. Tener represents the English to have in the sense of to
possess; when it means to hold, d is used before the object.
yo* tengo, I have nosotros tenemos, we have
tii tienes, thou hast vosotios tenuis, you have
61, ella tiene, ke, she has elloa, ellas tienen, they have
a. Tbe interrogative fonn is made by putting the subject befdrr
the verb: dtiene 61? Aim he? No {no, not), placed before the verb,
makes it negative: ella no tiene, jAe lias not; iuo tiene ellaP has she not?
15.
amigo, m. friend Sor, /. flower
caballo, m. horse bemana, /. »ster
casa,/. house hermano, m. brother
cuchiUo, m. knife huevo, m. egg
OS, is Upiz, m. pencil
* The subject pronouns are usually omitted when not emphatic.
, GtXJ^Ic
l8 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
libro, M. book pluma,/. pen
nuidre,/. mother £qu£? what?
manzana, /. apple reina, /. queen
mi, pi. mis, my r«y, m. king '
mudtaclu, /. girl rosa, /. rose
niAo, m. child tia,/. aunt
DO, DO, not tio, m. uncle /
psdre, m. father y, and
i6. Ejercido Primero
I. Yo tengo una rosa; ^que tienes tii? 2. Tengo una maa-
zana. 3. ^Tiene el nifio un libro? No, tiene un lipiz. 4. No
tenemos una casa. 5. Vosotros ten^s un caballo. 6. El rey y
la rdna tienen un atnigo. 7. Ellos tienen un huevo y ellas (Jem.)
una pluma.
8. The father and the mother. 9. He has a sister and she
has a brother. 10. My uncle is the brother of my father.
II. My aunt is my mother's sister, is. He has the man's
knife. 13. She has not the girl's flower. 14. The rose is a
flower, and the apple is not a flower. 15. What hast thou?
16. [I*] have the pen'of my brother. 17. What have you?
18. We have the men's knife. 19. They hold the liorse (see I4). -
■ lecciOn SEGUNDA
17. Number. Nouns and adjectives ending in an unstressed
vowel (except y) take s in the plural ; those ending in y or a con-
sonant take es. Z final changes to c before es.
el amigo, (Ae/rtend los amigos, fAe/riemb
la mano, tite haml las manos, the hands
el buey, the ox los bueyes, the oxen
el animal, the animal los animales, the animals
la cruz, the cross las cruces, the crosses
* Words in brackets [ ] should not be transited.
NUMBER 19
a. There axe some exceptions to the above general rule, but they
^re best learned by practice.
b. Some masculine nouns, besides their regular plural meaning,
frequently indicate both sexes of pairs naturally associated; as, los
padres, thefalhers or tkefalker and mother. And so: los reyes, the ting
and queen; los duques, the duke and duchess.
Note that when any noun, not stressed on its last pliable, take^ei,
its tonic vowel must be marked in the plural: joven, young man,
j6venes, young men. Also that a noun having the written accent on
its last vowel rejects the accent in the plural, unless the vowel is
weak (i, u): n3ci6n, nation, naciones, nations; baj&, pasha, bajaes,
pashas; but rubl, ruby, mbtes, rubies.
18. Stf and estar, to he, are irregular in their conjugations.
Present IndicatiTe
SiNCULAB Plttkal
yo soy, estoy, / am nosotros somoa, estamos, we are
id eres, est&s, thou art vosotros sois, estiia, you are
usted es, esti, you are ustedes son, est&n, you are
&, ella es, esti, he, she is ellos, ellas son, est4n, they are
a. Usted, pi. ustedes, are the polite forms of address. They are
abbreviated to V. or Vd. and VV. or Vds.
b. The above verbs both mean to be. Ser expresses what is perma-
nent, characteristic, essential, while estar indicates position, slate, con-
dition, what is ^ansitory, changeMe, etc.
19.
alto, -a, high
idflnde? where?
animal, m. animal
dos, two
aqui, here
en, in -
bueno, -a, good
hierro, m. iron
buey, «. ox
irregular, irregular
caliente, hot
jardin, m. garden
carftcter, m. character
lirio, m. Uly
ceno, m. hill
malo, -a (mal), bad, evil, ^ck,
d(a, w. day
unwell
.,Gtx)^lc
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GBAMMAR.
mu7, very
por, for
palsdo, m. palace
iquita? who?
pan, f». bread
retHmen, m. sy
pero, but
d, yes
plural, M. pluial
solo, -«, alone
poco, -a, little, short
few
vlejo, -«, old
20. Bjercido Dos
I. El plural de car&ckr y rigimen es iir^^ular: caraderes y
regimenes. 2. Los palacios son altos y esUn en un cerro,
3, ElpanesUtfrio,peroesbueno. 4. ^D6nde esUn W., amigos
mios? Aquf estamos. 5. Yo no estoy solo; tengo aqui mis
bermanas. 6. Mis hertnanos estin en casa de mi tfo. 7. Los
bueyes son animates dom^sticos (26). 8. Mi padre es viejo y
est5 muy malo.
9. Yes, he is very wicked, but he is my brother. 10. The
iron is hot. 11. Who is he? He is my uncle. 12. Where is
she? She is in the garden. 13. The rose and the hly are
flowers. 14. They are friends of my aunt. 15. The horse
and the ox are domestic animals (20, 7).
lecciOn TERCERA
21. Geaisx. The names of living beings are masculine or
feminine accordit^ to sex; —
el hombre, the man la mujer, the woman
el abuelo, the grtmdfalher la abuela, the grandmother
el hijo, the son la hija, the daughter
22. Nouns having- no sex are grammatically masculine
when they end in o, and feminine when they end in a : —
el vino, vine la comida, dinner
el viento, wind la litiea, line
el verano, summer la primavera, spring
„CnUO'-Ac
a. Bzceptions. La mano, hand; la nao, ship; el dta, day; and a few
nouns ending in -ma and -ta: el drama, drama; el dima, ditnate; el
planeta, planet, etc.
b. No certain nile can be given for nouns ending in a (xinsonant,
save that those having the tenninations -iin, -dad, -tad, -tud,
-umbre, and -ei are uniformly feminine: la creacidn, creation; la
bondad, goodness; la mitad, half; la viitud, virtue; la cumbie, toP; la
vejez, old age.
Note that, while in some cases there are distinct fonns for mascu-
line and feminine nouns, as el caballo, the horse, la y^;ua, the mare, in
many others the feminine is formed by changing the ending of the
masculine: el viudo, the widower, la viuda, the widow; el sefior,
the gentleman, la seQora, the lady; el sastre, the tailor, la sastra,
the lailoress or tailor's wife; el conde, the count, la condesa, the
countess.
23. Learn the present indicative of the £rst coDJugation, 170.
4, to, at
hablar, to speak
carts, /. letter
inflnitivo, m. infinitive
casa,/. house, home; en , at lengua,/. language ■
home
mucho, -a, much, many
daso,/. class
papel, m. paper
como, like
persona,/, person
comprar, to buy
por, through, for, by
conjugacifin, /. conjugation
presidente, m. president
conjugado, -a, conjugated
primeio, -a, first
conocido, -a, known
regular, regular
desear, to desire, wish
segfin, according to
disclpulo, ffl. scholar
sefior, m. Mr., sir
ensefiar, to teach
8i, if . .
su, SUB, his, her, its, their, your
Espafia, /. Spain
tennjnaciSn, /. ending
espaflol, m. Spanish
tinta, /. ink
estudisr, to study
tres, three
eitranjero, -a, foreign
francos, m. French
gnunitica, /. grammar
viajar, to travel
22 ESSEKTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
35. Ejerdcio Tnb
I. iQa.6 lengua habla usted? 2. Yo hablo el espafiol. 3.
^Que lengua hablan W., sefior Blanco? 4. Hablamos mi
mujer y yo el francos. 5. Los franceses hablan raramente
lenguas extranjeras (26). 6. ^Qu^ compras tu? — Compro papel
y tinta para escribir una carta. 7. Los disdpulos estudian
mucho sus lecdones. 8. La gramitica ensefia i hablar co-
rrectamente ima lengua.
g. In Spanish the regular** verbs* (26, c) have three con-
jugations, known by the endings of the infinitives. 10, We
conji^te a regular* verb* according to its conjugation. 11,
Trabajar (to work) is [a] verb of the first conjugation and is
conjugated Uke hablar. 12. The count and the countess are
travehng through Spain. 13. If you (vosotros) wish to See the
(13, b) President, he is not at home. 14. Do you {usted) travel
much? — No, I do not travel much. 15. The two persons in
the garden are the mother and father (17, b) of my friend.
lecciOn CUARTA
26. Adjectives. Spanish adjectives usually vary in form
for gender and number. They may be arranged, for the most
part, in three groups: —
a. Those ending in 0, ete, ole form the feminine by changing the
last vowel to o.- —
Singular Plural
bianco, blanca, while blancos, blancas
regordete, -a, fat and plump regordetes, regordetas
graodote, -a, ralher big grandotes, grandotas
• In this and the following werciaes small figures to the right of a
series of words indicate the order in which these words should be placed,
and a word in brackets should be omitted in translating.
.Gt-KH^Ic
»■ ADJECTIVES 25"
b. Those in 4n, 6n, or (except comparatives in or) and proper ad-
jectives in is, rejecting the written accent of the masculine, add a: —
- holgaz^, -a, Itay holgazanes, holgazanas
' burlfin, -a, roguish builones, burlonas
traidor, -a, traitoroui traidores, traidoras
ingles, -a, English ingleses, inglesas
Note. — EspaRol and andaluz (Andalusian) add a for the feminine.
c. Adjectives ending in a, e, i, d, en, vn, r, and z have one form
for both genders: —
agdcola, agricultural agtfo^
verde, green verdes
Cannes!, crimson carmesles
fiel, faithful; azul, Mue fieles, azulea
joven, young; comlin, common jdvenes, comunes
familiar, /oMilMU- . familiares
feliz, happy fehces (17)
Note. — Cada, each, every, and dem&s, other, remaining, are invari-
able: cada seis dias, ejiery six days; los dem&s, the others, rest.
27. J^ioccqtation. The following adjectives drop (and
sometimes a) when they stand immediately before a noun;
otherwise the full forms are used: —
alguno, -a, some, any ninguno, -a, no, not any, none
■ bueno, -a, goixl; malo, -a, bad primero, -a, first
postrero, -a, iatler, last tercero, -a, third
a. Santo, saint, loses its last syllable before most of the saints'
names: San Pablo, San Pedro, San Juan; but Santo Tomis, Santo
Domingo.
b. Grande, ^eat, drops its last syllable before nouns beginning with
a consonant: un gran poeta, a great poet; but preferably: un grande
orador, a great orator. Similarly cualquiera, whatever, any, may lose
its a: cualquier casa (house).
28. l£am the present indicative of the second ctmjugation,
170, and read carefully 31, a, b.
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
amuiUo, -a, yellow
mejor, better
aprender, to learn
menudo, -a, small, minute; A ,
irbol, m. tree
often
arteria,/. artery
nunca, never
atado, -a, tied
6, or
color, m. color
otollo, M. autumn
con, with
pequ«fio, -a, small
contento, -a, satisfied
perro, m. dog
correr, to run
poeta, m. poet
de^uSs, afterward; do,
prisa,/. haste; mds de , faster
after
que, than
domicilio, m. shelter, house
restdtado, m. result
elwden, /. election
rojizo, -a, reddish
expreso, -a, express
rojo, -a, red.
hoja,/.lea[
saitgre, /. blood
Inglaterra,/. England
suerte,/. lot, luck
inviemo, m. winter
trabajoBo, -a, laborious
Uegar, to arrive
tren, m. train
llevar, to lead, carry off
Madrid, Madrid
vena, /. vein
maoo,/. hand
rtda,/. Ufe
30. Ejerdcio Cuatro
1. Ella tiene las manos (22
■ a)_ pequefias y blalicas y los
ojos azules y burlones. 2. Las muchadias holgazanas aprenden
muy poco. 3. No temo el resultado de las elecciones. 4. Las
clases agrfcolas llevan una vida trabajosa. 5. La sangre corre
por todas las venas y arterias. 6. Mi buen amigo liega por el
primer tren de Madrid. 7. Un gran poeta no es d menudo un
grande orador. 8. Cualquier domicilio es mejor que ningun
domicilio.
g. The rose is white, yellow, or red; the other flowers are of
various' colors^. 10, [They] speak the Spanish* langu^e* in
Spain and the English in England. 11. The leaves of (the)*
trees are green in (the) spring and in (the) summer (22); in ,
(the) autumn they are crimson or reddish; but in (the) winter
the trees [do] not have any' leaves'. 12. Those who {los que)
* All words in parentheses must be translated.
„Gtxi'.>lc
ADJECTIVES 2$-
study (25, 7) hard leam much. 13. We learn our lessons (25, 7)
after (the) dinner {22), "14. What [do] you fear, my good friend?
The dog is tied. 15. The third train is an express' train* and
nms ^ter than the first. 16. No man is (estd) satisfied with
his lot.
T
lecciOn quinta
31. Portion ol adjectives. The place of the adjective is
usually after the noun when it expresses: —
a. Color or other quahty appreciable to the senses: una vaca negra,
a Hack cow; una mesa redonda, a round fable.
b. When it derives from a proper name: la mlisica itallana, the
Italian music.
c. A participle or verbal adjective: mi hija amada, my belaoed
daughler; un deseo ardiente, an ardent desire.
d. When modified by an adverb: un discurso muy largo, a wfy fo«g
speech.
32, The adjective stands before the noim: —
a. When it expresses a characteristic quahty: la dulce miel, tke
sweet honey.
b. When figuratively used: una negra accifln, a rfocA (i«rf.
c. When expressing quantity: mucho dineio, much money; dema-
siado pan, too much bread.
The followii^
vary in meaning ac
cordii^ to their
before
after
malo, -a
poor, bad
grande (37, b)
great
large
derto, -a
certain
swe
pobre
poor, sorry
indigent
nuevo, -a
another, diJeretU
nw
„ Google
a6 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
34. Agreement of adjectives. We have already learned the
general rule that adjectives agree in gender and number with
the nouns or pronouns they determine, but we must provide
for the various combinations that may arise in the sentence,
namely: —
a. Two or more nouns in the singular require the adjective to be
m the plural: el tio y el padre son ricos, the uncle and the father are
rich.
b. When the nouns are of difieient genders, the masculine plural is
used: tanto el hi jo como la hija son caritativos, Ihe son asvxU as the
daughUr are charitable.
c. But where the nouns denote things or ideas, the adjective may
agree in gender with tHe nearest noun: vanas son mis esperanzas y
temores, vain are my hopes and fears; la igualdad de nuestro linaje y
riquezas, the equalUy of our lineage and riches.
d. Several adjectives in the singular may qualify distribu lively a
plural noun: los siglos decimonono y vig6simo, the nineteenth and
ttventieth centuries.
Note. — Other cases may arise, but they are best learned by
observation.
35. Learn the present indicative of the third conjugation,
36.
^radar, to please
esperar, to hope
ahora, now
este, estft, estos, estas, this, these
alemSn, -a (26, b), German
forma,/, shape, form
autor, m. author
imperio, m. empire
biUete, m. bill, note
italiano -a Italian
Bretafia, /. Britain
lApiz, m. pencil (17)
Burgos, Burgos
largo, -a, long
came,/, meat
maSana,/. morniDg
Cartagena, Cartagena
m4s, more
icuSudo? when?
mesa./, table
cumplir con, to iulfill
■ mfisica, /. music
donde, where
niflito, m. UtUe child
r,, v^otigle
ADJECTIVES 27
ocho, eight; las , eight o'clock serio, -a, serioua
ofender, to offend sufiir, to suffer
partir, to set out, depart tan, so
promesa, /. promise tendero, m. shopkeeper
qnerido, -a, dear todo, -a, aU, every; el tnundo,
redondo, -a, round everybody
salir, to set out, start vender, to sell
37. Ejercicio Cinco
I. La mesa de nuestro comedor tiene una forma redonda.
2. La musica alemana es mds seria que la italiana. 3. Mi hija
amada vive en Cartagena. 4. Tengo un deseo ardiente de salir
para Burgos, donde viven mis padres {17, 6). 5. ^Cuindo
partis? — Partimos i las ocho de la maflana. 6. La dulce
miel agrada mucho & los ninitos (13, b). 7. Una negra acdSn
ofende & todo el mundo. 8. V, come poco pan y demasiada
carne. 9. Este tendero malo vende malas plumas. 10. (La)
Gran {27, b) Bretaiia es un imperio grande. 11. Ciertos
hombres no cumplen con sus promesas dertas. 12. Un
pobre autor que vive en una casa tan grande no es un autor
pobre.
13. My aunt and my mother are rich and live in lai^e houses.
14. He writes^ me' It^ng letters and notes. 15. No, my deal*
son' and (my) daughter^ [do] not live here now. 16. The
pencils and ink are red. 17. My friends [do] not suffer from the
cold. 18. When [do] you start for Burgos? 19. We hope to
live in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
lecciOn SEXTA
38. Compaiison. The comparative degree of adjectives is
expressed by putting mds (more), ntenos (less), or tan (as, so)
before the positive, and que, de, or de lo que (than), or.como (as),
cual (as) before the second term of the comparison.
,,Gtx)^lc
28 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Este sombrero es m&s pequeQo que TUs hat is smaller than that
aqu^ one
Ese caballo es menos hennoso que Iliat horse is less handsome than
el otro the other one
El Srbol es tan alto como la torre The tree b as tall as the steeple
a. In an affirmative sentence containing a numeral, de is used
instead of que, but either de or que when the sentence is negative: —
Compra mis de cien bueyes He buys more than a hundred
No tiene mis que tres duros He has not more than three
dollars'
No hay menos de ocho pijaros en There are not less than eigl^t
el patio birds in the yard
b. When than precedes a sentence and refers back to an adjective,
it is rendered by de lo que: es mis caritativo de lo que piensan, he is
more charilaUe than they think; but when the reference is to a noun,
than must be translated by dd que, de la que, de los que, oi delas que,
according to the gender and number of said noun: tiene mds dinero
del que dice y mis deudas de las que confiesa, he has nutre money than
he says and more debts than he confesses.
39. To form the Bi:4>erlatiTe degree, the definite article or a
possessive adjective is put before the comparative: —
Positive Coupakative Scperlative Pltowl
rico mis rico el mis rico los mis ricos
rica mis rica la mis rica las mis ricas
rich richer (the) richest {the} richest
40. The superlative absolute is made in one of two ways: —
a. First, by an adverb modifying the positive, as moy hennoso,
very pretty; bien rico, very rich; sumamente feUz, extremely happy. .
b. Secondly, by adding to the positive Isimo (sometimes rimo)
after usually droppit^ the final vowel or diphthong: querido, dear,
queridfsimo, very dear, dearest.
Positive
Comparative
SUPEHLATIVE
bueno, good
mejor
el mejor
roaio, bad
peor
el peor
grande, p-eat
mayor
el mayor
pequefio, small
menor
el menor
mucho, much
m&s
los laks (de)
poco.lillU
menoa
loa menos (de)
ADJECTIVES 2g
41. Six adjectives have an irregular comparison: —
Sirp. Absol.
i6ptimo
hn nMm n
p£simo
mfnimo
muchI»mo
poqu^mo
a. The first four of these are sometimes regularly compared: bueno,
mds bueno, el mis bueno, etc. The comparative and supedative of
grande and pequefio are likewise applied to age: older, oldest; younger,
youngest,
42. Learn the imperfects of the three conjugations, 170, aiuf
of tener, 164.
43-
ac«ro, m. steel menos, less
aldea,/. village mortal, m. mortal
alio, m. year
banquero, m. banker
campo, M. country
cartera,/. pocket-book
ciudad, /. city
de, than
dichoso, -a, happy
diez, ten
doce, twelve
duro, -a, hard
enei^go, m. enemy
hora,/, hour
iglesia,/. church
meditar, to meditate
melocotin, m. peach
pensar, to think
perder, to lose; p«rdJ6, (he) lost
peseta,/. Spanish coin varying in
value from fifteen to twenty
pobre; poor
prima, /. cousin
ligor, Bi. rigor, severity
riqidaimo, -a, very rich
Boldado, m. soldier
tiempo, M. time
torre,/. tower
trabajar, to work
utilfsimo, -a, very useful
44. Ejercido Seis
I. Los melocotones son mds dulces que las manzanas. 2. EI
hierro es^enos duro que el acero. 3. ^EsUi mted mas contento
„Gtxv2lc
30 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
aqiii? 4. Sf, estoy mds contento, pero medito ra&s que trabajo.
5. Trabajaba mds de diez horas cada dfa. 6. La tone no era
(was) tan alta como la iglesia. 7. Yo no tenfa miis que doce
pesetas en mi cartera. 8. £l era mas pobre de lo que pensi-
bamos. 9. Tenian mSs libros de los que compraban. 10. Vivfa-
mos mis largo tiempo en el campo que en la ciudad. 11. Los
soldados temlan mis el rigor del inviemo que & (13, b) sus
enemigos. 12. ¥0 amaba mis i mi hermana que i mi prima.
13. The banker is the richest' man' in (rfe) the village, 14. I
am the happiest of (the) mortals, 15. He said (dijo) that he
[did] not fear the worst results, 16. Dearest Anita, [did] you
Uve many years in Madrid? 17. He was (44, 6) very rich but
lost iperdid) his money. 18. My good {27) uncle, the "best of
(the) men, used to live with us, 19, He is the oldest of the
four brothers and she is the youngest of the sisters. 20. Iron
and steel (44, 2) are very useful* metals'. 21. She was very
pretty and extremely happy (40, a).
LECCION SfiPTIMA
45. Qualifying suffixes. Spanish is very rich in qualifying
suffixes. They are very common in colloquial, familiar lan-
guage and are joined mostly to nouns and adjectives. It is not
easy for a foreigner to use them correctly, and he should avoid
them by using separate words. The femi nines are formed as in
other cases.
46. Augmentative endings: —
6n and etdn are simply augmentative: —
hombre, man , hombr6n, Hg man
mujer, woman mujerona, big woman
maza,lad mofxt^a, big fellow *
a. acho, ucho, ok indicate ridicule, disdain, depreciation: -
pueblo, pwpU
populacho, the rabble
vino, win*
vinacho, bad wine
animal, animal
animalucho, ugly beast
casa, house
casucha, shanty, shack
amigo, friend
amigote, cranky old friend
■ libro, book
Ubrote, poor old book
b. arrUn, ej6n, erSn, achdn, astro are augmentative, pejorative,
depredative: —
nube, cloud
nubarrfin, Ug Mack cloud
vieuto, wind
ventarr6n, lyioknt wind storm
calle, street
callej6n, alley, side street
Cisa,k<mse
caser6n, large, tumble-down house
pueblo, lovm
poblach6n, large, badly laid-oul town
politico, politician politicastro, wire-puUitig politician
47. Diminutives are :
more numerous than augmentatives.
a. iio, cito, ecito express
. smallness, affection, commiseration, good-
natured irony, etc. ; —
hijo, son
hijito, (dear) lUtk son
Juan,7oA«
Juanito, Johnnie
pobre, poor
pobrecito, poor fellow
aoi,Jlomer
florecita, (jvetly) HUlefimer
b. ico, cko, ecico mean ;
about the same as the above {a), but their
use is local and dialectic:
; —
joven, young
jovendco, youngster
mano, Uatd
manedca, little hand
c. iUo, ciilo, ecOlo are diminutive, pejorative, arch, waggish, etc.: —
Luis, Louis Luisillo, (arch) little Lou
viejo, old viejecillo, poor old man
loco, vain, siUy loquiUa, silly little girl
mujer, woman mujercilla, slattern
d. uelo, suelo, ezuelo, ichuelo, acfnielo express diminutiveness and
likewise lowness, vileness, pettiness, etcs —
„ Google
32 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
hijo, son, ckUd hijuelo, young son, child
rey, king leyezuelo, petty king
jovcn, young jovenzuelo, viie youth
puerta, door portichuelo, narrow entrance
rio, rtver riachuelo, rivulet
e. Of import sinulai to the above {d) are the endings eU, cele,
QD, At, mo.
48. Learn the imperfects of ser and estar, 164.
49-
acom|wfi«do, hi, accompanied ovejita, /. little sheep
bonito, -a, pretty pajadllo, m. little bird
condnddo, -a, led perrico, m. little dog
conejnelo, m. poor little rabbit perrito, m. little dog
contra, against piedredta,/. small stone
derribai, to knock down por, along, by
embiiagado, -a, intoxicated seAora, /. Mrs., lady
generalmente, generally setiorita,/. Miss, young lady
goblemo, m. government Bobre, on
Juanita, /. Jennie tirar, to throw
jugar, to play veneno, m. bane, poison
llegar, to arrive, succeed; A venir, to come
aer, to become ventanilla, /. little windoir
Devar, to wear zapat^n, m. big shoe
montedllo, m. little mound
SO. Ejerddo Siete
1. El hombrfin y la mujerona tenlan un hijuelo quien (who)
era im mocet6n y llevaba zapatones. 2. El populacho embria-
gado de vinacho tiraba piedredtas contra la casucha de mi
amigote. 3. Un veiitarr6n acompa&ado de un nubarrdn de-
nibaba los caserones del poblach6n. 4. El politicastro es el
veneno de todo buen (27) gobiemo. 5. Juanita, mi primita
(43), estaba en el jardinlto jugando con las floredtas. 6. El
perrico de LuisiUo era un animalucho. 7. Una loquilla llega i
ser generalmente una mujercilla. 8. EI reyezuelo vivfa en un
palado que estaba sobre un riachuelo y tenia portichuelos y
ventanillas. 9.
pot im perrito,
NUMERALS 33
EI viejedllo venla por el callejdn conducido
pji uu ijcLiiiu. lu. La seQora y la sefiorita eran boniUts.
II. Las ovejitas y los conejuelos estaban en el campo.
13. El pajarillo jugaba sobre el monteciUo.
LECCION OCTAVA
SI-
NUMERALS
CARDINALS
ORDINALS
Cero,
Uno, -a,
I
Primero,
ISt
Dos,
2
Segundo,
3d
Trea,
3
Tercero,
3d
Cjiatio,
4
Cuarto.
4tli
Cinco,
S
Quinto,
5th
SeU,
6
Sesto (3esto),
6tb
Siete,
7
S^ptimo (sStimo),
7th
Ocho,
8
Octavo,
Sth
Nueve,
9
Noveno (nono),
9th
Diez,
10
DScimo,
loth
Once,
11
Und&imo,
nth
Docc,
12
Duodecimo,
1 3th
Trece,
13
DSdmotercio,
13th
Catorce,
14
D^cimocuarto,
I4tll
/Juince,
15
D6cimoquinto,
iSth
Dieciseis,
16
Decimosexto,
i6th
Diecisiete,
17
Decimosfptimo,
17th
Dieciocho,
18
D6cimoctavo,
i8th
Diednueve,
>9
Dfdmonono (-noveno),
19th
Veinte,
20
Viggsimo,
20th
Veintiwo,
21
Vigesimo primero (prime),
3ISt
Veintidfis,
II
Vig^simo segundo.
22d
Veintitrfe,
n
Vigfaimo tercero.
23d
VeinUcuatro,
24
Vig£simo cuarto,
24th
Veintidnco,
25
Vigfaimo quinto,
25th
ESS. OF SPAN. CRAM.
-3
„Gtx)^lc
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Veintiseia,
16
V^simo sexto.
a6th
Veihtisiete,
27
Vigfaimo septimo,
27tll
Veintiocho,
Vigfeimo octavo.
78th
Veintinueve,
ig
Vigesimo nono.
29 th
Treinta,
,30
Trigesimo,
30th
Treinta y uno,
31
Trigesimo primo,
31st
Cuarenta,
40
Cuadragesimo,
40 th
Cincuenta,
so
Quincuagesimo,
Soth
Sesenta,
60
Sexagesimo,
60th
Setenta,
70
Septuagfcimo,
70th
Ochenta,
80
Octogfaimo,
Soth
Noventa,
90
Nonagesimo,
90th
Ciento,
Cent6simo,
100th
Ciento (y) uno.
lOI
Cent^simo primo,
lOISt
Ciento (y) dos,
103
Centfeimo segundo.
io2d
DoscientOB, -as,
30O
Ducentesimo,
200th
Ttescientos, -as,
300
Trecentesimo,
300 th
Cuattocientos, -as.
400
Cuadragentfeimo,
400th
Quinientos, -as.
Soo
sooth
Seiscientos, -as.
600
Sescentesimo,
600th
Setecientos, -as.
700
700 th
Ochocieatos, -as,
800
Sooth
Novecientos, -as,
900
900 th
Mil,
Milesimo,
lOOOth
Dos mil,
000
Dosmilesimo,
zoooth
Cien mil, .00
000
Cien mil6simo,
ioo,oooth
Doscientos, -as mil, 200
000
Doscientos milesimo
200,000th
Un mill6n, 1,000
000
Millonesimo,
1, 000,000 th
Diez millones, 10,000
000
10,000,000 th
Cien millones, 100,000
Cien millongsimo,
100,000,000 th
52. The caiduials are treated for the most part as invafiable
adjectives.
a. Uno, -a, drops before a noun: un hbro, one book. When pre-
* ceded by another number both and a are dropped: veintifln avea,
twenty-one birds; treinta y un manzanas, thirty-one apples.
,;G(.X)^|C
NUMERALS 35
(. Cienio loses lo before a noirn or adjective: den libios, a hundred
books; when multiplied it varies for gender and number: doscientas
pesetas, two hundred pesetas. Used as a noun it takes the plural
form: unos dentos duros, some hundreds of doUars; dentos de sol-
dados, hundreds of soldiers.
c. Mil is treated either as an adjective or noun: dos mil mujeres,'
two thousand women; miles de niAos, thousands of children.
d. MiU6n is a noun: un miU6n de pijaros, a million birds; doa
millones de caballos, two million horses.
e. After 1000, numbers are expressed by thousand(s) and hull'
dTed(s): mil dento y veinte, eleven hundred and twenty; dos mil
quinientos y treinta, 1530.
53. The ordinals are adjectives and vary for gender and
number. They may stand before or after the noun: tomo
primero, volume one; la decinloquinta fila, the i$tk file. For
Primera and tercero, see 27.
a. The cardinals are gradually displadng the ordinals, which are
rarely used beyond vigisimo, and not always up to that ptoint: p^gina
veintiuna, page twenty^one; el dos de junio, the second of June.
b. Except primero, the cardinab are used for the days of the month:
el primero de julio, the first of July; & doce de abril, on the twelfth of
AprU.
c. To distinguish rulers of the same name the ordinals are used up
to dicimo and the cardinals generally thereafter: Carlos seguudo, Pfo
nono {Pius the Ninth), Luis catorce. '
54. Fractions. Haif is la mttad or un medio; but medio is
also an adjective: dos horas y media, tu)o hours and a half. From
lercio to dicimo the ordinals are used. Thereafter avo is gen-
erally added to the cardinals: un onzavo, tV, dos quinzavos, A,
siete treintavos, A.
55. Review the verbs learned heretofore, and learn the first
twelve of the cardinals and ordinals.
„ Google
36
56.
AbriE, m. April
al rededor de, around
alio, m. ye&t; bisiesto, ieap
celefcrar, to celebrate
cita,/. quotation
didemln^, m. December
enero, m. January
febrero, nt. February
Frantia,/. France
grande ^ran), great
hembia,/. girl, female
bora,/, o'clock, hour
boy, to-day
independencla, /, independence
Julio, m. July
junio, «.. June
llamado, -a, called
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
maestro, m. teacher; d
sica, music teacher
marzo, nt. March
inaTO, m. May
mes, m. month
mimito, m. minute
nscional, national
noviembre, m. November
papa, m. Pope
parte, /. part
PIo, m. Pius
prindpiar, to begin
revolndftn, /. revolution
semana, /. week
septiembre, m. September
todavla, yet
tiltimo, Ht, last
varfin, m. boy, male
57- Ejerddo Ocho
I. Tenemos tres hljos, un varon y dos hembras. 2. Mi
hermano perdta cada dia ocho pesetas. 3. ijQuS hora es? No
es todavfa la una y media. 4. Es hoy el dieciocho de mayo
de mil novecientos y ocho. 5. La liina hace su revoluddn al
rededor de la tierra en veintisiete dias, siete horas y cuarenta
y tres minutos. 6. Hay (there are) en el palado den soldados
y dento y veinte otros hombres. 7. Luis catorce, llamado el
Grande, rey de Franda, rein6 (reigned) setenta y dos afios.
8. P(o nono era papa en la segunda mitad dd siglo diecinueve,
9. Febrero tiene veintiocho dfas y veintinueve en los afios
bisiestos; abril, junio, septiembre y noviembre tienen treinta
dias, y los' otros meses, treinta y uno.
10. The year begins the first of January, n. We cdebrate
the fourth of July as the day of our national^ independence'.
12. The week is the fourth part of the month, and the month
is the twelfth part of the year. 13. My brother was the
,,Gtxi'.>lc
PRONOtJNS
37
sixth of his class and my sbter was the eighth of hers (la suya).
14. He receives the fifth, and I the sixth, of what (lo que)
we make. 15. They lived in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries (34, d). 16. My music teacher comes (viene) every
third {37) day, 17, January is the first, March the third, June
the sixth, and December the last month of the year. 18. The
quotation is on page twenty-one. 19. Fifty is the half of
[one] hundred.
LEGCION NONA
PRONOUNS
PERSONAL
Object 01 Verb Object of PREPosrtioK
SIHCUIAK
Yo,/
T<x,t/um
listed, you
£1, he, U
Ella, she, U
mo, ii
Nosotroa, -
Vosotros, -
Vos,
Ustedes, jiow les(m.),\as{f.),you,foy<yu
Ellos (m.), they los, les (m.), them, to them
Ellas (/.), fhey las, les (/.), them, to them
se (reflexive)
Note. — Se and H
themselves.
te, thee, to thee
t[,thee
lt(m.).]&(f.),you,toyou
usted, you
lo, le, kirn, to him, it
a, him, il
la, le, her, to her, U
ea&,her,U
lo, le, it, to it, so
eiio.il
se irefiemve)
St irefiexite)
vie
nos, us, to us
nosotios, -a:
nos,
you
OS, you, to you
vosotros, -as
ustedes, you
ellos, Ihem
eBas, (Aem
s( {reflexive}
himsdf, herself, itself, yourself, yourselves,
„ Google
38 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
a. TH is used in familiar address, that is, between intimate friends,
relatives, to little children, and to domestic animals.
b. Vos is always singular but requires its verb to be in the pluraL
It is less familiar than tit and not so formal as usted.
c. Vosolros, -as, is the plural of tti and vos.
d. Usted, pi. ustedes (contracted from vuesira merced, vueslras mer-
cedes, your grace, your graces) are the common forms for polite ad-
dress. Being practically nouns, they take the verbs in the third
person. They ate abbreviated to V. or Vd. and VV, or Vds.
e. Se, rf are the reflexives for the third person, singular and plural
masculine and feminine, while the first two forms, singular and plural,
in the second column are used as reflesives for the first and second
persons: —
yo me engafio, / deceive myself nosotios nos engaSamos, vie, etc
td te engaOas, thou deceivest, etc. vosotros os enganiis, you, etc.
usted se engana, you deceive, etQ. ustedes se enganan, ycnt, etc.
€\ se engana, he deceives, etc. eBos (m.) se engaAan, they, etc.
ella se engana, she deceives, etc. ellas (/.) se engafian, they, etc.
/. When a pronoun is the object of a verb, it may be either direct
or indirect. Direct: 61 me ama, he loves me; indirect: £1 me habla,
ke speaks to me; €1 me da una pluma, he gives me a pen; 61 me hace
un chaleco, he is making a vest for me; 61 me quita el sombrero, he.
lakes the hat from me. For clearness or emphasis the prepositional
forms may be added: €1 me ama k ml, il me habla i mf, etc.
g. itfHWw, -a, -w, -£M (less frequently ^o^, -a), joined to the sub-
ject or prepositional forms, expresses seff: yo mismo, -a; nosotros, -as
mismos, -as; st mismo, -a, -os, -as.
h. The pronouns must be put in the gender and number of the
noims which they represent: ^Tiene V. mt levita? — no, no la tengo,
have you my coat? — ru),I haven't it; ,iQui6n compr6 los cortaplumas?
— yo loa compr6, who bought the penknives? — / bought them.
i. Ello, /o,the neuters, never refer to a definitely specified noun, but
to a circumstance, idea, or thought: Ello es que no la he visto, tiie
fact is I have not seen her; Dicen que se fu6 esta mai^ana. — No lo
creo, they say he went away this morning. — / don't believe it.
j. The prepositions de and d do not contract in writing with any
vCitxj^lc
PEONOtJNS 39
of the pronouns. Hence: Hablo de £1, de ella, de ello, / speak of him,
of her, of it; Le pregunto k 61, I ask him. They are, however, pro-
nounced as one word: del, della, dello, 36I.
k. Migo, tigo, sigo take the place of mf, U, st, when con, with, is used,
and become conmtga, conligo, consigo {cf. Latin mecum, tecum, secum).
59. Position of personal pronouns. When for emphasis or
clearness the subject pronouns are expressed, they usually
stand before the verb in declarative, and after it in interroga-
tive, sentences: nosotros amamos a nuestros padres, we love our
parents; ^d6nde estaba V. cuando yo entrS? where were you
when I entered?
a. Objective pronouns follow the verb and are joined to it when-
ever it b in the affirmative imperative, in the gerund or infinitive, or
in the subjunctive used affirmatively as an imperative. They always
pressdg thenegat j vp impf^ ^.tivg,- however : —
C6mprame una naranja Buy me an orange
SI, voy 4 comprarte una Yes, I am going to'buy you one
Quit&ndole el sombrero lo arrojfi Taking the hat from him he threw
ai agua it into the water
I '. Prest^mosle un paraguas Let's tend him an umbrella
No me hables de eso Don't speak to me of that
Note that, wherever it is necessary to indicate the stressed syllable,
the written accent must be used: me compra una naranja, he buys me
an orange; but: c6mprame una naranja, buy me an orange (g, a, b, c).
60. In other cases than those specified above, the objective
pronoun usually stands before the verb, unless the latter be-
gins the sentence: —
Te hablo francamente I speak to you frankly
V. me escribe raramente You rarely write to me
No me habia en casa He does not speak to me at home
But —
Dej6m« en seguida He left me at once
Hall6m« en casa y fuimos al He found me at home and we
teatro went to the theater
40
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAK
6i. If the verb is accompanied by more than one objective
pronoun, all the above rules apply, and the indirect object
precedes the direct, when the latter is in the third person: —
Mi cuiiado me lo da My brother-in-law gives it to me
Tu tio te los compra Your unde buys them for you
Pididselas su madre Her mother asked them of her
Dtganoslo V. si le gusta Tell it to us, if you please
Vengo k pedfroslos I come to ask them of you
Se las dan k ustedes They give them to you
Note that the se in the above examples is not the reflexive but a
euphonic substitute for te (la) and les. Whenever two pronouns be-
ginning with / come together, the fir^t is changed to se. Hence le lo,
les los, las lo, etc., become se lo, se los, se lo, etc.
a. When the reflexive se occurs with other objective pronouns, it
stands first, and the following pronoun will be the indirect object.
Such combinations are usually a substitute for the passive voice: —
Nada se me da que quiero Nothing is given me which I wish
Se te pide mucho dinero Much money is asked of you
Se le dice la verdad The truth is told to him
Se nos pregunt6 si vendria We were asked whether he would
come
Se les ofrece una copa de vino A glass of wine is offered to them
62. Leam the preterits of the three regular conji^tions, 170.
63.
■brir, to open
abf, there
alcanzar, to overtake
andar, to go
anna, /. weapon, arm
buscar, Co took for
corteala,/. courtesy
creer, to believe, think
jCuAnto? how much?; i
po? how long?
ddndomelas, giving them t<
dulces, m. pi. candy
escape, m. flight; i todo -
all speed
hollar, to find
iglesia, /. church
pasado, -a, last
porque, because
presente, present; al —
present
puerta, /. door
que, that, who
,1 Google
PRONOUNS 41
qner«r, to wish toatro, m. theater
quien, ^qui6ii? who, who? tiendA, /. shop
quitar, to take away tomar, to take
responder, to reply vagabundo, m. tramp
rerelar, to reveal vendei, to sell
saludando, saluting rerano, m. summer
64. . Ejerddo Nuere
I. V. se engafid d crefa que yo le amaba. 2. Me lo reveld
todo. 3. ^Qui^n tomo mi pluma? — Yo mismo la tom^.
4. Ella misma me dijo {tol(f) que no le temfa. 5. Cada hombre
esti contento con si mismo. 6, Andamos contigo si te gusta.
7. Ven {come) conmigo al teatro. 8. Se lo quitamos i €[ y
no i ella, 9, ^Escribiste tii la carta d tu madre? — Sf, se la
escribf, 10. iQuien abrio la puerta? — Nosotros mismos la
abrimos, 11. iQae comprasteis en la tienda? — Compramos
tinta y papel, y los nifios compraron dulcea, 12. ^Quien vivi6
en la casa el afio pasado? — Yo y mi sobrina vivimos en ella.
13. ^Cudnto tiempo vivisteis atu? — Todo el verano, 14. ^No
temisteis 4 los vagabundos (13, 6)? — No, no los temimos,
porque tenlamos armas en la casa. 15. DSndomelas y salu-
ddndcane con mucha cortesfa partieron. 16. Sali^ronle i bus-
car, pero no le hallaron. 17, Querian quitarmelo, pero corrf i
todo escape, y no me alcanzaron. 18. A mis amigos se les pre-
guntd (61, a) si querian venderselos a usted (61, Note). 19. Y
respondieron, no los deseaban vender al presente. 20. Nos pre-
guntaron i donde andibamos y les respondimos que fbamos
(235) d la iglesia. 21. Llegando i. la puerta vimos (226) un
pobre quien nos pidi6 una limosna. 22. No lo creo; no
puedo (230) creerlo, conoci^ndole tan bien como yo le conozco
(171, a). 23. Se los pedimos {61) y nos respondieron que no
los teman. 24. A nuestros amigos se les preguntS de donde
venfan (223), y no querfan dedrselo.
RKj,.,...., Google
42 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
LECCI6N DfiCIMA
65. Possessive adjecttves may be designated as prepositive'
and postpositive, according as they precede or follow the noun
they limit.
PREPOSmVE ■
Postpositive
SING.
PLHK.
SING.
PLDK.
u
mis
my
mIo,-a
mios, -as
LI
tus
thy
tuyo, -a
tuyos, -as
11
sus
\kis,lKT,iis
(your, one's
suyo, -a
suyos,-as
uestro, -a
nuestros
-as
nuestro, -a.
nuestros, -as
uestro, -a
vuestros
-as
your
vuestro, -a
vuestros, -as
u
sus
their, your
suyo, -a
suyos, -as
a. In Spanish the possessive agrees in gender and number with the
noun it limits and not, as in English, with the possessor. Accoiding,
therefore, to its connection in the discourse, su casa may mean his,
her. Us, one's, your, or their house. When emphasis or clearness re-
quires it, the corresponding personal pronoun, preceded by de, may
be used alone or as an addition. Instead, then, of su casa {her house),
we may say: la casa de eUa or su casa de dia.
66. Own is expressed by propio, -a, -os, -as: — '
Mi propio asunto My own affair
Tus propios padres .Thy own parents
Su propio dinero His own m<mey
67. The pos4>ositiTe forms are generally used in direct ad-
dress, when the noun is not modified by an adjective: —
iHola! amigo m!o Hello there, my friend
Hija mfa, te busco desde ayer My daughter, I have been look-
ing for you since yesterday
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 43
68. If the noun is modified by an adjective, the possessive
may precede or follow it: mi estimado amigo or estimado amigo
mio, my esteemed friend.
69. When not in direct address, one of the articles may be
placed before the noun and the possessive after it: —
EI hennano suyo que muri6 The brother of his who died
Un amigo mfo lleg6 hoy A friend of mine arrived to-day
Note, however, the omission of the article in the following and
similar expressions: — .
De parte tuya, suya On thy, his part
A fe mla, tuya On my, thy faith
A casa nuestia At our house
70. Possession in the case of the bodily belongings is usually
expressed by one of the articles and 'the indirect personal
pronouns, or by the article alone when the ownership is
I cleaned my nails
They cut my hand
He limpid las uiias
He cortaron la mano
La bala le llev6 U cabeza
Perdifi la vida cruzando el rio
The ball carried ofE his head
He lost his life crossing the r
El desdichado no recobrd los sen- The unfortunate man did not re-
tidos cover his senses
71, Review all the verbs studied so far.
72-
■ccidente, m. accident
acompafiar, to accompany
■cusar, to acknowledge
amlga,/. friend
cnoche, last evening
■tender S, to attend to
bote, m. boat
caballero, m. gentleman, sir
cabeza,/. head
camino, m. road
cafionazo, m cannon ball
casa, / house, de cai
country house
combati«ndo, fighting
comer, to eat, dme
ogle
44 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAR
cortar, to cut mu;, very, dear
costoEO, -a, expensive uauteigio, m. sbipnteck
dedo, m. finger Paris, Paris
desocupado, -a, out of a job pasar, to pass
dicha, /. good luck pasiCn, /. passion
egolsmo, m. selfishness patiia,/. (native) countiy
encoatror, to &nd, meet pedazo, m. piece
escUvo, m. slave peer, worst
ese, esa, esoa, esas, that, those recibo, m. receipt
esposa, /. wife sombrero, m. hat
familia,/. family tarde, /. evening; buenas tardea,
feiTOCairil, m. railroad good afternoon
gastar, to spend TBcaci6n,/. vacation
honor, m. honoi vanidsd, /. vanity
hoy, to-day vecino, m. neighbor
lefU,/. wood, firewood vestido, m. dress, clothes
mientras, while viento, m. wind
montafla, /. mountain
73. Ejercicio Diez
I. Mi esposa y mis hijos estin en Paris. 2. Tus amigas te
aman mis de lo que (38, b) crees. 3. Cuando V. estaba en Es-
pa6a, ^e5cribi6 d menudo d su familia? 4. Poi didm mia vendi
mi casa. 5. En un accidente de ferrocarril perdid una mano.
6, ijNo es amigo tuyo ese caballero? 7. Sus vestidos de usted
son muy costosos. 8. Perdieron la vida en un naufragio.
9, iBuenosdfas, amigos mJos! ,Jc6mo estdn W.? 10. Me corte
el dedo cortando un pedazo de lefia. 11. Un canonazo le llev6
la cabeza. is. Muy seiior mio: tengo el honor de acusar recibo
de su carta, que llegd esta maiiana. 13. Amiga mfa; tu btllete
me encontrS en nuestra casa de campo. 14. No quiero sal-
varle la vida.
15. We were passing along the road, when we met our
neighbors (13, b). 16. The man who attends to Ids own
affairs never is (estd) out of a job. 17. At our house we dine
at ax, 18. My wife and I pass our vacation in the moun-
tains. 19. I cut my finger (70) while I was cleaning my nails.
20. The wind carried off his hat. 21. They lost their clothes
crossing the river. 22. Good afternoon, sir. [Did] you (F.)
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS
45
find your friends (/.) last evening? 23. Man'^ (13) selfish-
ness' is his worst enemy; woman's* {13, a) vanity' is hers {el
suyo). 24. Fortunately for us (73, 4) we sold our palace to-
day, 25. My dear friend {/.) : will you {guiere V.) accompany
us {59, a) to the theater this evening? 26. [We] are all slaves
of our passions. 27. An uncle of theirs lost his arms fighting
for (por) his country.
LECCION UNDfiCIMA
74. The postpositive possessive adjectives combined with
the definite article form the posses^ve pronouns. They are: —
Feminine
la n^a, las mtas
la tuya, las tuyas
la suya, las suyas
la nuestra, las nuestras
la vuestra, las vuestras
la suya, las suyas
NEniEK
lo mlo, mine
lo tuyo, Ihi-ne
h suyo, Aw, kers,
its, yours, theirs
lo nuestro, tntrs
lo vuestro, y(mrs
lo suyo, kis, hers,
yours, theirs
and d precede d, they contract to del
Masculinb
el mio, los mfos
el tuyo, los tuyos
el suyo, los suyos
el nuestio, los nuestros
el vuestro, los vuestros
el suyo, los suyos
a. When the prejwsitior
Tu leccifin y la mia son diffciles Thy lesson and mine are difficult
Mi pelo es mis negro que el suyo My hair is darker than his
El carScter de mi padre y del tuyo The character of my father and
difiere mucho of thine difiers much
Los dari 5 mi hijo y al tuyo He will give them to my son and
lo thine
75. When clearness requires the meaning of the third personal
forms to be more definitely shown, the same means are used as
in the case of the possessive adjectives {65, a), or el de, los de,
la de, las de (that, those of) may be employed: —
„Gtx)^lc
40 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GKAUMAR
La pulsera es suya or de usted The bracelet b yours
Tengo en la mano mi pafluelo y el I have in my hand my handker-
suyo or el de ella chief and hers
76. When the possessive pronoun stands in a predicate re-
lation the article is omitted, unless there is a contrast: —
£1 retiato es mfo The picture is mine
Este anillo es el mfo y aqu£l es el This ring is mine and that is
tuyo thine
77. The neuter and the masculine plural are used absolutely
as nouns: —
La ley de lo mfo y de lo tuyo The law of mine and thine
Los nuestros llegaron al rfo ayer Our men arrived at the river
yesterday
Los suyos His or their friends or people
78. Review all the verbs and learn the futures of the three
conjugations, 170. The words for the exercises will now be
found m the general vocabularies.
Tg. Ejetddo Once
I. Ella vivir<i en su^^asa y yo vivire en la mfa. 2. Tus man-
zanas son buenas, pero las mfas son jnejores. 3. Tu amaris £
tus padres como i ti mismo. 4. Loa nuestros llegarin hoy por
el primer (27) tren. 5. El car&cter de mi abuelo y del tuyo
tiene derta semejanza. 6. Yo hablar^ i. mi vecino y 41 hablari
al suyo. 7. Los suyos atacar^n el presidio mailana i las
seis (73, 17). 8. Su caballo de 41 y el de usted estardn aqui
antes de una hora. 9, Vuestra abuela y la de ella son muy
amables para con nosotros. 10. Quien no quiere i^oiU) de-
fender 4 su perro no defenderd d su mujer. 11. Los man-
zanos de nuestro huerto llevan mfis fruta que los de ellos.
12. Prendo lo mlo dondequiera lo halle.
13. You will look for my books and yours. 14. Who will
.,Gtx)^lc
DEMONSTRATIVES 47
eat with me {58, k) and mine (77)? 15. Wll she live with
her friends or with yours (74, a)? 16. My cravat is blue;
yours is black. 17. The possessive* pronouns' of the third
person have different meanings according to their (sm) con-
nection in the discourse. 18. The character of your teacher
and of ours differs but little (74, a), ig. I shall speak to your
governess and to theirs (74, a). 20. The pen is mine; the knife
b yours (76). 21. This inkstand is mine; that is thine (76).
22, They will not fear your wrath more than mine. 23. She
plays the piano -better than you, because her fingers are longer
{38) than yours.
LECCI6N DUODfiCIMA
80. Denumstratlves may be distinguished as first, second, or
third personal, according as they indicate nearness to the
speaker, or the person addressed, or distance from both. The
adjectives, which \isually precede the noun, are as follows: —
Mas. Feu. Neiti.
Firsl este esta esto this )
person estos estas (wanting) lliese \
Second ' ese esa eso that \
person esos esas those \
Tiird «,uel «,udk .qudlo Iku K a,„, f„„ b„u,
person aquellos aquellas those )
Pro- (el la lo fe, jAe, the one that
nouns ( los las — ^ /Aey, those, the ones
a. De and d contract with elXodel and al.
b. To secure emphasis the article is put before the noun and the
demonstrative after; la ventana esta, this window {here).
c. Ese may be used to express contempt: jese tipo un rival miot
thai fellow a rival of mine!
d. When used of time, esle, ese, and a^uel refer respectively to the
present, the near past, and the remote past: —
„ Google
48 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAR
En estos dfas de Dio3 In these blessed days
Siempre me acordar£ de eee no- I shall always remember that
viembre November
Aqnellos dichosos afios de nuestra Those happy years of our youth
juventud
Si. The pronominal forms differ from the adjectives in hav-
ii^ in the masculine and feminine the written accent: 6ste,
istos, isla, islas, aquH, aquiUos, aqu6lla, aguiUas. They are usu-
ally rendered into English by: this (one), thai {one), the or that
{one) yonder; in the plural: these, those: —
Bsta casa es la mia, gsa es de This house is mine, that one is
listed, y ■qu61Ia es de mi padie yours, and the one yonder is
jwUtico . my father-in-law's
83. Este may sometimes mean the latter, and aquSl, the
former: —
Juan y Enrique son amigos; £ste John and Henry are friends; the
vive en Barcelona y aqu£l en latter lives in Barcelona, the
Oviedo fonnei in Oviedo
83. In correspondence ista means the dty where the writer
is and isa that of his correspondent: —
Parto de £sta manana por la ma- I leave this place to-morrow
fLana y llegard fi 6sa al ponerse morning and shall arrive in
d sol your city at sunset
84. The neuter forms esto, eso, ajuello are used only as pro-
nouns to represent an idea, circumstance, or thing not q>ecifi-
cally named: —
Esto es vidrio, eso es madera, pero This is glass, that (near you) is
aquello es piedra wood, but that (over there) is
stone
DEMONSTRATIVES 49
85. The piOQOuns el, la, to, etc., given in 80 may be used,
instead of a demonstrative oi personal pronoun, before a rela-
tive clause or the preposition de: —
El que no sabe eso no sabe nada He who does not know that
knows nothing
Al que esti (x>ntento basta poco For him who is contented little
suffices
Mis cucbaras y las de Isabel est&n My spoons and those of Isabel
en la mesa are on the table
Lo que usted dice es verdad What you say is true
Lo de anoche The aSair of last evening
86. Review the futures of the regular verbs, 170, and learn
those of estar and ser and tener, 164.
87. Ejerddo Does
I. Este hombre es m&s alto que aqu^l, y esta mujer es m&s
bonita que esa. 2. Eso serS menos agradable que aquello.
3. ^No seremos tan caritativos como (38) aquellos pobres?
4. Estaremos aquf antes que esos sus parientes de ustedes.
5. Estos barcos y los de la Espana seran blindados. 6. Los
que no admiten la inmortalidad del alma (12, Note) son pocos.
7. En estos d(as de alta presi6n necesitamos mucho dinero para
proveer i nuestros gastos ordinarios. 8. Leo mi peri6dico, y
los de mis hermanos cada maQana. 9. Tendr5 que (166, 3)
pagar por su hijo mis deudas de las que cree (38, b). 10. Par-
tir£ de ^ta mafiana por la tarde y estare en 4sa. i la saltda del
sol. II. £1 de la levita azul es mi cufiado. 12. El seiior
Martinez y el sefior Blanco estar^n en Madrid i primeros de
abril; ^ste es individuo de las Cortes y aqu61 es ministio de la
hacienda. 13. Lo de ayer me sorprende mucho.
14. This child is (estd) very tired. 15. This stove is better
than that of the dining room. 16. I received that present from
my sister-in-law this morning. 17. This afternoon I shall go to
the village and shall return next' week'. 18. Those happy
ESS. or SPAN. GBAM.— 4
,,Gtxi^lc
50 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
days of our youth (80, d) we spent (them) in the south of
Spain {87, s)- i9- In those times (the) men lived (imp.) in
caves and ate acoms. 20. That (80, c) man never will be
worthy of the admiration of his fellows, ai. This soldier is
my cousin, that one [near you) is my nephew, and the one
[yonder] is my brother-in-law (87, 11), 22. BretSn wrote
many dramas, Juan Valera, many books; the former died
{murid) in aghteen hundred and seventy-three (52, e), the
latter in 1905. 2j. I shall leave this place {83) to-day and
shall be (use estar) in your city to-morrow, 24. We use eslo,
eso, and aquello to (Jiara) represent an idea, circumstance, or
something indefinite. 25. According to the Bible, he who
does not enter by the door of the sheepfold is [a] thief and a
robber. 26. Those (85) of the other side will eat in the hall.
37. That aSair of this morning will cause [a] great stir.
LECCION DfiCmOTERCIA
RELATIVE PRONOUNS
88. Relative pronouns are so called, because they relate to
nouns already mentioned or implied, which are termed their
antecedents.
.' i who, mhich, thai
quien, quienes, )
el cual, los cuales, /. la cual, las cuales, } , ...
1 I /, , i ^ho, which
el que, los que, /. la que, las que, )
cuyo, cuyoa, /, cuya, cuyas, which, of which, whose
tal . . . cud, such . . . as
tanto . , . cuanto, as much, so much, many . . . as
lo cual, which; lo que, that which, what
Note. — De and d contract with d to del and at.
,1 Google
RELATIVE PRONOXJNS 5 1
89. Que, the most common of the relatives, b used for both
persons and things and for all genders and numbers. It is not,
however, used of persons when the relative is governed by a
preposition: —
El conejo que corre The rabbit which runs
La mujer que esta aqui The woman who is here
Las cosas que me Interesan The things which interest me
La escuda 5 que van los niillos The school to which the chil-
dren go
Note. — The relative may not be omitted in Spanish as in Eng-
lish: d libro de que hablo, the book I speak of.
QO. Quim, pi. quienes, may be used,
ist. As a nominative, when its clause may be made independent
and connected with the principal clause by and: —
Vino k mi casa un hombre quien There came to my house a mtm
me lo dijo who told it to me
Vino & ml casa un hombre y me lo There came to my house a man
dijo t and he told it to me
2d. As the object of a preposition when the relative refers to a
person: —
La persona de quien hablo The person of whom I speak
3d. In a compound sense to embrace both antecedent and rela-
tive: —
Quien se bate y huye vivir§ para He who fights and runs away will
batirse otra vez live to hght again
4tb. In a partitive sense, meaning some: —
Se escondieron quienes bajo la They hid themselves, some under
mesa, quienes detr^ de la the table, some behind the
puerta door
91. El que and el cual are used both of persons and things to
avoid ambiguity when the relative is separated from its ante-
cedent: —
.,Gtx)^lc
52 " ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Mi tfa di6 dos teitulias en su My aunt gave at her country
quinta, k Us qne me coiivid6 seat two parties to wliich slie
invited me
La pluma de mi sobiino, la cual My nephew's pen whidi b on the
estJi en el pupitre desk
92. Cuyo, -a, -OS, -as, agrees in gender and number with the
nouns by which it is limited: —
EI guerrero ctiya vida fu6 sacri- The warrior whose life was sac-
ficada rificed
Los romanoB cnyos estadistas eran The Romans whose statesmen
giandes oradoies were great orators
■ 93. TtU . . . cual and tatUo . . . cuanto are used as cor-
relatives: —
Tal es su conducta cual era de His conduct is such as was to be
esperar eicpected
Tendra V, tantos honores cuantos You will have as many honors
quiera as you may desire
Note. — Tanlo may be omitted and cuanio, or todo cuanio, include
both antecedent and relative: —
Tiene cnantos disdpulos desea He has as many pupils as he
desires
Todo cuanto posee no bastard All that he owns will not suffice
94. Lo cual and lo que relate to a previous assertion or situa-
tion: —
Se suiddd, lo coal caus6 mucha He committed suidde, which
sorpresa caused much surprise
£1 navfo hace agua, lo que es muy The ship leaks, which is very
peligroso dangerous
95. Donde may take the place of a rektive governed by a
preposition: —
„Gtx)^lc
RELATIVE PRONOUNS 53
El pueblo donde (=ien que) naci6 The village where (In which) he
was bom
£1 teatro & donde (— & que) vamos The theater to which we go
96. Learn the present indicative of haber, 164, and the past
participles of the three regular conjugations, 170.
97. Ejerddo Trece
I, El conejo que ha escapado del galgo corre por el campo.
2, Las perdices que estaban cerca del rio han volado al bosque.
3, La hieua y el lobo, que son animales salvajea, han muerto &
las ovejas. 4, Los bueyes que hemos encontrado en el camino
ban escapado del vaquero. j. He encontrado i un hombre,_
quien me lo ha dicbo. 6. El sefior de quien usted ha hablado
pertenece 6. la Real Academta EspaAola. 7. No faltan quienes
(90, 3d) han afiimado lo contrario. 8. De repente se ban es-
condido, quienes (90, 4th) en el jardin, quienes detris del gra-
nero. 9. El barco, que ha salido del puerto y del que depende
el exito de la empresa, ha varado. 10. Mi tia ha dado dos ter-
tuliasensu quinta, £ lascuales meha convidado (91). 11. Los
griegos, cuyas arquitectura y escultura ban quedado hasta
nuestros dfas sin rivales, son meras sombras de sus ante-
pasados. 12. ^Has vivido tantos aflos cuantos deaeas?
13. Tbe mare, which is neighing, has lost her colt. 14. The
cburcb, to which he belongs, is (18, 6) on the comer. 15. The
windows, which have been (jirfo) made, are very-small. 16. The
dties which we have visited are on the continent. 17. We have
met two scholars who have lost their (el) way. 18. The lady of
whom they have spoken has frequented the bes* (alia) society,
19. He who is (estd) content with little has 3,ttained to the true
philosophy of (the) Ufe. ao. They have all' died', some from
(the) old-age, some from various diseases. 21. They have
given an exhibition of paintings, which has pleased everybody.
32. The dog whose instinct is surer than (the) reason is (the)
„ Google
54 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAS
man's (13) best friend. 23. Our heroes, whose feats have as-
tonished everybody, now rest in peace. 24. His life is such as
^3) it was formeiiy. 35. He will pay as many debts as he can
(pueda). z6. You (usted) shall have as much money as you
desire (93, Note). 27. All that we have will be (serd) lost.
28. He is drunk' aU-the-time*, which is very disgusting. 29. The
cbuicb to which we go is in (the) Second" Street' (95).
LECaON DfiCmOCUARTA
98. . INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS
qui£n, qui£nes, who? qu£, what? what (a)/
cfiyo, cfiyos, /. cQya, cfiyas, ) ^^^^
de qui£n, ^. de quiSnes, {
cuil, ^. cuilea, uihichf what?
qu£ tal, qug tales, wkat Htid of? hau^
cu&nto, pi. cu&ntoa, haw muchf how man^
qu6 tanto, how, how muck?
Note the use of the written accent to distinguish the intenogatives
from the relatives.
99. Qui6n is used only of persons: —
jQui£n se lo ha dicho & usted? Who told it to you?
2 Qui^nea son aquetlos forasteros? Who are those strangers?
^Sabe V. con quite vino? Do you know with whom he
came?
100. Qui is both pronoun and adjective and is invariable for
gender and number: —
lQa€ come usted? What are you eating?
iQui libros con^r6 &f What books did he buy?
^Qu^ pluma quiere ella? What pen does she wish?
„ Google
INTERROGATrVE PRONOUNS 55
a. In exdamatoiy sentences qui means haw, what, vdiat a. When
the noun is followed by an adjective, the latter may be rendeied mote
emphatic by tan or mis: —
[Qu6 feliz 3(^ yol How happy I ami
lQu£ buen tiempo hoy I What fine weather to-day I
iQai casa mAs bonital What a most beautiful bousel
jQug aaunto tan molestol What a very troublesome afE^I
loi. CHyo, -a, -os, -as, is rardy used as an interrogative, de
quiin being preferred: —
2 De qui£n es eata pluma? 'j
iC&ya. es esta pluma? > Whose pen is this?
jCfiya pluma es ^ta? J
iDe cOyos poemas habla. V.? Of whose poems do you speak?
102. Cudl, pi. cudks, is used both adjectively and pronomi-
nally. As a pronoun it is followed either by de or some part of
ser (to be): —
iA cuSl de los dos prefiere V.? Which of the two do you prefer?
lC\iSi es la hora de la siesta? What is the hour of the midday
nap?
iCuSi poesia prefiere V.? Whose poetry do you prefn?
^Qu£ poes!a prefiere V.? What (kind of) poetry do yon
prefer?
^Cu&l es la giam&tica? Which is the grammar?
^Que es giam&tica? What is grammar?
103. Qui tal is used as a pronoun, adjective, or adverb: —
iQn€ tal tiempo hace? What kind of weather is it?
^Que tales son las muestias? What kind of samples are they?
^Qu6 tal Mgue usted? How are you (getting along)?
104. Cudnio, -a, -OS, -as, is used adjectively or pronomi-
r.,^: ,, „G00glc
50 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMUAS
fCufinto dinero perdi6 V.? How much money did you lose?
^Cufintos caballos comprd £1P How many horses did he buy?
jCMnto cost6 & V. esa miquioa? How much did timt machine cost
you?
a. As an adverb cudnlo is abbreviated to cudn: —
|Cu&n dichosa es ella! How happy she isl
iCuin airadamente se condujol How angrily be actedl
105. Qu6 tanto, -a, -as, -as, is similar in all its uses to cudtito
and loses its final -to as an adverb: —
iQui tanto se diferenda? How much does it differ?
iQui tantas deudas tiene &? How many debts has he?
listed ignoni que tan airosa es la You don't know how graceful the
andana old lady is
106. Leam the imperfect of kaber, 164, and the perfect and
pluperfect of the three regular conjugations, 170.
107. Ejeraicio Catorce
I. (jQuifin ha venido por el tren de recreo? 2. jQui&ies eran
aquellos caballeros? 3. ^Qui^n es la mujer que habfa desapa-
reddo? 4. Ya habfa dicho yo qui^n me atac6. 5. iQa€
desea usted? — Nada deseo. 6. iQu^ artistas han trabajado
en la 6pera? 7. |jQue retrato habfa tornado el ladr6n? 8. iQu6
felices habfamos sido antes de la guerral 9. iQu£ buen tiempo
hemes tenido esta primaveral 10. iQu6 ninita tan bonita es la
Juanita! 11. ^De qui^n es esta habitaci6n? — Es de mi tfo.
12. ^De cuyos poemas habfa hablado V.? — Yo habia hablado
de los de Cadalso. 13. ^A cuil de los varios pretendientes
habian preferido W.? 14. ;CuSl es la verdadera reUgifin?
15. iQui es la religi6n cristiana? 16. ^Qu^ tal tiempo habfa-
mos tenido antes de ayer? 17. ^Cuintos obreros han traba-
jado en la muralla? 18. jCuin felizmente habfan vivido en
aquellos dlas! 19. ]Qu4 tan deUdosa es la musica italianal
„ Google
INDEFINITE I^ONODNS 57
30. Who. is tlLe woman who (89) has lived in this littJe-houseP
31. Who are those actresses before the theater? aa. What
have you eaten at (the) breakfast? 33. What viands had he
tasted before? 24. How pallid is (esid) the young-lady this
morning! 25. What a most beautiful (lOO, a) scene has disap-
peared from (the) view! 26. Whose boat is this (8l)? — It is
my father's (13). 27. Whose money has bought this furniture?
38. Which of the three is the richest (39)? 39. What is the din-
ner hour (102)? 30. What kind of literature is the most enter- ^
twining (39)? 31. Which of the books is the geography?
32. What is geography? 33. What kind of hopes have [we]
entertained? 34. How many persons have perished in the ship-
wreck? 35. How much has he paid for this carriage? 36. H^w
eloquently the lawyer has defended (13, b) the prisoner (104, a)l
37. How many potatoes bast thou sold? 38. How sweet is the
singing of the nightingale!
LECCION DfiCIMOQUINTA
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
108. Indefinite pronouns are so called because of thor in-
determinate character. Being pronouns, they can not qualify
nouns: —
alguien, somebody, someone fulano, -a, ^ suck, such and
algo, something, somewkai Taengano,-a, > such a one,
cosa (de), something, anything zutano, -a, J so-and-so
cada uno, -a, j each one, nadie, nobody, no one
cada cual, { every one quienquiera, whoever
nada, nothing uno, -a, one
k, lo, La, los, las, some, any
109. Alguien is applied to persons only and can not be lim-
ited by an adjective or dependent genitive: —
„ Google
58 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAS
Alguien ll^ma; ^qui€n es? Someone knocks; who Is it?
Es alguien que pide limosna It is someone who asks alms
110. Algo and cosa[=algunacosa,somttbiQg). Algols used
also adverbiaUy, and cosa de in the sense of something like,
about. Qualified by an adjective algo may be joined to it by
de: —
^Sabe V. algo (de) nuevo? Do you know anything newi'
Eso es cosa muy distinta "niat is something very different
£1 es algo indispuesto He is somewhat indisposed.
Costar& cosa de veinte duros It will cost about twenty dollars
111. Coda uno, -a, and coda cual have no plural: —
Cada tmo tiene sua quehaceies Every one has his own affairs
Cada una de las actrices cumple Each one of the actresses dis-
con sus deberes charges her duties
Cada cual ea digno de su salario Each one is worthy of his hire
112. Nada (.=ninguna cosa, nothing), when it precedes the
verb or stands alone, means nothing, nqt anything; when the verb
isnegative it is translated by anything. It may be joined to an
adjective by de: —
ITadft tengo or no tengo nada I have not anything
Mi vida no tiene nada de in- My life has nothing enviable
vidiable
iQu6 ha vendido usted? — Nada What have you sold? — Nothing
a. Negative pronouns {nada, nadie, etc.) in a positive sense occur
in sentences where the negative is merely implied; especially after
sin {que), antes {que), after comparatives, after certain verbs, as negar
(to deny), rehusar (to refuse), and when a negative answer is
expected: —
Sin responder nada Without answMing anything
Antes que hubo ofdo nada Before he had heard anything
Es mjts agradable que nada que It is more agreeable than any-
he visto thing I have seen
„Gtx)^lc
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 59
Negarle nada seria inljtil To deny him anything vould be
useless
^Qui£n podria^ cieei nada tan Who could believe anything so
nedoP silly?
113. Fulano {de tal), zutano, and mengano indicate persons
either unknown or whom we do not care to mention. They
generally occur in the order given: —
Fulano (de tal) me lo ha dicho So-and-so told me so
Don Fulano se cas6 ayer con la Mr. So-and-so married Miss So-
seBorita Zutana and-so yesterday'
Yo no cieo todo lo que me dicen I don't believe everything that
Fulano, Zutano y Mengano Tom, Dick, and Harry tell me
J14. Nadie is applied only to persons. In its syntax it is
similar to nada (112 and 112, a). Like its opposite, alguien, it
can not be linuted by de and a following noun: —
Nadie lo sabe mejor que €1 No one knows it better than he
No he encontrado & nadie I have not met anyone
^Quien ha ayudado t usted? — Who has helped you? — No one
Nadie
a. See 113, a, for analogous constructions with tuida: —
Se fu6 antes de hablar k nadie He went away before, ^leaking to
anyone
Lo tom6 sin pedirlo k nadie He took it without asking it of
anyone
Vende sus g£neros k precios m&s He sells his goods at lower prices
bajoa que nadie than anyone
^Yo rebusar nada k nadie? 1 refuse anybody anything?
115. Quiefujuiera, pi. quiemsquiera, applies to persons only
and is rarely used in the plural: —
Quienquiera lo diga, se equivoca Whoever says so is mistaken
ii6. Uno, -a, is not so much used as Germ, man, French on,
other expressions takii^ its place: —
„ Google
6o ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Cuando uno no tiene dinero oo Whea one hasn't money one can
puede gastarlo not spend it
Si una se acalora pieide la cabeza If one gets hot one loses her head
J17. Le, lo, la, los, las are used as objective pronouns in a
partitive sense, some, any: iHay linta en el tiniero? — Si, la hay.
Is there any ink in the inkstand? — Yes, there b some.
118. Review all the tenses of the three regular conjugations
and leam the conditionals of the same, 170.
iig. Bjercicio Quince
I. Alguien toca d la puerta, — ^Quien es? 2. ^Desea usted
algo bueno? 3. Me ha contado algo de nuevo. — Mi madre
estd algo Indispuesta. 4. Dljo (Ae said) que le habfa costado
cosa de quinientos duros. 5. Cada uno habfa cumplido con
BUS deberes. 6. Cada cual habfa sido (been) digno de su sala-
rio. 7. Nada habfa comprado yo, 8. Hoy no hemos vendido
nada. 9. No hay nada de extrafio en eso. 10. ;Que le ha
prometido d usted? — Nada. 11. Ha partido sin darme nada.
12. Este paftuelo es mis costoso que nada que compramos.
13, ^Es posible negarle nada i ^1 (58,/}? 14. ;Cree usted nada
tan ridfculo? 15. Me revel6 su amor did^ndome que nadie la
amaria mis que &. 16. ^Qui^n temeria d aquel bobo? — Nadie.
17. Se sento antes de hablar d nadie. 18. Es mds generoso que
nadie. 19. EUos no rehusarian nada d nadie. 20. Cuando
uno esti contento aquf, ^porque cambiar de residencia? ai. Si
ustedes desean natanjas, las encontrardn sobre la mesa de la
22. Someone arrived before ten o'clock. 23. Something
bad has happened. 24. He delivered a speech somewhat
comical. 25. He will pay somethii^ like fifty dollars for the
cow. 26. Every one prefers his own country. 27. I don't be-
lieve anything of the kind. 28. What have you found in the
.,Gtx)^lc
IKDEPINITE ADJECTIVES 6l
trunk? — Nothing. 29, He left me without denying anything.
30. Itisbetterthananythingwe have seen (ii2,fl). 31. Would
you believe anything so scandalous? 32, So-and-so had met
him in the street near the post office, 33, No one will pass with-
out speaking to the doorkeeper. 34. Who had helped him? —
No one. 35, He says (dice) that he will sell his goods at lower
prices than anyone (112, a). 36. One often* needs^ much
patience in this life, 37. Have you [any] milk and cream? —
Yes, we have some. 38. Where are the peaches? — You will
find some in the dining room.
LECCI6N DfiCIMOSEXTA
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES
I30. The indefinite adjectives differ sjmtactically from the
pronouns in that, while some of them may be used as pronouns,
they also exercise all the functions of true adjectives, agreeing
in gender and number with tb p nouns theru limit.
ajeno, another's, other people's ninguno, none, no, no one
alguno, some, someone, a few otro, oSter, another
ambos, -as, both poco, litlie, few
cada, each, every sendos, -as, one each, as many
deito, a certain, contain tal, such, such a
cualquieia, whicheva-, whatever tamafio, as much, peat
cuanto, as muck, as many todo, all, every, any
mismf, same, sdf, very uno y otro, both
mucho, mitch, many linico, solo, only, altme
121. Aje?io, -a, is an adjective meaning wkat belongs to an-
other, foreign to {to= de w 5) : —
No codiciar&s los bienes ajenos Thou shall not covet other
people's goods
Ajeno al asunto Foreign to the subject
r.,,-,, „(Joogle
02 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
122. Alguno, -a, is used both as pronoun and adjective. As
an adjective it may be replaced in the plural by unos, or unos
cuantos: —
;Ha venido alguno? Has anyone come?
^Tiene V. algunos Upices? — Sf, Have you any pencils? — Yes,
unos cuantos a few
123. Ambos, -as, is both pronoun and adjective: —
Apoyfi ambos codos en la mesa He rested both elbows on the
table
124. Coda, an adjective of one termination, can be used iu
the plural only before numbers: —
rCada dia me levantq AJ^^aetg^ Every day I rise at seven o'clock
uada oveja con su pareja '" Eveiy jEick has his Gill (Every
sheep with its Uke)
Caila seis meses Every six months
125. Cierto, -a, -os, -as, always stands before the noun iu
the sense of certain; after the noun it means sure, reliable: —
Cierto amigo mio viene k verme A certain friend of mine comes to
ciertos dias de cada semana see me certain days each week
126. Cudlquiera, pi. cualesquiera, drops its final a, when it
precedes immediately a noun. In the singular the full form may
stand after the noun: —
CuaJquier comida es mejor que Any dinner whatsoever is better
ninguna than none '
Un hbro cualquiera rae bastar& Any book soever will suffice me
127. Cuanto, -a, -os, -as. For example see 93 and 93, Note.
128. Mismo, -a, -os, -as, has a superlative ntismisimo, the
very same. Translate mismo by simUar, when the indefinite
article precedes it: —
„Gtx)^lc
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 63
Las mismas causas producen los The same causes produce the
mistnos resultados same results
Cometi6 otra vez el mismisimo He committed again the very
crimen same crime
Los dos tieneD im mismo deber ITie two have a similar duty
Note. — For mismo meaning self see examples mider 58, g.
129. Macho, -a, -os, -as, has a superlative mucMsimo, very
much, very many, used instead of muy mucko which is rare: —
Mucho ruido y pocas nueces Much ado about nothing
Me relate muchfsimos ejemplos de He related to me veiy many in-
su caridad stances of her charity
■v.' ■
130. Ninguno, -a, ~os, -as, is treated syntactically like nada
and nadie. See 112, 112, a, and 114, 114, a: —
No entiende ninguna palabra He does not understand a word
Ningunos de mis amigos han venido None of my friends have come
Es mejor que ningfin libro (17) It is better than no book
131. Otro, -a, -OS, -as, other, another, 13 never preceded by
the indefinite article: —
Comi6 dos naranj'as y se le di6 He ate two oranges and another
otra was given him
Otros tiempos, otras costumbres Other times, other manners
132. Poco, -a, -OS, -as, has a superlative poqutsimo, very little,
very few, but may b^ modified by muy, very: —
Muchos son Ilamados mas pocos Many are called, but few are
eseogidos chosen
Las poquisimas veces que le he The very few times I have seen
visto « him
Canta un poco; canta poco She sings a little; she sings but
little
.,GtX)^lc
64 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMHAK
133. 5e»rfoj,-<M, is used only in the plural: —
Entraron dnco jiveoes llevando There came in five young men
del brazo & sendas j6venes each having on his aim a young
134. Tal, pi. tofej, such a, such: —
Tal cosa es increfble Such a thing is Inctedible
Tal me parece difldl Such a thing seems to me diffi-
cult
Note. — Tal sometimes conveys the Idea of satire or contempt: —
Repuso ella furiosa que no era tal Furious she replied that she was
mujer not that kind of a woman
a. Tai, preceded by the definite article, means the said, in ques-
tion: —
Y el tal Sancho queria ser gober- And the said Sancho wished to
nador de una isla be governor of an island
b. Preceded by the indefinite article tal means one, a certain: —
Se prendi6 fuego & la casa de un Fire broke out in the house of
, tal Martin one Martin
135. Todo, -a, -OS, -as, syntactically is treated in two
ways: —
TSt. It stands alone whenever it expresses a general or indefinite
concept; —
Todo buen ciudadano lo siente Every good citizen regrets it
Gfneros de todas clases y i todos Goods of every kind and at all
precios prices
ad. Todo is followed by a word limiting its application to a special
concept: —
Quedfi en Europa todo el afio I remwned in Europe the whole
year •
Pas6 conm^ toda la semana He spent with me the whole week
H£ aquf todos mis libros Here are all my books
,', Google
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 65
Note. — In the plural whole or entire is never expressed by todo
but by erUero. In the singular either may be used: —
Pasa boras enteras k la ventana She passes whole hours at the
window
El dia entero, or todo el dfa The entire day
136. Uno, -a, -OS, -as, and otro, -a, -as, -as, are used in vari-
ous combinations: —
Uno y otro lo hacen Both of them do so
Ni uno ni otro lo dicen Neither of them says so
El uno dice que s(, el otro que no The one says yes, the other no
Uno li otro; unos fi Otros Either of the two; either of the
two sets
137. t^nko, -a, -OS, -as; solo, -a, -os, -as. tJnico refers to in-
dividuals where there are no more of their kind; while solo
means alone, solitary, without company: —
Mi hijo linico est4 solo en la casa My only son is alone in the house
138. Review all the parts of the three conjugations and learn
the imperatives, 170.
139. Ejeiddo Diedaeia
I. A menudo los asuntos ajenos nos interesan mis que los
nuestros propios. 2. Eso es ajeno de la cuestion que discutimos.
3. Algunas de sua palabras no llegaron a mi. 4. ZiJj dos, en-
tramiios, ambos d dos y entrambos d dos son sin6nimos de ambos.
5. Cada mes mi padre me envia veinte duros. 6. Cada diez
anos el censo se hace {is taken) en los Estados Unidos, 7. Cier-
tos metales, como el oro y la plata, son Uamados metales pre-
ciosos. 8. Enideme usted cualesquiera de los libros que V.
halle. 9. Tenemos cuantos dependientes necesitamos. 10. Ra-
ramente en dos idiomas distintos tienen las mismas palabras el
mismo signlficado. 11. Los mismos amigos del preso admiten
su deUto. 12. £n este p^s sufrimOs el despotismo de los pocos
ES!5. OF SPAN. GttAM.— S
„ Google
66 ESSENTIALS OE SPANISH GRAMMAR
sobre los mucbos. 13. Aim cuando ud hombre no es esclavo
de ningiin otro es esclavo de si mismo. 14. Ambaron al puerto
sm ningun (27) accidente. 15. Tenga V. la bondad de darme
otta taza de te. — Lo poco que recibo me satisface, 16. Esos
pocos ejemplos no prueban la regla. 17. Tal cosa nunca me
ocurri6. 18. S6\o sabfa de la tal carta por los periodicos.
19. Creo que tamafla resultaria la empresa. 20. En todo caso
es muy improbable. 21. Todos piensan (pensar) como yo.
22. Mi maestro de musica me da una lecci6n todos los viemes,
23. Todo lo que he dicho es verdad. 24. Vivir honrado y morir
lamentado, ^tos son sus dnicos deseos.
25. I am (18, b) here for reasons foreign to my wish. 26. Some
officers of the American (31, b) ship have arrived at the city.
27, The two (i3<>, 4} pulled her out of the water (12, Note).
28, Every twenty-eight (51) days the moon makes a revolu-
tion on its axis. 29. Certain stones, as the diamond and the
ruby, are called piedous stones (139, 7). 30. Any honest*
man* would reject that (esa) proposition. 31. He spends as
many dollars as he makes (93, Note), 32. The same ideas pre-
vail with reference to our (65) manners. 33, We two have a
simitar disposition. 34. Many times we forget that we are
mortal. 35. There-are (hay) very many delicious' fruits' in
the tropical' parts^ of the earth. 36. We shall not find any of
the pupils in the classroom. 37. Another time we shall try
to accomplish better (41) results. 38. I see very little differ-
ence between the two (51) propositions. 39. Very (muy) few
persons have attended the recital, 40. Such customs exist
only in the modem* worlds 41. Furious he replied that he was
not that kind of a man. 42. Intrigues of every kind obstruct
the passage of the bill, 43. I have spent all my (65) money.
44. Every Monday I receive {13, b) my friends at niy office.
45. I work the whole day (135, Note) and a part of the evening.
46. [It] b the only one of its kind. 47. Only a fool wV>uld be-
lieve such a thing.
ADVERBS
LECCI6N DfiCIMOSfiPTIMA
140. Adverbs may be classified as simple or primitive, derivO'
live, and compound.
141. Adverbs of the 6rst class are expressed by a angle
word: bien, weli; mal, badly; temprano, early; s61o, only.
142. Derivative adverbs are formed by -mente (correspond-
ing to English -ly) and the feminine of adjectives, the latter al-
ways retaining their own accent: —
Otilmente, usefully; afortunadamente, fortunately
a. When two or more derivative adverbs follow each other immedi-
ately, -menle is used with the last adjective only: —
Juan Valera escribe dara, concisa Juan Valera writes dearly, con-
y elegantemente cisely, and elegantly
b. In many cases de urta manera or de un modo is used instead of
-menle: ^
De una manera encantadora Charmingly, in a charming manner
De un modo holgaz&n Idly, in an idle way
143. Compound adverbs are simply adverbial phrases com-
posed of two or more words. Some now appear as single words,
but their composition is evident: —
acaso (d+caso), perhaps aprisa (&+priaa), quickly
ahora {a + bora) , now despacio (de + eapado) , slowly
apenas (i+penas), scarcely anteayer (ante+ayer), the day
anodie (4+nochc), last night before yesterday
a. But most adverbial phrases are written in separate words: —
it la moda, in style, stylishly k m^ andai, at full speed
k la espaiiola, in Spanish style puertas afuera, outdoors
por consiguiente, consequently tierra adentro, inland
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
i mis tardar, at latest
siglos atr4s, centuries ago
afios desjaues, years aftermards
meses antes, months before
68
do airiba, upstream
en lo sucesivo, in the future
de buena gana, willingly
k sabiendas, knowingly
144. Note also the following: -
donde, where
^dfinde? wher^
cuando, when
^cuindo? when?
como, about, as
^c6mo? hawf
aquf, here [near me)
ac4, here (towards me)
ahf, there (near or towards you)
allt, there (distant from both)
all&, there (in that dtrecttan)
de alll, thence, from there
(Cceo) que sf, que no (I think) so, (I think) not
a. Donde is often used as a relative or interrogative pronoun refer-
ring to things or places, and hence may be governed by a preposi-
tion: —
La dudad (en) donde vive The city in which he lives
El lugar de donde vietie The place from which he comes
El camino por donde venimos The road by which we came
;A d6ade va? Where is he going?
145. Comparison. Adverbs are compared like adjectives,
the neuter lo taking, in the superlative, the place of the gender
forms of the article used with adjectives.
Positive
lejos, far
k menudo, often
ricamente, richly
Comparative Sdpehlattve
mSs lejos, farther lo mis lejos, farthest
taks k menudo
mis ricamente
a. Irregular comparisons: —
Positive Compahative
bien, well mejor, better
mal, badly peor, worse
mucho, muy, much, very mfts, more
poco, l^le menos, less
o mis k menudo
lo mis ricamente
SupEELAUVE
lo mejor, (the) best
lo peor, (the) worst
lo mis, (the) most
lo menos, {the) least
„CnUO'-Ac
ADVERBS 69
Note. — Mucho or mucMsimo takes tlie i^ace of fnuy, when the
latter would stand alone: —
^Es interesante la comedia? — St, Is the comedy interestingP — Ytb,
mucho, muchlsimo very (much)
146. Than is expressed by que and de, the latter bdng used
before numbers in positive sentences: —
Ahora toca menos fi menudo que He plays less often now than
antes formeriy
No vino mSs que dos veces He did not come more than twice
Me lo 3olidt6 m4s de una vez He begged it of me more than
once
147. Lo is omitted when the superlative is not limited in
some way: —
A la larga los que mfis estudian In the long run those who study
mfis aprenden (the) most learn (the) most
But —
Se quedd lo m&s lejos que pudo de He remained the farthest that he
la escena could from the scene
148. Review the imperatives and learn the past anterior of
the three regular conjugations, 170.
I4(). Ejerdcio Dieddete
I. Hoiira i. tu {65) padre y d tu madre y no ames i los que
no les (58) honran. 2. Conserve yo la vida y viva mi enemigo.
3. Comamos para vivir y no vivamos para comer. 4. Temed
mi c6Iera, pero no temfus nada (112) de mi amor. 5. No tenga
usted miedo de pensar antte de obrar, 6. El ab<^do habI6
docta y elocuentemente. 7, Mi hijo ha estudiado siempre su
leccion. 8. El tiple cantfi de una manera encantadora (142, b).
9, Andeu W. mis despacio, que estoy cansado. 10. Apenas
hubo llegado que parti6. 11. La bailarina bailo i la espafiola.
.,Gtx)^lc
70 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GEAMMAH
13. For consiguieDte cuando hube acabado mi tarea, fui (/
went) & casa. 13. ^D6nde ha vivido V, antes de venir aqui?
14. ^Cuindo partieron de Madrid? 15. Ven (223) aci, hijita
infa (67), y redta tu lecci6n. 16. EUa est& mis ricamente
vestida que su hennana. 17. El camiDO por donde vinieron
(223) esti en muy mal estado. 18. Entonces ella tocaba el
piano mis 4 menudo que ahora. ig! Generalmente los que mis
ganan mis gastaa. 20. Los bueyes no andan tan aprisa como
Iqscaballos. 31. jCuin contenta esti una buena madre cuando
tiene sus (65) hijos alrededor de si (58) I
22. Do not honor those (149, i) who (89) do not deserve it
(60). 23. From my friends [may] God* guard' me"; from my
Oiemies I will guard myself. 24. Don't (you=usted) live to
eat, but eat to live (149, 3). 25. Let us not fear [to] tell the
truth. 26. Wlien we had written our letters, we went out to
(d) put them (59, a) in the letter-box. 27. She is rich[ly] and
elegantly dressed (142, a). 28. It is true that he worked the
whole day (135, Note), but in an idle way (142, b). 29. Last
night, when we had attended the opera, we supped at the res-
taurant. 30. The day before yesterday we received two letters
from Barcelona. 31. I shall accept his (65) offer willingly
(143, ") 33- Years afterwards we discovered the fatal* error*.
33. Where have they bought those (80) goods? 34. How did
you receive the news of his death? 35. He arrived here before
nine o'clock. 36. The house in which (144, o) we live belongs
to my uncle. 37, I work better when I sing. 38. Are you
happy here? — Yes, very (145, Note). 39. He writes worse
than she (58). 40. They have bought more than a dozen.
41. Those who have studied most have learned most {145, a).
42. They remained the nearest that they could ipudieron) to
the shore. 43. The cruiser does not go as fast as the torpedo-
boat (149, 20). 44. How slowly (104, a) the old-man* nms'I
■ D,9,t,.?<ib, Google
PREPOSITIONS
LECCI6N DfiCIMOCTAVA
150. The prepositions d, de, and e
A, to, at, in, into, on, is used: —
a. In expressions of time: -
A las diez; al mediodia
A primeros de marzo
A fines de veiano
Llegarfi & tiempo
b. Position, direction, etc.: '
A la puerta; k la derecha
Voy k casa; k casa de Juan
Lo traduciii al Ingl^
c. Manna', means, cause: —
Hizo una resefia fi grandes rasgos
Vino fi caballo; &. pie
A fe de caballero
d. Price, rale, etc. : —
Se vende k tres pesetas el metro
Al contado; al fiado (& credits)
At ten o'clock; at midday
Early in March
Towards the end of summer
He will arrive in time
At the door; to the right
I am going home; to John's
I shall translate into English
He gave a description in large
He came on horseback.; on foot
On the word of a gentleman
It is sold at three pesetas a meter
For cash; on trust (credit)
151. De, of, from, by, on, with, at, is used to indicate:-
. Possession, origin, separation, etc. : -
El libro de mi amigo
Vengo de casa de mi padre
El vive de limosna
b. Time: —
De dfa, de noche, de verano
Muri6 de poca edad
My friend's book
I come from my father's (house)
He lives by alms
By day, by night, in summer
He died very young
.,Gtx)^lc
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAH
', characteristic, etc.: —
Temblar de miedo, de frio
TeOir de azul; pinlar de verde
La niOa de los ojos azules
d. Stale, condition, etc.: —
Est£ de viaje en Europa
Prefiero quedarme de pies
Se hinc6 de rodJllas
e. Occupation, use, profesi
Se recibid de abogado
Me retii^ de sargento
Una miquiua de coser
To tremble with fear, with cold
To dye blue; to pamt green
The girl with the blue eyes
He is traveling in Europe
I prefer to remain standing
He knelt down
I, etc.: —
He was admitted to the bar
I retired as sergeant
A sewing machine
152. En, at, in, on, upon, into (the general idea being rest in
or on, or motion in or into).
a. In limg relations: —
En £poca en que estamos
de
La situadfin del banco en 2
octubre
De hoy en ocho dias
De d!a en dfa
6. Position, direction, etc.: —
La comida esti en la mesa
Sentarse en la mesa, en la cama,
en la silla
Vamos & pasear en el parque
£i vapor iba en su socoiro
c. Note also: —
Se castigar^ en juido sumarfsimo
En bien de EspaSa entera
Pedir en justicia
Anda siempre en pleitos
Lo valuo en cien pesos
No se mide en las palabras
At the period in which we are
The condition of the bank on the
a I St of October
To-day week
From day to day
The dinner is on the table
To sit down at the table, on the
bed, in the chair
Let's go to walk in the park
The steamer went to his rescue
He will be stunmarily punished
For the good of all Spain
To sue at law
He is always going to law
I value it at a hundred doUars
He does not measure his words
PREPOSITIONS 73
153. Learn the whole conjugatioD of haber, 164.
154. Ejercicio Dieciocho
I. Cuatro (51) veces al afio damos de comer i nuestros (65)
amigos en nuestra casa de campo. 2. He llegado a la estaclSn
& tiempo que pasaba el tren. 3. A su paso tropas al mando
del capita habian tornado la ciudad. 4, El barco estaba i
vista de tierra cuando se hundi6. 5, A ruegos de mi tio me ha
recibido en su familia. 6. Esta (80) casa de comerdo ha ven-
dido al per mayor, pero en lo venidero venderd tambien al por
menor. 7. Esta noche hemos jugado i los naipes y al ajedrez,
8. El palacio real de Madrid esta en la Plaza de Oriente. 9. En
la casa de mi Padre hay {165, b 3) mucbas moradas. 10, En el
campo los labradores trabajan de sol £ sol. 11. Eso me pone
los cabellos de punta. 13, El galgo es ligero de pies, pero no
ha alcanzado & la liebre. 13. Solo el pensar en ello me hace
temblar de miedo (151, c), 14. Este sombrero est£ muy (145,
Note) de moda. 15. Mb libros estan de venta en la librerfa.
16. A pesar del Kaiser el doctor Hill iii. (235) de embajador &
Alemania. 17. Mat6 de un tiro d su mujer y cometi6 suicidio
despu^s. 18. El brib6n de cartero no ha llevado mi correo
antes de las doce. 19. Habiamos comenzado el ataque en la
noche del j'ueves. 20. No se habia separado de el en toda la
(135, 3d) noche. ai. Volvi6 en el momento en que yo le
esperaba. 33. El seBor esti y quedara en casa todo el d(a.
23. Despu^s que el crucero bubo naufragado en un arredfe, la
tripulacidn lo dej6. 24. Los alguaciles entrardn en los domici-
lios de los deudores, 25. La (58) reconocf en el crujido de sus
botines, 26. El partido radical, en su mayor parte, se compone
de ellos. 27. Es posible, pero no lo creo.
38. (A.) On the day following, when we had received our
(65) reinforcements, we renewed the attack. 29. In a short-
time the train* started^ out for Madrid. 30. They are {18, b)
OQ board of the ship and will remain there until (the) nightfall.
„ Google
74 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
31. I shall go (235) to Boston to-morrow morning and shall re-
turn at six o'clock p.m, 32. Drop by drop the blood trickled
from (d£) his (65) veins. ^5. I will discount your (65) note at
(the) five per cent. 34. He is iestd) employed at two dollars
a day. 35. (De.) The city's (13,(1) streets are not numerous.
36. I have (164) a gold' (=of gold) watcW and a silver* ( = of
silver) chain'. 37. By night, according-to the Spanish' prov-
erb', all (13s, 2d) cats are gray. 38. He was trembling with
cold (151, c) when I found him (60). 39. The giant was tall
of stature and sharp of wit. 40. My remedies are for sale
(154, 15) in the drug store. 41. He serves (sirve) as steward
and she works as seamstress. 43. He drank the glass of wine
at one swallow. 43. (En.) On the morning of the twenty-
fifth (51 and 53, b) we set out for Porto Rico. 44. We live on
the comer of (the) Second* Street' and (the) Fifth Avenue.
45. My bed Js (18, b) at the further-end of that (So) corridor.
46. The newspaper on which he .works comes-out [on] Tuesdays
and Fridays. 47. I think they will prolong the war to [the]
serious damage of the country.
lecciOn dEcimonona
155. The prepositions por and para.
Por, by. Jot, in, on, through, by means of, in place of, etc., is the
most overworked of all Spanish prepositions. It can be mas-
tered only by constant observation. It is used to express: —
a. Time: —
No durarS por mucho tiempo It will not last for a long time
Creo que cae por Pascua I think it (alls at Easter
b. Phce, movement, etc.: —
Pasa por la calle He passes along the street
Se escap6 por la ventana He escaped by the window
Las aves vuelan por el aire The birds fly through the aii
c. Price, value: —
Vender6 mi casa por mil pesos I will sell my house for liooo
Madera por valor de doscientos Wood to the value of two hun-
duTos
Un real por pieza
d. Cause, manner, means: —
Ella esiA loca por ^
Lo divide por la mitad
Lo tiar& por fuerza
Ropa hecba por el sastre
e. Purpose, exchange, instead of,
Hubo un pldto por divorcio
Doy mi gabin por el de usted
Asisto por mi compafiero
Lo que V. ha hecho por mf
dred dollars
One real a piece
She is madly in love with him
He divides it through the middle
He will do it by force
Clothing made by the tailor
n behalf of , etc.: —
There was a suit for divorce
I give my greatcoat (in exdiange)
for yours
I attend instead of my comrade
What you have done for me
I went via Madrid to Toledo
They threw him to the ground
He was received as teacher
He asked after the child's health
/. Note further: —
Ful por Madrid S Toledo
Echironle por tierra
Se le redbifi por maestro
Pregunt6 por la salud del niiio
g. Por occurs likewise in many adverbial expressions; —
For ejemplo; por lo general For instance; in general
For consiguiente; por completo Consequently; completely
156. Para, for, to, in, by (with an in6nitive, Ic, in order to).
This letter b for the post office
It is not useful for anythii^
They set out for the village
A soup spoon
We eat in order to live
It serves to make him timid
11. Deslinaiion,use,elc.: —
Esta carta es para el correo
No ea (itU para nada
Fartieron para el pueblo
Una cuchara para sopa
b. Purpose, etc,: ~
Comemos para vivir
Sirve para hacerle tfmido
.,Gtx)^lc
76 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
c. Time: —
Lo dejaremos para mafiana We shall leave it for to-morrow
Para ese tiempo se coDOcer&n loa By that time the results will be
resultados known
d. Consideration, ek.: —
Para principiante no lo ha becho For a beginner he has not done it
mal badly.
Es una grave ofensa para su repu- It is a grave offense against his
tad6n reputation
e. Note further: —
Ley6 la relad6n para si He read the report to himself
Dijo para sf ; lo har6 He said to himself: I will do it
Note. — While the use of por and para b usually quite distinct,
cases may arise where either may be used: —
Callar6 por (para) no dar dlsgusto I will hold my tongue in order
& usted not to displease you
Viene i caballo por (para) Uegar He comes on horseback in order
mis de prisa to arrive more quickly
157. Le^m the whole conjugation of tefter, 164.
158. Ejeidcio Diecinueve
I. Tendri dos mil (51) duros por un sRa. 2. Una lluvia de
cenizas estorb6 la vista por instantes. 3. Luego revolvi6 la
mirada por la mar y por el espacio. 4. Un viaje de inspecd6n
pot las costas probara lo contrario. 5. ^Cuiinto ha pagado V.
por ese (80) sombrero? — Tuve que (166, 3) pagar diez (51)
pesetas. 6. Los regalos Uamaron la atendon por su elegancia.
7. La dudad sufri6 por falta de agua. 8. Por un goipe de buena
fortuna no tuvo mas que contribi^r. 9. Explic6, por modo
conciso, sus (65) razones paia augurar ^xito brillante. 10. La
filosoHa lucha por resolver este (80) problema. 11. Le doy
(210) a usted el uno por el otro. 12. Habl6 elocuentemente
por su amigo. 13. Ella le cogid por la mano. 14. Fu£ (he
went) al bosque por leiia y al manantial por agua. 15. Copia-
„G\.5oglc
PREPOSITIONS 77
ron las cartas palabra por palabra y los nombres por orden
alfab^tico. i6, Esta tela, seQora, es muy buena para camisas.
17. Su caballo de usted (65, a) es bueno para correr, pero malo
para tiiar, 18. Dicen (216) que los portorriquefios son'in-
capaces para el gobiemo piopio, pero no lo creemos. 19. Para
lo future tendremos otras razones para ausentamos; 20. Aquf
esta un almanaque para el ano entrante. 21. Partir^ mafiana
para Madrid. 22. Para el que (85) habita la dudad la vida
campesina es i. menudo intolerable. 23. EI ejerdto tenia
pocos soldados aptos para la lucha. 34. Salgo (220) sin capa
para (por) ir mis ligero.
25, (Por.) At that-time a war had broken out ipluperf.)
between the two countries. 26. The investigations along that
(80) line will suffice to {para) convince ' (13, b) everybody.
27. A letter can (330) go from the United States to Manila for
two cents. 28. The murderer deserves (the) death for it.
29. He sacrificed his (70) life for the love of his country. 30. We
called him by his (65) name but he did not answer. 31, They
began a suit for divorce (i5S, c). 32. Always I shall watch
over thee {58), my darling (67}. 33. He was impatient to de-
fend his friends. 34. Do you take this (80) woman to wife?
35. Good for my nephew! exclaimed the general. 36. We
refused their (6$) offer for obvious^ reasons'. 37. (Paia.) I
intend it for a friend of mine (69). 38. A penknife is good to ■
cut one's nails (70). 39. That (80) house on the comer is for
rent. 40. He will have money" enough' to pay his trip, 41. He
studied to [be a] physician, 42. For the coming' month' we
shall have better accommodations. 43. Already we liave
learned our (65) lessons for to-morrow. 44. They will depart
(220) this afternoon for Manila. 45. The deed is incredible to
many. 46. Since then she (58) does not exist for him, so-to-
speak. 47. My work has been very beneficial for this republic.
48. To begin I will say (216) that he has taken the shadow for
{por) the substance.
78 ESSENTIALS OF SPAMSH GRAMMAR
LECCION VIGfiSIMA
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS
159. Conjunctions present no special difficulties which need
to be treated at any length. The more common of the simple
conjunctions are: —
mas, pero, sino, ) ^^ que, that, for, whether, and
empero (rare), \ k que, that, untii, I'll bet that
ni, nor; ni . . . ni, neither . . .nor de que, that, because
6, ij (before o or ho), or y, 6 (before i or hi), and
6 sea, or, that is si, »/, whether, suppose, why
a. Sino is used in the second of two coQrdinate clauses, when the
first is negatively contrasted with the second. Used in a sentence
with a negative, it means 6a/ in the sense of orUy: —
Mis padres no viven en esta ciudad My parents do not live in this
sino en Toledo city, but in Toledo
Yo no Uegu6 sino ayer per la tarde I arrived only yesterday after-
b. 6 becomes & before a word beginning with o or ho. When two
or more 6's follow each other, the first is translated by either: —
Llegar&n S las onze 6 S las doce They will arrive at eleven o'clock
or at noon
Sea demonio fi hombre yo le harg Be he devil or man I will face
frente him
Vt fi al capitin 8 4 su semejanza I saw either the captain or his
double
c. Que commonly connects principal and subordinate clauses, and
like the English that may be omitted. It has likewise certain idiomatic
uses which can only be learned by practice: —
Creo que perdid su dineio jugando I think he lost his money t^
Permltame se lo d^a & usted Allow me to tell it to you
Justida pide, que no la grada He asks justice and not pardon
[Socorro I [que me matani Help I they are killing met
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS 79
^d. A que ta,ke5 the place of the simple que after certain verbs as
ijnritar, insiar, exhorlar, esperar, aguofdar, etc.: —
Invitarfi k mis amigos S que pasen I shall invite ray friends to pass a
un rato k bordo de mi yate short time aboard of my yacht
Aguardo i que venga I am waiting until he comes
A que no vendri I'll bet he will not come
e. De que serves to introduce clauses after words which would, in
other constructions, be followed by de: —
No hay duda de que Ilegue hoy There is no doubt but that be
will arrive to-day
/. Y becomes 6 before the initials i or ki but not before kie or at
the beginning of an interrogative sentence; —
Fernando 6 Isabel eran reyes de Ferdinand and Isabella were king
Espana and queen of Spain
Hay tigres y hienas en Africa There arc tigers and hyenas in
Africa
g. Si usually expresses a condition, but it has other uses, as: —
Dudamos si tiene liastante dinero We doubt whether he has suffi-
cient money
Pero, bombre, si no tengo ticmpo But, man, suppose I have not the
Si no sale jamfLs de casa Why, he never leaves home
160. Literjections are common in Spanish colloquial dis-
course. They occur as: —
a. Pure ititerjections: —
rah! lohl ) , , , , , , ic^pita! sounds!
' , ' ,}oh! ah! das! V , ,^ ■ , , ,
lay! iguay'l > ]hny'. (pam) ok me I
jbahl pshaw! jojaia,! God grant!
;carambal Ihedeucel jhola (ola)! oh, hello!
b. Various parts of speech used interjectionally: —
[alasesino! murder I [cuidado! lake care!
|alladr6nl stop thief ! jbravol brawl goodforyout
„ Google
8o ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
c. The names of holy persons and evil quints are freely used by all
classes, the Spanish not feeling the same aversion to their use as we
do: —
jdelos! heawnsi [ave Maria! hail Mary I
iDioslGod! iVirgen Santa! Holy Virgint
IpoiDiosl for God's sake f [Jesus! or jJesCis, Maria y Jos£ !
[diablo! [demonio! Ikedeucel [Santo Dios! Good Lord/
d. Adjectives and ay and guay are connected by de with a nouu or
pronoun: —
Itriste de mi! poor met jay de tf! das for tkeel
[pobre de Juan! poor John! [guay de la victima! woe to the
victim I
i6i. Review the parts of the regular conjugations so far
learned and the whole conjugation of tener, 164.
162. Ejerdcio Veinte
I, Nohallegadotodavfa, inascreoquevendri(323). 2. Tene-
mos bastante dinero, pero no queremos comprarlo. 3. No
vivfamos entonces en Madrid sino en Toledo. 4. No tengo
sino diez (51) duros en mi cartera. 5, Creo que Ilegarin tarde
6 temprano. 6. Dijo (216) el general que siete (51) u ocho mil
soldados bastarian para hacer frente al enemigo. 7, Al mismo
tiempo cayo (213) enferma mi (65) madre; que rata vez una
desgracia viene (223) sola. 8. [Socorro! que vienen (223) &
lincharme (59, a), exclamfi el pobre diablo. 9. Las Cortes
instan al gobierno i que tome posesion de la bahfa. 10. Les
(58) exhortamos &. ustedes a que no pierdan las esperanzas,
II. Aguardaremos aquf d que vengan (223) nuestros (65)
amigos. 12. Tuvimos duda de que e! proyecto llegara 4 ser ley.
13. Estoy (18, b) seguro de que el io aceptara. 14. Padre £
hijo son (18, b) lobos de la misma camada. 15. Nieve y hielo
estorbaba el camino e hizo (218) casi imposible nuestro (65)
prt^reso. 16. ^Si sera (164) verdad lo que (85) nos (58) contd?
17. No sabfamos si aceptarfan las condiciones, 18, Pero,
THE VERB 8l
hombre, si no vienen (223) sino una vez cada semana.
19. jCaramba! esas (80) contradicdones de su (69, Note) parte
no tienen nada (112) de extrano. 30. jHola, amigo mio!
^c6mo estis (18, 6) hoy? y ^qu^ sabes de nuevo? 21. [Cielos,
qu^ horrible desastre! [Cien (52, b) hombres muertos en las
minas! 22. [Diablo! ^Quien (98) el pritnero tuvo la idea de
comer la ostra? Era (164) gran (27, b) hombre y merece bien .
de la humanidad. 23. [Ay de mi! he perdido todo lo que tenia,
y la pobreza me aguarda. 24. ]Qu4 lastima! no hemos (164,
Reuark) tenido bastante tiempo para llevar i cabo nuestra (6$)
empresa.
XXI
THE VERB
163. The Spanish verb is richer in forms than the English,
and this multiplicity of forms may seem a little discouraging to
the learner at first, but they are easily acquired by observing
certain mnemonic rules for the derivation of these A/arious
forms.
a. The English renderings given in the paradigms must be con-
sidered as only approximate, since in connected discourse the exact
translation of any given Spanish verb will depend on its syntactical
relations. For instance, canto means / sing, I do sing, I am singing;
cantaba, / sang, I was singing, I did sing, or / used lo sing; no creo
que cante, / don't think he will sing; es posible que cante, it is possiUe
he may sing; no es posible que cante, it is not possible he will sing.
b. As the subject pronouns are usually omitted, when not required
for emphasis or clearness, they are given only in the present tenses.
listed (v.), p!. ustedes (VV.), however, being so conmionly used, will
be given.
c. There are two verbs to have, haber and tener, and two verbs lo be,
ser and estar. Their difference in use and meaning has been explained
in sections 18, b, and 165.
E9S. or SPAN. ORAM.— 6
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GEAMUAR
AUXILIARY VERBS
Simple Tenses
164.
InfioitiTe Hood
T«fc»«
To be
-t
4'
Genmd
f"
=/"
Saving
^endo
Being
BaAwdo
tei^do
es^ndo
Past Participle
Bad
Been
HaUdo
tenkdo
^
estLlo
IndicatiTe Hood
Phesent
/ have, thou hoit, etc.
law
1, thou art. He.
I. yohe
tengo
soy
estc^
a. tfihas
tienes
eres
estis
3. ustedha
V. tiene
V. es
t^.esti
3. a,eUaha
tiene
es
e^i
I. nosotros bemos
tecemos
somos
es tamos
(habemos)
2. vosotros haWis
tenuis
sois
est&is
1. ustedeshan
W. tienen
W. SOD
W.eatAn
3. ellos, -as ban
tienen ,
iKPEESECl
son
cst&n
/ had, was having, etc.
/ was, used to he, Oc.
I. habfa
.tenia
era.
estaba
a. babfas
tenias
eras
estabas
a. V. babta
V. tenia
V.era
V. estaba
3. babta
tenia,
era
estaba
I. habiamos
tenfamos
6ramos
est&b^os
a. habfais
tenf^
erais
estabais
a. W.haWan
W. tenfan
W.era
W. estabaD
3. habfan
tenlan
eian
estaban
.,Gtx)^lc
. hube
tuve
. hubiste
tuviste
. V. hubo
V. luvo
. hubo
tuvo
. hubimos
tuvimos
. bubisteis
tuvbteis
. W. hubieron
W. tuvieron
. bubieion
tuvieron
I was
ful
estuve
fuiste
estuviste
V. fu«
V. estuvo
fu6
eatuvo
fuimos
estuvimos
fuisteis
estuvisteis
W. fueron
W. estuvicTOTi
fueron
estuvieron
/ shaU (mU) have
I shaU{wm)he
I
habr6
tendrfi
ser€
estar€
a
habrfis
tendrfis
serAs
cstarfis .
a
V. habri
V. tendrS
V. sera
V. estari
3
habT&
tendri
ser&
estarS
habremos
seremos
estaremos
2
habr€i3
tendr^is
serfe
estar%
2
W. habrin
W. tendrin
W. serin
W. estar&n
3
habifin
tendr^
serfin
estariin
Conditional
/ wtndd {shmdd) have
/ woM (should) be
I
habria
tendrfa
sella
esuria
2
habrias
tendrias
serias
estariaa
2
V. habria
V. tendria
V. seria
V. estaria
3
habria
tendria
seria
estaria
habriamos
tendrtamos
seriamos
estarfamos
3
habriais
tendriais
sertais
estariais
2
W. babrian
W. tendrian
W. sedan
VV. estarian
3
habrian
tendrian
serian
estarian
„ Google
84
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMUAR
Imp«i«tiTe Hood
Let me have, etc.
1. let me have tengayo sea
2. have (thou) ten tti s£
3. have (thou) not no tengas no
a. have (you) tenga V. sea
3. let him have tenga 61
I. let us have tengamos
a. have ye tened
3. have ye not no teng&is
a. have (you) tengan W.
3. let them have tengan
sea 61
seamos
sed
the, etc.
est£
esti
noestfs
est6 V.
est£61
estemos
estad
noest^is
est€n W.
est£n
Note. — The imperative of kaber is: he t(t, haya il, V.
habed, hayan ellos, W., but it hardly can be said to be ii
also i77i iiote.
SnblunctiTe Hood
• Pbesent
hayamos,
use. See
Imayh
WW
I may be
haya
tenga
sea
est£
hayas
tengas
seas
estfa
V.haya
V. tenga
V. sea
V. esl6
haya
tenga
sea
est*
hayamos
tengamos
seamos
estemos
hayiis
tengas
seiis
est6is
W. hayan
W. tengan
W. sean
VV.est£n
bayan
tengan
sean
est^n
Imperfect —
FntsT Fowl
Iwouidhate
.Iwouldbe
hubiera
tuviera
fuera
estuviera
hubieras
tuvieras
fueras
estuvieras
V. hubiera
V. tuviera
V. fuera
V. estuviera
hubiera
tuviera
fuera
estuviera
hubi£ramo3
tuvi£ramos
fu^ramos
estuvifiramoa
hubierais
tuvieraia
fuerais
estuvierais
W. hubieran
W. tuvieran
W. fueran
W. estuvieran
hubieran
fueran
estuvieran
,1 Google
IiiMBFKci — Second Fobv
I should have
I should be
1.
hubiese
tuviese
hiese
estuvieae
a.
hubieses
tuvieses
fueses
estuvieses
2.
V. hubiese
V. tuviese
V. fuese
V. estuviese
3-
hubiese
tuviese
fuese
estuviese
I.
hubi6semos
tuvifsemos
fufaemos
estuvifaemos
a.
hubieseis
tuvieseis
fueseis
estuvieseis
a.
W.hubiesen
W. tuviesen
W.fuesen
W. estuviesen
3-
bubiesen
tuviesen
Ftjtube
fuesen
estuviesen
/ shaU have
IshaUbe
I.
hubiere
tuviere
fuere
estuviere
3.
hubierea
tuvieres
fueres
es tuvieres
3.
V. hubiere
V. tuviere
V. fuere
V. estuviere
3-
hubiere
tuviere
hicre
estuviere
1
hubi^remos
tuvi^remos
fufremos
estuvi^remos
a.
hubiereis
luviereb
fuereis
estuviereis
a.
W. hubieren
W. tuvieren
W. fueren
W. estuvieren
3-
hubieren
tuvieren
fueren
estuvieren
Compound Tenses
InflnitiTe
To have had
To have been
haberj
(habido
(tenido
Gerund
haber
(sido
iestado
Bavmgkad
Sating been
habiendoi'^^'''^^
habiendo ^''^«.
(tenido
(estado
Reuake. — As the compound tenses are formed by adding the past
participle of the respective verbs to the simple tenses of haber, only
the first person singular of each compound tense will be here given.
The learner can turn back and get the others for himself.
„ Google
essentials of spanish grammak
Perfect
/ have had I have been
, I habido ■ ( sido
( tenido ) estado
Pluperject
Ikadhad I had been
^^^^j habido h.bl.|="'°
ttenido (estado
Past Antbkiok
When I had had When I had been
cuando hube
j habido ™,„H„ l,,,!^ H«
(estado
FtiTUEK Pkmect
I shail have had I shall have been
tobri !'»''.■?» '"l>rfj"'!°
{ tenido I estado
Conditional Perfect
/ might (would) haw had / might (would) have been
babifa
1 tiaDiao
ttenido
habria ^"^*',
(estado
SnbjunctiT*
Pbrtect
toy.
hate had
(habido
1 tenido
/ may have been
Pluperfect -
-First Form
ImigUkaekad
I might
hubiera
havebeen
(sido
(estado
•r.,....
,Gtx)glc
Plufekfect — Second Foui
/ might have had I might katt been
hubioe j"""!"" hubiesei''''"
( tenido ( estado
FuTUKE Pesfect
/ shaU (should) have had I shaU (should) have been
t temdo ( estfldo
hubiere <
USES OF haber, teaer, aer, oatar
165, The principal office of kaber is to form the compound
tenses of other verbs, as illustrated above. The participle in
such compounds never changes its form. Other uses are: —
a. As an independent verb, followed by de and an infinitive, to
express futurity, duty, obHgalion: —
He de escribir una carta I have to write a letter
Habr& de cantar He will have to sing
b. The third person singular throughout all moods and tenses is
used as an impersonal verb,
I. In expressions of time: —
Sf , le vf no ha mucho tiempo Yes, I saw him not long ago
]. With que and an infinitive, to imply a general idea of necessity
or obligation. In this and the following impersonal uses, y (there) is
added to the present indicative, making hay: —
Eso es lo que hay que notar That is what has to be noted
3. In the sense of there is, there are: —
Hay dentos de homhres en la calle There are hundreds of men in the
street
4. In fjwaking of distances: —
jCu&nto hay de aquf i Boston? How far is it from here to Boston?
c. While haber is no longer used with the general meaning of to
held, to possess, there are certain reUcs of its former use: —
Consejo habido, anundamos nues- A council having been held, we
tra poUtica amiounced our policy
„ Google
88 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
i66. Tetter, to hold, to possess, to have, has the following
I. In its primary meaning; -
Tengo una pluma en la mano
bold (have) a pen in my hand
should use the verb
3. Idiomatically with certain nouns, where
lo be and the adjective: —
Tetter hambre, to have hunger, hence, to be hungry
" sed.
' thirst.
" thirsty
" miedo,
fear,
" afraid
• aieSo,
' sleep.
' " sleepy
' frto.
' cold.
" cold
' caior,
' heat.
' " warm
' vergiienza,
' shame.
' " ashamed
' razdn.
reason,
'' right
lener rasdn, no
to have reason
hence, to be wrong
3- With gtie and an infinitive to ejtpress duty or obligation: —
Tengo que estudiar mi lecci6n I have to study my lesson
Note. — Que, however, in such connections, frequently means some'
thing, anything: —
^Tiene V. que comer? — No, no Have you anything to eat? —
tengo (nada) que comer No, I have nothing to eat
4. As an auxiliary to form the compound tenses of transitive verbs,
especially in cases where we should put the participle after the object
Unlike haber, the participle agrees with the object in gender and
number: —
Tengo escritas doa cartas I have two letters written
But —
He escrito dos cartas
I have written two letters
167. See 18, b, for the meaning of ser and estai.
a. De following eslar indicates occupation, para, readiness, and
por, futurity: —
El soldado est& de servido The soldier is on duty
Estoy para inne I am about to go
Esti por hacei It is yet to be done
i6S. It has been seen (163, a) that the Spanish verb may be
turned into English by one of several forms, canto, meaning:
/ sing, I do sing, or / am singing. This latter, the progressive
form, may be expressed by estar and the gerund: —
Ella esti cantaodo una balada Slie is singing a ballad
a. Venir, to come, and saKoir, to follow, to continue, are used some-
what in the same way: —
Todo lo que rengo diciendo es All that I have been saying is
verdad true
Note. — In order not to break the continuity of the treatment of
the verb, the exercises will be given further on. See 353 and there-
after.
REGULAR VERBS
169. There are three conjugations of regular verbs. The
infinitive of the first conjugation ends in -ar, as amar, to tove;
that of the second, in -er, as temer, to fear; and that of the
third, in -ir, as vmr, to live.
When learning a verb, fix in the mind the following parts,
which will serve as a mnemonic key to the whole conjugation: —
I. The first person singular of the present indicative.
a. The present infinitive.
3. The first person singular and third person plural of the preterit
4. The past participle.
'cigitir^db, Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
170.
p. I«d. amo
Inf. amar Pret. ami
P. Part, amado
" .temo
" temer " temi
" temido
" vivo
" vivir " vivl
Gerunds:
amando temiendo
SiuFLE Tenses
Indicatin Hood
viviendo
■ cnv,.' ,
PHESENT
FtGST CONJUOAHON
IHIRD CONJWCAnOM
/ love, thou lovesl,
Ifear,thoufearesi,
/ live, thou Uvea,
etc.
etc.'
etc.
yo am-o
tem-o
viv-o
tli am-as .
lem-es
viv-es
usted am-a
V. tem-e
V. viv-e
£lam-a
tem-e
viv-e
nosotros am-amos
tem-emos
viv-imoB
vosotros am~&is
tem-^ia
viv-b
ustedes am-an
W.viv-ai
ellosam-an
tem-en
viv^^n
I loved, feared, tivei^i was loving, fearing, living; used to love, fear.
live {163, a)
am-aba
tem-(a
viv^te
am-abaa
tem-Ias
viv-fas
V. am-aba
V. tem-la
V. viv-fa
am-aba
tem-fa
viv-fa
am-ibamos
tem-Iamos
viv-Iamos
am-abab
tem-Iaia
viv-Iais
VV. am-aban
W, tem-Ian
W. viv-(a
am-aban
tern-fan
viv-(an
„ Google
p. Ind. I love Inf. to love Prel. I loved
" I fear " to fear " I feared
" I live " to live " I lived
P. Part, loved
Gerunds: loving fearing living
ImperatiTe Mood
FIRST CONJUGATION
SECOND CONJtrCATION
THUS CONJUGATION
Lei me love,
,elc.
Lelmefe<,r,
etc.
Let me live, etc.
am-eyo
tem-ayo
viv-ayo
am-a tli
tem-e tli
viv-e tli
noam-es*
notem-as*
no viv-as*
am-e V., £1
tem-a V., 61
viv-a v., a
am-emo8
tem-amos
viv-amos
am-ad
tem-ed
viv-id
no am-^is*
no tem-iis*
no viv-&is*
am-enW.,
ellos
tem-an W.,
ellos
viv-an W., ellos
Subjunctive Mood
Present
T may love
am-e
Imayjear
tem-a
I may live
viv^-a
am-es
tem-as
viv-as
V.am-e
V. tem-a
V. viv-a
am-e
tem-a
viv-3
am-emos
tem-amos
viv-amos
am-6b
tem-&is
viv-Ais
W. am-en
W. tem-an
W. viv-an
am-en
tem-an
viv-an
• See 177, Note.
[:,u:;?o:i/ Google
' SPANISH GRAMMAR
cv^
IndicatiTe
•
Preterit
t/V
Ihved
I feared
/;»«d
ain-€
tem-(
viv-I
am-aste
tem-iste
viv-ist«
V. ain-6
V. tem-i6
V.\W-^
am-6
lem-i6
iriv-i6
am-amos
tem-imo9
viv-^moa
am-asteb
tem-isteis
viv-isteis
W. ama-ron
W. temie-ron
W. vivie-ron
ama-Fon
temie-ron ,.
vivie-ron
/ shaU (iwa) love
ainar-£s
V, amar-S
amai^
amai^-emos
amai^is
W. amar-An
amar-Sn
FtrrcRE
/ shaU (Ida) fear
temer-4
temer-fis
V. temer-4
temer-emos
temer-Ss
W. temer-4n
lemer~in
/ shtiU (imU) live
"\ivii-€
vivir-is
V. vivir-S
vivir-emoa
vivip-^is
. W, vivir-in
vivir-in
love
amar-fa
amar-Ias
V. amar-fa
amat-ta
amaMamos
amai^lais
W. amaMan
CONDITIONAI.
I would (should)
/rar
temer-Ia
temer-Ias
V. temer-fa
temer-(a
teraer-tamos
temer-fais
VV. temei^Ian
temer-fan
viviHa
vivir-fas
V. vivii^Ia
vivir-Ia
vivif-tamos
vivir-fais
W. vivir-^an
vivir-fan
vCtx^Mc
THE VERB
SnbjunctiTe
Impebfect — First Form
I should (would)
fear
temie-ra
temie-ras
V. temie-ra
temi^ramoa
temie-rais
W. temie-ran
temie-ran
vivie-ra
vivie-ras
V. vivie-ra
vivie-ra
vivifi-ramos
vivie-raia
W. vivie-ran
vivie-ran
ama-aes
V. ama-se
ami-semo3
Impeweci — Second Fokm
/ should (would)
fear
temie-se
temie-aea
• V. temie-se
temie-se
temi6-semos'
W- temie-sen
/ should (would)
live
vivie-se
vivie-ses
V. vivie-se
IshaSlove
ama-ie
ama-rea
V. ama-re
a ma -I*
ami-remoa
ama-reis
W- ama-ren
ama~ren
I shall fear
temie-rea
V. temie-re
tenie-re
tenif-remos
temie-reis
W. temie-ren
temie-ren
IshaUlm
vivie-re ,
vivie-rea
V. vivie-re
vivie-re
vivifi-remoa
vivie-reia
W. vivie-ren
vivie-ren
.GtxH^lc
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Compound Tenses
InllnitiTe
Ii&ber amado — temido — vivido
to have loved — jeared — lived
^^-itj^^
Oenind
habiendo amado — teraido — vivido
hamg loved — feared — Jaied
I have loved
he amado
I hate feared
he temido
Ploperiect
TImilmd
he vivido
Ikadloved
habia amado
I had feared
habia temido
Past Antebiob
IMIkii
Ihadloved
hube amado
I had feared
hube temido
FCTDBE PeKTECT
liadlmd
hube vivido
/ shaU iwiO) have
loved
habr€ amado
/ Shall iimlf) have
feared
habrf temido
habrf vivido
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
THE VERB
I may have loved
haya amado
Compound Tenses
SubjunctlTe
Perfect
/ may have feared
haya temido
/ may have Ined
haya vivido
Plupebject — First Form
/ had (should have) I had (should have) I had (should
laved feared have) lived
hubiera amado hubiera temido hubiera vivido
/ had (should have)
hubiese amado
Pldtebfzct — Second Fosu
/ had (should hate)
hubiese temido
/ hod (should
have) lived
Iiubiese vivido
I (shall) should have
loved
hubiere amado
Pdture PEREEiTr
T (shall) should have I (shall) should
feared have Uved
hubiere temido hubiere vivido
/ would (should) have
loved
babria amado
CoNDmoNAi Perfect
/ would (should) have I would (should)
feared have lived
liabtia temido habrta vivido
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUUAK
ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES
171. In the conjugation of some regular, as well as irregular,
verbs, it is necessary, before certain terminations, to chai^
the final letters of the stem before adding the personal endings,
in order to conform to the Spanish method of spelling. All
such verbs may be reduced to the following ten classes. Verbs
whose infinitives terminate —
in COT change c to
in gar insert u
in guar change uta il
in cer preceded by a consonant change c to i-^
in cir " " " " ctaz
in ger changes to J 1 v^
in quk " qu toe
in guir drop « . .
These changes can occur only in the first person di^ular of
the present indicative and preterit, in the present subjunctive,
and in the imperative.
Examples
r. Tocar, louck, play (an instrument): Fres. Sub. toque, toques, etc.
Pret. toqn£, tocaste, etc.
a. Pagar, pay: Pies. Sub. pague, pagnes, etc. Pret. pagu6, pa-
gaste, etc.
3. Averiguar, investigate: Pres. Sub. averigtle, averiglies, etc. Pret
averigfl£, averiguaste, etc.
4. Forzar, force: Pres. Sub, fnorce, fneices, etc. Pret. forcg, for-
zaste, etc.
S- Veneer, conquer: Pres, Ind. venio, vences, etc. Pres. Sub. venza,
venias, etc.
.,Gtx)^lc
THE VERB 97
6. Resardr, C0ffl^eni(i^- Pres. Ind. resarzo, resarces, etc. Pres. Sub,
lesarza, resarzas, etc.
7. Coger, gather, take: Pres, Ind. cojo, coges, etc. Ptes. Sub. coja,
cojas, etc.
8. Diiigir, direct: Pres. Ind. dirijo, diriges, etc, Pres. Sub. dirija,
dirijas, etc.
9. Delinquir, transgress; Pres. Ind. delinco, delinques, etc. Pres.
' Sub. delinca, delincas, etc.
10. Distinguir, disiinguisk: Pres. Ind. distingo, distingues, etc. Pres.
Sub. distinga, distingas, etc
a. Verbs in -cer and -cir {$ and 6 above), when these endings are
preceded by a vowel, insert z before c, when c comes before a or 0: —
O>noza>, conocer, conocf, conocido, know
Pres. Ind. conozc-o, conoces, conoce, conocemos, conoc^is, conocen
Pres. Sub. conozc-a, conozcas, conozca, conozcamos, conozciis,
conozcan
Imperat. (conozc-a) conoce, conoica, conozcamos, conoced, conozcan
Luzco, lucir, lud, lucido, shine, display, wear
Pres. Ind. luic-o, luces, luce, lucimos, luds, lucen
Pres. Sub. luic-a, luzcas, luzca, luzcamos, luicSis, luzcan
Imperat {lu*c-a), luce, luzca, luzcamos, lucid, luican
Except dedr, -dncii, and hacer, and their compounds, all of whkh
are provided for elsewhere, the verbs of the above class are regular in
their other tenses.
Except also mecer, rock, empecer, injure, cocar, boU, bake, and
escocer, smart, which follow class 5 above.
6. Most verba in -ior and -uof receive the tonic accent on the i
and u before all one-syllable endings except those of the preterit.
This accent must then be marked: e. g. gido, I guide, contin&a, he
continues, lekgraflan, they telegraph, etc. Three conmion exceptions
are: prindpiar, to begin, presenciar, to witness, and diferenciar, to
differentiate.
c. When preceded by /, U, S, the diphthongs ie and id, of verb-
endings, lose the i: —
„ Google
96 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Decir, to say: pret. 3d pi. dijeron (not dijieron)
Imp. Sub. I. dijero, 2. dijese, fut. sub. dijere
BuUir, to boil: gerund buUendo (not huUiendo)
Pret. buUd, btdleron {not bulHd, btdlieron)
Imp. Sub. I. builera, 2. buUese, fut. sub. Sw/tere
Brufiir, to burnish: gerund brunendo (not bruHiendo)
Pret. brwSd, bruSeron (not bruilifi, brunieron)
Imp. Sub. I. {ruAera, 2. 6f-i(^e.!e, fut. sub. brunere
d. It b a principle of the Spanish vowel-system that »', at the
beginnmg of a word and followed by a vowel, or in the middle of a
word between two vowels, unless in this case it bears the syllabic
accent, is changed to y as in ;year, i.e. is consonantized. It will be
particularly helpful to remember tHs in conjugating Spanish verbs: —
It, to go: gerund ymdo (not iendo)
Leer, to read: gerund kyendo (not leiendo)
Pret. leys, leyeron (not lei6, leia-on)
Imp. Sub. 1. leyera, 2. leyese, fut. sub. leyere
Hub, to flee: gerund kuyendo (not huiendo)
Pret. huyO, kuyeron (not hui6, kuieron)
Imp. Sub. 1. huyera, 2. kuyese, fut. sub. kuyere
XXIV
MEMORY-AIDS TO LEARNING THE CONJUGATIONS
172. A comparison of the second and third conjugations
shows that the terminations of the third are the same as those
of the second, except in the first and second persons plural of
the present indicative and in the second person plural of the
imperative. These have been printed in heavy type to attract
attention.
173. The following synopsis will show that it is possible, by
a small effort of memory, to grasp the whole meclianism of the
,;Got)^lc
THE VERB 99
Spanish verb-system. The parts in parenthesis are to be
dropped, leaving the stem, which is to be added to the various
endings that follow.
FORMATION OF TENSES
a. The present indicative first person singular fomis: —
ram-(o)-ain-e,es,e,ej
s. Sub. < tem-(o) — tem-a, as, a,
lri7-(o) — riv-a, as, a, a
The Pres. Sub. •{ tem-(o) — tem-a, as, a, amos, iis, an
Six exceptions.
b. The infinitive forms: —
['am-(ar) — am-ando
I. Gerund ■< tem-(er) — tem-iendo
Iriv-(ir) — viv-iendo
Twenty-three exceptions.
3. P. Part, -ltem-(er)— tem-ido
l,viT-(ir) — riT-ido
About a dozen exceptions
{«m-(ar) — am-aba, abas, aba, ibamos, abais, aban
tem-(er) — tem-Ia, fas, fa, famos, fais, ian
¥iT-(ir) — riv-fa, fas, fa, famos, (as, fan
Only three exceptions: ser, era; ver, vefa; ir, iba.
lamai^, 4s, k, emos, eis, &n
4. Put. -<temer-6, &s, &, emos, £b, &n
Ivivii^, Ss, i, emos, 6is, in
famar-fa, fas, fa, famos, fals, fan
5. Cond. < temei-fa, fas, fa, famos, fais, fan
Lvivir-fa, ias, fa, famos, fais, Ian
Twelve exceptions for die future and conditional ; but observe that,
in these, the endings for all three conjugations are the same.*
* This comes from the fact that the futuie and conditional are,
strictly speaking, compound tenses, being formed from the infinitive
and t!ie present and imperfect indicative of kaher; he, has, ha, etc., and
kabta, habias, habia, etc., contracted to hia, htas, hia, etc., the A being
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
f'am-(ar) — am-a, am-ad
6. Imperative ad sing, and pi. -i tem-(er) — tem-e, tem-ed
Lviv-{ir) — viv-e, viv-id
Twelve exceptions for the ad sing. The other parts of the Impera-
tive are identical with the corresponding persons of the present
subjunctive.
c. The preterit third person plural forms the imperfect subjunctive,
first and second forms, and the future subjunctive: —
(am£)
famti-m, ras, ra, am&-ramos, ama-rais, ran
ania-(ron) < nina-se, ses, se, am^-semos, ama-seis, sen
Lama-re, res, re, am&-remos, ama-reis, ran
(temf)
{temie-ra, ras, ra, temie-ramos, temie-rais, ran
temie-se, ses, se, temi^-semos, temie-seis, sen
temi«-re, res, re, temi^remos, temie-reis, ren
(vivl)
he
CvMc-TS,, ri
vivi«-(ron) ■< vivie-se, si
Lvivie-re, n
d. The past participle, with tl
compound tenses: —
Per}.
Plup.
P. Ant.
P. Perf.
Con. Perf.
Perf. Sub.
I. Plup. Sub.
a. Plup. Sub.
P. Perf. Sub.
finally dropped when the t
, ra,
ivifi-ramos, vivie-rais, ran
viS-semos, vivie-seis, sen
'ie-remoa, vivie-reb, ten
tenses of haber, forms all the
babr£
babria
hubiera
hubiese
hubiere,
books the parts will be found separated: -
Contarle he de d6nde la risa procedi6. I shall tell you from whence the
—Lazarillo de Tormes. laugh proceeded.
Responderles hla yo, etc. I would reply to them, etc
— Don Quijate.
' amado, temido, vivido
a together. In the older
THE VERB
PASSIVE VOICE
174. Active transitive verbs, as in English, admit of a passive
voice, which is formed by means of the verb set, in all its moods
and tenses, and the past participle of the verb conjugated.
This past participle, but not the past participle of ser, agrees in
gender and number with the subject. As ser has already been
conjugated and is supposed to be known by this time, it is not
deemed necessary to give the full conjugation of all the tenses.
Infinitive: ser amado, -a, -os, -as, to be loved
Gerund: siendo amado, -a, -os, -as, being loved
SntPLE
Tenses
Indicative
Pbesent
/ am, thou art, etc., loved
La mebe, be Otou, etc., loved
soy amado, -a
sea yo amado, -a
eies amado, -a
s6 ttj amado, -a
V. es amado, -a
no seas amado, -a
£1 es amado
sea V. amado, -a
ella es amada
sea 61, ella, amado, -a
somos amados, -as
seamos amados, -as
sois amados, -as
sed amados, -as
W. son amados, -as
no seSis amados, -as
ellos son amados
scan W. amados, -as
ellas son amadas
scan ellos, ellas, amados, -as
luPERFECI
Present
twos loved
/ may be loved
era amado, -a
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
PSETEBIT
lupEUECT — First Fosh
Twos loved
fut atnado, -a
/ should (wouid) be loved
fuera amado, -a
FuTxntE
Imperfect — Second Poem
/ skaU (,imil) be loved
serfi amado, -a
/ should (■mould) be loved
fuese amado, -a
Conditional
Fdtuke
I should {would) be loved
seria amado, -a
/ shaU {wilt) be loved
fuereamado, -a
CoupoDND Tenses
Infinitive: haber sido amado, -a, -os, -as, to have been loved
Gerund: habiendo sido amado, -a, -os, -as, having been loved
Indicative
Perpect
Subjunctive
Perfect
/ have been loved
he sido amado, -a
I may have been loved
haya sido amado, -a
Plupertect
PLnPEHFECT — First Form
I had been loved
habfa sido amado, -a
/ should {-mould) have been loved
bubiera sido amado, -a
Past Anterior
Plcperfect — Second Form
I had been loved
hube sido amado, -a
/ should {wmld) have been lOoed
hubiese sido amado, -a
Fdture Perfect
Future Perfect
/ shaU have been loved
habr^ sido amado, -a
/ shaU have been loved
hubieie sido aioado, -a
Conditional Perfect
/ should {would) have been loved
babria sido amado, -a
„ Google
THE VERB
PASSIVE CONSTRUCTIONS
I7S. While the passive is a well-recognized principle of
Spanish grammar, its use is extremely restricted as compared
with the English passive. As a substitute we may employ the
active and say, for instance, Mis padres me aman, My parents
love me, instead of Yo soy amado de mis padres, / am loved by
my parents. Another and more common substitute is the re-
flexive verb, which will be treated further on. See 177 and
following sections.
By is rendered by por, if the action is an outward, viable one,
and preferably by de, although por may be used, when the
action of the verb concerns the faculties of the mind and heart,
as, to love, hate, fear, esteem, honor, etc.: —
El perro es conducido por el mu- The dog b led by the boy
chacho
Ella era amada de todos per su She was loved by all for her
bondad goodness
V. es estimado de (por) todo el You are esteemed by everybody
mundo
REFLEXIVE VERBS
176. GeneraJly speaking, a reflexive verb may be said to be
one whose action is reflected back upon a pronoun which repre-
sents the same person or thing as the subject. This pronoun
may be either the direct or indirect object; but the verb need
not necessarily be transitive to admit of the reflexive form.
The reflexive nature of the verb will not always appear in the
English rendering. For instance: Me alabo, / praise myself;
Se lisonjea. He fiatters himself; but Me marcho, / am going
{away); Nos levantamos, We rise.
„ Google
I04
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMUAK
a. Note the suppression, in the imperative, of the s of the fiist
person plural, and the d of the second person plural, when the pro-
noun is attached to the end of the verb: perKmtmos for porlimosnos,
let ua behave ourselves, and portaos for portados, behave yourselves.
The only exception b idos from irse, to go away.
Remaek. — The accent has to be marked i
conjugation: veslfos, dress yourselves.
verbs of the 3d
MODEL VERB
Infinitive: portarse, to behave oneself
Gerund: port&ndose, behaving onesdj
dicative — Phesent
Subjunctive — Present
behave myself, etc.
/ may behave myself, etc.
me porto
meporte
te portas
teportes
V. se porta
V. seporte
se porta
seporte
nos portamos
nos portemos
OS portiis
osportfis
W. se portan
W. se porten
se portan
seporten
Imperatiye
p6rtate, behave {thou)
p6rtese V., behave (you)
pfirtese, Ul him behave
port^monos, let us behave
portaos, behave (ye)
p^rtense VV., behave (y(ni)
p6rtense, kl them behave
no te portes, behave (thou) not
no se porte V., behave not
no se porte, let him not behave
no nos portemos, Jet us not behave
no OS porteis, behave (ye) not
no se porten W., behave not
no se porten, let them not behave
Note that, in the affirmative, the reflexive pronouns follow and are
Attached to the verb, while, in the negative, they precede; also that
„ Google
THE VERB 105
the negative fonns of the second person singular and plural (familiar
address) differ from the affirmative. Tliis is true of the imperatives
of all verbs.
See 59 to 61 for full explanation of the position of all pronouns.
Synopsis op Other Forms
b. Indicative Subjunctive
Imp. me portaba Imp. i. me portara
Pret. me port£ Imp. 2. me porta.se
Fut. me portarS Ful. me portare
Cond. me portaria PerJ. me haya portado
Perj. me he portado Plup. i. me hubiera portado
Plup. me habta portado Plup. 2. me hubiese portado
P. Ant. me hube portado Ftit. Perf. me hubiere portado
Put. Perf. me habre portado Ctmd. Perf. me habria portado
Inf.: haberse portado Gerund: babi^ndose portado
178. Emphasis is secured for the reflexive pronoun by using
the corresponding prepositional forms of the pronoun and
mismo or propio (see 58, g).
Me felicito k mE mismo I congratulate myself
179. An occasional reflexive construction occurs, in which
the agent is represented by a pronoun in the dative case and
the verb is conjugated reflexively in the third person: —
Se le crey6 todo perdido He (they) thought he had lost
everything
Se me ba olvidado el libro I have forgotten the book
Se les figura que V. no vendrS They imagine you will not come
a. In speaking of things and of such actions as animate beings
can not perform for themselves the reflexive has the force of a true
passive: —
Esa novela se escribi6 por Juan That novel was written by Juan
Valera Valeta
Eso se cree de todo el mundo That is believed by everybody
„ Google
Io6 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
La ropa sucia se debe lavar en casa Dirty linen ought to be washed at
home
Se venden caballos i precios bara- Horses sold at very low prices
i8o. Reciprocal verbs. Certain reflexive verbs represent
two or more persons, or things, as mutually acting upon each
other. In such cases, instead of mismos, el uno . . . el otro or
uno . . . otro may be used for emphasis, the first of the pair
being syntactically nominative, the second, governed by a prepo-
sition: —
Nos felicitamos el uno al otro We congratulate each other
W. se acercan los unos k los otros You approach one another
Se aman unas k otras They love one another
IMPERSONAL VERBS
i8i. Strictly defined, an impersonal verb is one which has
no personal agent and usually indicates the workings of the laws
of nature. The most common of this class only will be here
given: —
Infinitive
Pbes, Ind.
Pres. Sub.
Amanecer, to dawn
amanece
amaneaca
Anochecer, to become night
anochece
anocheaca
Hclar, to freeze
hiela
hiele
Deshelar, to thaw
deshiela
deshiele
Llover, to rain
Ilueve
Uueva
Nevar, to snow
nieva
nieve
Tronar, to thunder
truena
truene
a. The other tenses of the above are all regular and follow the con-
jugations indicated by their respective infinitive endings. Amanecer
and anochecer are also used personally in tie sense of to arrive at dawn
and to arrive al nightfall: —
„ Google
THE VERB 107
Amaned en Madrid y anoched en I arrived in Madrid at dawn and
Segovia in Segovia at nightfall
Amanecer&n mejores dias Better days will dawn
b. Hacer, to do, to make (conjugated in aiS), is used impeisonally
in numerous combinations in speaking of the weatlier and time: —
Hace calor, frfo, buen tiempo It is hot, cold, good weather
Hace un aflo, dos meses A year, two months ago
See 165 b, for AoAer used impersonally.
IRREGULAR VERBS
182. In the broadest sense, an irregular verb is one whose
conjugation does not agree in every particular with one of the
three model verbs given in 170. So defined, there are over eight
hundred irregular verbs in Spanish, but it is found that all but
about thirty may be arranged in certain classes, in which the
variation from the model will be regular and constant. Many
of these variations are mere letter-changes and have been fully
explained in 171. They should now be reviewed and mastered.
The rules for the formation of tenses, set forth in 173, should
also be learned.
183. In the development of Spanish words from Latin, it is
found that r? breaks up into ie and S into ue whenever the tonic
(syllabic) accent falls on these letters: —
Lahn Spanish
Dens (.derdis), tooth diettle
Certm, certain cierto
If ego, I deny niego
Pons (fonlis), foimtain fuenie
Bonus, good bueno
Dormio, I sleep duenno
„ Google
Io8 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAK
It is of the highest importance to keep this simple principle
in mind when learning Spanish irregular verbs. It will be seen
that the vowel changes under the influence of the tonic accent,
but as soon as this accent shifts to another syllable, the original
vowel is restored. This vowel-change is indicated by heavy
type, which is also used to caU attention to the stems from
which the derivative tenses are formed (see 173).
Note. — As tuled and usledes take always the same form as the
third person: usied, & ama,usUdes, eilosaman, otiiy oat form for both
will be given in conjugating the irregular verbs.
184. All verbs referable to any one of the following classes
have unif orrnly the same irregularities that appear in the model
verb of their respective classes, and no others, where none are
specified. As the imperative of the first person singular occurs
very seldom, it will not be given in the irregular verbs.
Class I
185. Pienso, pensar, pens6, pensado, to think.
Pres. Irtd. piens-o, piensas, ^«nsa, pensamos, pens&is, piensan
Pres. Sub. piens-e, pienses, piense, pensemos, pens6is, piensen
Imperal. pi«nsa, piense, pensemos, pensad, pienaen
Other tenses regular.
186. Errar, to err, miss, falls under Class I, but is also sub-
ject to the orthographic law laid down in 171, d. Hence: —
Pres. Ind. yerr-o, jerras, yerra, erramos, errib, yerran
Pres. Sub. yerr-e, yerres, yerre, erremos, err6is, yerren
Imperat. yerra, yerre, erremos, errad, yerren
Other tenses regular.
187. Entiendo, entender, entendl, entendido, to understand.
THE VERB 109
Pres. Ind. entiend-o, entiendes, enti«nde, entendemos, -&s, eatlenden
Pres. Sub. entiend-a, -as, -a, enteQdamos, entendiis, entiendan
Imperat. enti«nde, entienda, entendamos, entended, entlendan
Other tenses r^ular.
Class II
188. Cuento, contar, cont€, contado, to count, relate.
Pres. Ind. cuent-o, cuentas, caenta, contamos, contiis, cuentan
Pres. Sub. cuent-e, cuentes, cuente, contemos, contfiis, cueuten
Imperat. cuenta, cuente, contemos, contad, cuenten
Other tenses regular,
a. When g precedes the tonic o in verbs of this class, a diaeresis
must be placed over the m, when o becomes we. In all other respects
they are conjugated like contar: —
Degiiello, degollar, degoll^, degollado, to behead.
Pres. Ind. dogflell-o, -flellas, -flella, degollamos, -fi,is, degflellan
Pres. Sub. degflell-e, -es, -e, degoUemos, degoll^is, degUellen
Imperat. degttella, -<ielle, degoUemos, degollad, degUellen
189. The u of jugar becomes we analogously to the o of
contar, and |: changes to gu before e in accordance with 171, 2.
Hence: —
Juego, jugar, jugue, jugado, to play.
Pres. Ind. jueg-o, juegas, juega, jugamos, jug&is, juegan
Pres. Sub. juegu-e, juegues, juegue, juguemos, jugu6is, jneguen
Imperat. juega, juegue, juguemos, jugad, jueguen
Pret. jugu£, jugaste, jug6, jugamos, -asteis, jugaron
Other tenses regular.
190. Desosar, fo done, and de&ovar,/ot^i(m, take A before ««.
Pres. Ind. deshues-o, -as, -a, desosamos, -&is, deshnesan
Pres, Sub. deshaes-e, -es, -e, desosemos, Ss, deshucsen
Imperat. d«shu«sa, -e, desosemos, desosad, deshuesen
And so desovar. Other tenses regular.
,;Google
no ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
i(>i. Muerdo, morder, mordf, mordido, to bite.
Pres. Ind. muerd-o, -es, -e, mordemos, mordfis, muerden
Pres. Sub. muerd-a, -as, -a, mordaraos, mordSis, muordan
Imperat. muerde, muerda, mordamos, morded, muerdan
Other tenses regular.
192. Vuelvo, volver, volvf, vuelto, to return.
Absuelvo, absolve, absolvl, absuelto, to absolve.
Disuelvo, disolver, disoM, disuelto, to dissolve.
Resuelvo, resolver, resolvi, resuelto, to resolve.
All verbs in -olver change their stem-vowels like morder, and
have the past paxtidple in -uelto, but are otherwise regular in
theii class.
193. Tonic o of oler changes to hue.
Huelo, oler, oli, olido, to smtM.
Pres. Ind. hnel-o, hueles, hu«le, olemos, ol6is, huelen
Pres. Sub. hud-a, hnelas, hu«Ia, olamos, ol&is, hnelan
Itttpo'at. huele, huela, olamos, oled, huelan
Other tenses regular.
Class in
194. Verbs of this class belong exclusively to the third con-
jugation. They not only break up the tonic vowels e and
into ie and ue respectively, but substitute i and « for them in
■ the first and second persons plural of the subjunctive and first
person plural of the imperative as well as In the third person
singular and plural of the preterit and the tenses derived from
the latter.
195. Siento, sentir, sent!, sentido, to fed, regret.
Pres. Ind. sient-o, sientes, siente, sentimos, sentis, sienten
Pres. Sub. sient-a, sientas, sienta, sinta^os, slnt&is, sientan
Imperat. siente, sienta, sintamos, sentid, sientan
r.,^:,, 7, Google
THE VERB III
Imperf. sentia, -fas, -ia., sentfamos, sentfais, sentlan
Fut. seiitir-4, -fia, -4, sentiremoa, sentir^is, sentlrin
Cond. senttr-ta, -(as, -la, sentirfamos, sentiriais, sentidaa
Pret. sentt, -iste, sintifi, sentimos, sentisteb, sintie-Ton
1. Imp. Sub. sintis-ra, -ras, -ra, sinti6ramos, sintierais, sintieran
2. Imp. Sub. sintie-ae, -ses, -se, sinti&emos, sintieseis, sintiesen
Fttt. Sub. sintie-re, -res, -re, sind^remos, sintiereis, sintieren
Gerumi. 8uitl«ado
196. Erguir, to straighten up, to strut wUh pride, has as a tonic
stem either yerg or irg. Elsewhere it follows the conjugation of
senlir.
^"^i t erguir, erguf, erguido
Irgo, )
Pres. Ind. yerr^ ywgues, ^, j ^ j y,rguen
irg-o, irgues. -e, ( ( irguen
iV«.5«». r«fa,-»3,-a,) 1 ,,^3 (r«g.„
irga, -as, -a, 1 o— I i^gan
/«Ma'-yergue,yerga,( j, ,^d iyergan
Irgue, irga, | (irgan
Pret. erguf, -iste, irguifi, erguimos, erguisteis, irguie-ron
Sub. I. irguie-ra, 2. irguie-se, Put. Sub, irguie-re
Gerund, irguiendo /^
197. The present stem-vowel of adquirir, to acquire, and in-
quirir, to inquire for, changes to ie, when accented, like the e of
serUir, but remains intact elsewhere: —
Adquiero, adquirir, adquiri, adquiiido
Inquiero, Inqniiir, inquiri, inquirido
Pres. Ind. adqni«i^-o, -es, ~e, adquirimos, adquirfs, adquieren
Pres. Sub. adquler-a, -as, -a, adquiramos, adquir&is, adquieran
Imperat. adquier-e, -a, adquiramos, adquirid, adquieran
And so inguirir. All other parts regular.
198. Duermo, donnir, dormf, dormido, to sleep.
Pres. Ind. duenn-o, duermes, du«nne, dormimos, dormfs, daermen
Pres. Sub. duenn-a, -as, -a, durmamos, durmiis, duerman
„ Google
112 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMUAS
Imperot. du«rme, duenna, dnrmsunos, dormid, duennan
Imperf. doimfa,, -las, -fa, dormfamos, donnfais, donnfan
Put. ionitii-6, -is, -k, dormiremos, donnireis, doimirdn
Cotid. donnir-Ca, -fas, -fa, donniifamos, dormiifais, donuirfan
Prel. donnf, ^te, durmi6, dormimos, donDisteis, dumue-ron
1. Imp. Sub. dunnle-ra, -las, -ra, duraii£rainos, -ends, durmieran
3. Imp. Sub. dnrmie-se, -ses, -se, dunm^semos, -eseis, dunniesen
Put. Sub. dunnle-re, -res, -re, dunniliemos, -ereis, dunuieren
Gerund, dnnnlendo
199. Horir, to die, pronorir, to die before another, are conju-
gated exactly like dormir above, but have the past participles
mueito and piemuerto.
Note. — The past participle muerto is also used with an active
signification : —
Fu( muerto tino de ellos One of them was killed
El pdicfa ha muerto al ladr6a The policeman has killed the thief
300. Pudni and podrir, to rot, has had a double conjugation
based on the two infinitives, but, excepting the past participle
podiido, the Spanish Academy recommends that it be conju-
gated regularly throughout on pudrir.
Class IV
201. In the conjugation of verbs of the fourth class the e of
the infinitive stem, when accented, becomes i. This change is
hkewlse extended to the unaccented stem-vowel in the third
persons singular and plural of the preterit and to the deriv-
ative forms of the latter.
203. Pido, pedir, pedf, pedido, to ask for, beg.
Pres. Ind. pid-o, pides, pide, pedimos, pedts, piden
Pres. Sub. pld-a, pidas, pida, pidamos, pidiis, pidan
Imperot. pide, pida, pidamos, pedid, pldan
„ Google
THE VERB 113
Imperf. pedfa, ^as, -la, pedfamos, pcdfais, pedfan
Fut. pedir-^, -is, -i., pediremos, pedir£is, pedii&n
Cond. pedii-fa, -fas, -fa, pediriamos, pediriais, pediTfan
Prel. pedi, -iste, pidi6, pedimos, pedisteis, pidie-ron
1. Imp. Sub. pidie-ra, -ras, -ra, pidi£ramos, pidieraia, pidieran
2. Imp. Sub. pldie-se, -ses, -se, pidifeemos, -eseis, pidiesen
Ful. Sub. pidie-ie, -res, -re, pidi^iemos, -ereis, pidleren
Gerund, pidiendo
203. Verbs of this class terminatir^ in -eir DOt only change e,
when accented, to i, but also lose this i before id and ie of the
preterit and its derivatives. The written accent is also neces-
sary to separate certain vowels.
Deslfo, destdr, deslei, deslddo, to dUule.
Pra. Ind. deslf-o, deslfes, deslle, desletmos, deslefs, desllen
Pres. Sub. desU-a, -!as, -fa, desliamos, desli^, desllan
Imperat. desUe, dealta, desliamos, desle!d, desUan
Imperf. deslefa, deslefas, deslefa, deslefamos, deslefaia, deslefan
Fut. desleii^, -ds, -k, desleiremos, desleir^is, desleirin
Cotid. desleii^fa, -fas, -fa, desleirfamos, desleirfais, desleirian
Pret. deslef, deslefste, desli6, desletmos, -tsteis, d«slie-ron
1. Imp. Sub. deslie-ra, -ras, -ra, desliferamos, -erais, deslieran
2. Imp. Sub. deslie-se, -ses, -se, desU£semos, -ieseis, deslieaen
Fut. Sub. deslie-re, -res, -re, desli£remos, -ereis, deslieren
Gerund. desUendo
a. Refr is conjugated like destetr, but may retain the i in
the preterit stem and its derivatives, and the following t then
changes to y, according to rule {171, rf): —
Riy6, riye-ron, riyera, riyese, riyere, riyendo, for ri6, etc.
204. The following have two past participles: —
Frefr, to fry fretdo atid frito
Refreir, to overfry refrefdo and refrito
Sofreb, to underfry sofrefdo and sofrito
KSS. OF SPAN. GKAU. — 8
r.,^: ,, „GotK^Ie
114 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GKAJklMAS
Class V
305- To the fifth dass belong all verba in -Mfr (exc^t m-
miscutrse, to meddle vrith) and -gtiir. Their peculiarity is that,
except before i, they retain, in the present stem, the i of the in-
finitive, and this i, falling between two vowels, is consonantized
to y according to the orthographic law stated in 171, d. The
diaeresis of those in -gwfr is dropped as uimecessary before the
consonant y.
206, Kv.yo,ht^,*hxii,'hmdo, to Jlee, run OTvay.
Pres. Ind. huy-o, huyes, huye, huimos, hufs, huyen
Fres. Sub. huy-a, -as, -a, huyamos, hu;4is, huyan
Imperat. huye, huya, huyamos, huid, huyan
Imper}. hula, -ias, -la, hulamos, hulais^ hufan
Put. huir-€, -ds, -d, huiremos, huir6is, huirdn
Cond. huir-Ia, -las, -(a, huirlamos, huiriais, huirfan
Fret. huJ, -iate, huy6, huimos, huistcis, huye-ron
I. Imp. Sub. huyc-ra, -ras, -ra, huy^ramos, -erais, huyeran
3. Imp. 5u6. huye-se, -ses, -se, huy6semos, -eseis, huyesen
Ful. Sub. huye-re, -res, -re, huyfiremos, -ereis, huyeren
Gerund, huyendo
207. Aiguyo, argUIr, aigi^, argiiido, to argue.
Pres. Ind. bieuj-o, arguyes, arguye, argUimos, argUIs, arguyea
Pres. Sub. arguy-a, -as, -a, arguyamos, arguySis, arguyan
Imperat. arguye, arguya, arguyamos, argUid, arguyan
Imperf. argtiiaj -(as, -fa, argutamos, argtifais, argiitan
Put. argflir-6, -&s, -&, argUiremos, argtiirfiis, arguirin
Cond. «rgflir-(a, -las, -fa, argiiiriamos, -tais, argCiirlan
Fret, argiif, -iste, arguy6, argiiimos, argiiisteis, aiguye-ron
* Authorities differ as to the use or omission of the written accent
on the iafiDitive ending of verhs in -air, but as the u and i form
separate and distinct syllables, it is better to use the accent to indi-
„ Google
THE VERB IIS
I. Imp. Suh. «guye-ra, -ras, -ra, arguy^ramos, -erais, argujeran
3. Imp. Sub. argnye-se, -ses, -se, arguyesemos, -eseis, arguyesen
Fut. Sub. ai^ye-re, -res, -re, aiguy6remos, -ereis, arguyeren
Gerund, arguyendo
UNCLASSABLE IRREGULAR VERBS
208, A few verbs, while having in some tenses certain irregu-
larities in common, vary in others to such an extent that it
becomes impossible to make a logical classification. As the
regular endings have been repeated so often, it is not now
deemed necessary to give the conjugation of every verb in full,
209. Ando, andar, anduve, andado, to go, walk.
Pres. Ind. uid-o, -as, -a, -amos, -4is, andan
Pres. Sub. «nd-e, -es, -e, -emos, -€ia, anden
Imperat. «nd-a, -e, -emos, andad, anden
Imperf. and-aba, -abas, -aba, -&bamos, -abais, aodaban
Fut. ui4m-4, Cond. andar-!a
Gerund, andando
Fret, anduve, anduviste, anduvo, -imoa, -isteis, andurte-ron
1. Imp. Sub. anduvie-ra, -ras, ~ra, -6ramos, -erais, anduvieran
a. Imp. Sub. anduvie-se, -ses, -se, -Ssemos, -eseis, anduviesen
Fut. Sub. andufie-re, -res, -re, -^remos, -ereis, anduvieren
Note. — Andar is to go, to ivaik, with no definite aim, and hence
would be said of animals and things, but is not confined to them. Ir
is to go when the aim or limi t is named: —
El barco, mi reloj, el caballo, la The ship, my watch, the horse,
m&quina anda Men the engine goes well
But —
Yo voy 6 casa, k palado, & la I am going home, to the palace,
iglesia, al baile to the church, to the ball
■ 210. Doy, dar, dl, dado, to give.
Pres. Ind. d-oy, das, da, damos, d&is, dan
Pres. Sub. d-€, des, d6, demos, d£b, den
ogle
1 10 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
Imptrat. da, Ak, demos, dad, den
Imper}. daba, dabas, daba, etc.
Fut. dar-£, Cond. du~ta
Gerund, dando
Prel. (U, diste, di6, dimos, disteis, die-ron
Imp. Sub. I. die-ra, 2. die-se, Fid. Sub. dle-re
Idioms with dor
Doy k U3ted los buenos dfas Good moruing to you, or I wish
you good day
Dar el p£same To condole
Dar ft luz To publish, bring to light
El reloj va & dar las dnco The dock is going to strike five
Dar coa alguno To fall in with, to meet anyone
La ventana da & la calle The window opens on the street
Da cuerda A su reloj He winds up his watch
Vamos & dar un paseo Let's take a walk
No se me da un higo I don't care a fig
A mf me da lo mismo It's all the same to me
El niiio diS & reir The child begaji to laugh
an. Asgo, asir, asf, asido, b) seize.
Pres. Ind. asg-o, ases, ase, asimos, as!s, asen
Pres. Siii. asf-a, asgas, asga, asgamos, asgib, asgan
Imperai. ase, asga, asgamos, asid, asgan
Regular, asta, asir-£, asii-fa, asiendo, asf, asiera, asiese, asiere
Note. — The irregular forms of asir are rarely used.
212. Yazco, yazgo, yago, yacer, yad, yaddo, to lie, recline.
Pres. Ind. yazc-o, yazg-o, yag-o, yaces, -e, yacemos, -&s, yacen
Pres. Sub. yazc-a, yaag-a, yag-a, -as, -a, -amos, -&is, -an
Imperai, yace or yaz tQ, yazc-a, etc., yasc-amos, yaced, yazcan, etc.
Regular, yada, yaceri, yacerfa, yadendo, yad, yadera, yadese, yadeie
213. Caigo, caer, cat, cafdo, to/o// (utuferstonJ).
Pres. Ind. c«ig-o, caes, cae, caemos, ca6is, caen
Pres, Sub. caig-a, caigas, cajga, caigamos, calg&is, caigan
„Coti'^Ie
IHE VERB 117
Imperat. cae, calga, caigamos, caed, colgan
Imperf. cafa, caias, cata, caiamos, calais, cafan
Put. c&eii, caerits, etc., Ctmd. caeria, caerias, etc.
Pret. cai, caiste, cay6, cajmos, caisteis, caye-ron
Imp. Sub. I. cayera, 2. cayese. Put. Sub. cayeie
Gerund, cayendo
Idioms with caer
Ya caigo en ello Now I have it (understand it)
Las ventanas caen at rio The windows overlook the river
Se cayfi en la cuenta de que ... It was discovered that ...
Ese traje le cae & usted bien That dress becomes you well
Cat malo (enfermo) en Madrid I fell sick in Madrid
Este color cae biea con este otro This ixilor matches this other one
very well
Al caer el sol At sunset
Estoy caySndome de sueflo I am ready to drop with sleep
214. Traigo, traer, traje, txaido, to bring.
Pres. Ind. traig-o, traes, trae, traemos, trails, traen
Pres. Sub. traig-a, traigas, tiaiga, traigamos, tcaigdis, traigan
Imperat. trae, traiga, traigamos, traed, traigan
Imperf. traia, tralas, trafa, trafamos, trafais, trafan
Put. traeil, traeiis, etc., Cond. traerfa, traerias, etc.
Gerund, trayendo
Pret. traje, -iste, trajo, trajimos, trajisteis, traje-ron
Imp. Sub. 1. trajeia, 2. trajese, Put. Sub. trajere
315. Oigo, olr, oi, ofdo, lo hear.
Pres. Ind. oig-o, oyes, oye, olmos, ots, oyen
Pres. Sub. oig-a, oigas, oiga, oigamos, oig&is, oigan
Imperat. oye, oiga, oigamos, old, oigan
Imperf. ofa, ofas, o!a, olamos, olais, ofan
Put. oir£, oir&s, etc., Cond. oirla, oiiias, etc
Pret. of, ofste, oy6, ofmos, olsteis, oye-ron
Imp. Sub. I. oyera, 2. oyese, Put. 5tt6. ojere
Gerund, oyendo
<..>y Google
Il8 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
2i6. Digo, dear, dije, dicho, to say, kU.
Gerund, didendo
Pres. Ind. dig-o, dices, dice, decimos, deds, dicen
Pres. Sub. (Ug-a, <ligas, <liga, digamos, digliis, digan
Imperat. di, diga, digamos, dedd, digan
Imperf. decta, dedas, deda, dedamos, dedais, dedan
Pt4i. dir£, dir^, dick, diremos, dirfis, dii&n
Cond. dirfa, dirfas, diria, diilamos, diriais, dirian
Pret. dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dije-ron
Imp. Sub. 1. dijera, 2. dijese. Put. Sttb. dljere
Note. — An antiquated form diz for dice still occurs, in familiar
style, in the sense of dUese, it is said, or dken, they say: Diz que
habri guerra, It is said (they say) there will be war.
217. Like decir are conjugated all its compounds with a few
variations. Among these are: —
I St. That they all have the imperative second person singu*
lar -dice instead of -di.
2d. That bendedr, to bless, and maldecir, to curse, have,
.besides bendtcho and maldicho, the older participles bendito
and nuddito; although the latter are only used as adjectives.
3d, That these two, while occasionally occurring with the
contracted future of decir, now r^^ularly have the future stem
-decir: —
Fui. bendedrS, bendedrds, etc., Cond. bendedr^ta, -fas, etc.
Fvl. maldedr£, maldecii&s, etc., Cond. maldedr-fa, ^as, etc
218. Hago, hacer, hice, hecho, io do, make.
Gerund, hadendo
Pres. Ind. hag-o, haces, bace, hacemos, bac£is, bacen
Pres. Sub. hag-a, bagas, haga, bagamos, bag&is, bagan
Imperat. haz, haga, hagamos, haced, bagan
Imperf. hada, hadas, hada, hacfamos, hadais, hadan
Put. hai€, haris, har&, baremos, hai£is, hai&n
THE VERB Iig
Cond. haria, harfas, hada, harlamos, harfais, baifan
Frei. bicft, -iste, hizo, bicimos, hicisteis, bicte-ron
Imp. Sub. I. hiciora, 2. Iiiclose, Pui. Sub. Udere
Idioms. Hacer occurs in numerous idiomatic expresdons; —
Yo hago hacer vin traje nuevo I am having made a new dress
Voy k hacenne la barba I am going to shave
Hace las veces del capitin ■ He is discharging the duties of
the captain
Ese actor hace el [lapel de Hftmlet That actor plays the part of
Hamlet
Ha hecho bancarrota He has failed (in business)
Lo bax6 venir mafiana I will send for it to-morrow
Hacia de escribano ayer He was acting as notary yester-
day
Hizo gran papel en Paris He cut a great figure in Paris
Hacer cara or Erente & . . . To face, to re^st . . .
Hacer penitenda con alguno To take pot-luck with anyone
Hicimos vela or nos hicimos h la We set sail for San Juan
vela para San Juan
Hago poT acabarlo I am trying to finish it
319. All the compounds of hacer are conjugated like it.
Some of them appear with the older form -facer, but this does
not cause them to vary from those in -hacer. Satisfacer, to
satisfy, alone has the two imperatives satisfaz and saiisface hi.
The Academy condemns the regular forms satisf&ciera, satts-
faciese, and satisfaciere, which are sometimes found.
220. Salgo, salir, salf, saJido, to go or come out, depart, turn
out.
Pres. Ind. salg-o, sales, sale, salimos, sails, salen
Pres. Sub. salg-a, saigas, saiga, salgamos, salg&is, aalgan
Imperal. sal, saiga, salgamos, salid, salgan
Imperf. salfa, sallas, saUa, salfamos, saliais, salian
Put. saldr-6, -As, -i, saldremos, aaldr^is, saldr&n
ogle
130 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAS
Cond. uldr-ia, -las, -fa, saldrfamos, uldrfais, soldrlan
Fret, sail, saliste, sali6, salimos, salisteis, aalie-ron
Imp. Sub. I. s«li«ra, 2. SAliese, Put. Sub. aaliere
Gerund. saIi«ndo
Idioms with salir
El sol sale The stm rises
Saiga lo que sollere Come out of it what may
El caballo me salifi en den pesos The horse cost me a hundred
dollars
El libro saldrfl 4 luz el diez del The book will be published on the
coniente loth of the current month
Ella saUa de sf She was in raptures
Ese banil se sale This barrel leaks
Se ha salido con la suya He has carried his point
A causa del arancel salftn caros Because of the tariff, those goods
esos gSneros come dear
Salir A caballo, en coche To go riding, driving >^
221. Valgo, valer, vall, valido, to 6e ifor/A.
Pres. Ind. valg-o, vales, vale, valemos, valfiis, valen
Pres. Sub. valg-a, valgas, valga, valgamos, valgiis, valgan
Intperat. val or vale, valga, valgamos, valed, valgan
Imperf. valla, valfas, valla, vallamos, valfais, vallan
Put. jaldr-i, -is, -k, valdremos, valdrfiis, valdrin
Cond. valdi^a, -las, -la, valdriamos, valdriaia, valdrian
Pret. val-i, -iste, vali6, valimos, valisteia, valie-ron
Imp. Sub. 1. valiera, 2. valiese, Put. Sub. valieie
Gerund, valiendo
Idioms with valer
Mis vale sabei que haber Wisdom b better than riches
No vale la pena de hacerlo It is not worth while to do it
No se valdrl de su ventaja He wUl not avail himself of his
advantage
iVfllgameDiosI Good gracious! Gradousmel
Vale lo que pesa He is worth his weight (in gold)
THE VERB . 121
M&s Tale tarde que nunca Better l^te than never
SerJi diffdl hacerto valei It will be difficult to make use
of it
Valga lo que valiere Let come to pass whatever may
No se puede raler con 61 It is not possible to manage him
/ 222. Fongo, poner, puse, puesto, to put, put on.
Gerund, poniendo
Ptk. Ind. pong-o, pones, pone, ponemos, pon£is, ponm
Pres. Sub. pong-a, pongas, ponga, pongamos, pong&is, pongan
Imperat. pon, ponga, pongamos, poned, pongan
Imperf. ponfa, -las, -la, ponlamos, ponlais, ponlan
Fut. pondr-£, -is, -5, pondremos, pondrtis, pondi&n
Cond. pondr-ta, -fas, -fa, pondriamos, pondrfats, pondiian
Prel. puse, pusiste, puso, pusimos, pusisteis, pnsi«-ron
Imp. Sub. I. pusieia, 2. pusiese, Ful. Sub. pusiere
Note. — The compounds of poner are conjugated in the same
manner.
Idioms with poner
El sol se pone The sun is setting
Se pone el sombrero y despu£s se He puts on his hat and then takes
to quita it ofE
Se me pone came de gallina My flesh creeps (I have goose
flesh)
Puse ayer un telegrama I sent a telegram yesterday
Pvso fin & su vida por medio de He put an end to hts life by
gas del alumbrado means of illuminating gas
Pfiogalo V. por escrito Put it down in writing
Poneise p&lido, Colorado, malo To grow pale, to blush, to get sick
Se pone en janas He sets his aims akimbo
Ella se puso i llorar She began to weep
Ponerse bien con Dios To make one's peace with God
223. Vengo, venir, vine, venido, to come.
Pres. Ind. veng-o, vienes, viene, venimos, venfs, vienen
Pres. Sub. Teng-a, vengas, renga, vengamos, veng&is, vengan
„ Google
122 ESSENTIALS_ OF SPANISH GRAMMAS
Imperat. ven, nnga, vei^ainos, venid, TMigan
Imperf. ven-fa, -las, -fa, venfamos, venlais, venlan
Put. Tendr-^, -da, -fi, veadremos, vendr^, vendrin
Cotid. vendr~fa, ^as, -la, vendriamos, vendrfais, vendrian
Prel. Tine, viniste, Tino, rinimos, Tuiisteis, Tiuie-ron
Imp. Sab. t. Tinlera, 2. viniese, Put. Sub. viniere
Cerimd. viniendo
Note. — All compounds of venir have the same irregularities as
above.
Idioms vith venir
Esa chaqueta no me Ti«n« That jacket does not fit me
Vino & conseguir la plaza He has obtained the place
Vengo con quien vengo That's my business and not yours
Venga lo que vinierv Come what may come
S« Ti«ne durmiendo He is falling asleep
324. Tengo, tener, tuve, teoido, to have, hold.
The fijll conjugation is given in 164.
The compounds of kner have the same conjugation.
Idioms with lener have been given in 166, 2 and only a few
others will be set down here: —
Que no teoga V. novedad I hope you will find things all
right at home
Buenos dfas tenga usted I wish you good morning
Tenga V. la bondad de deciime . . . Have the goodness to tell me . . .
Tiene mucho de miserable He has a good deal of the miser
about him
No se [todia tonor en pie He could not stand up
225. Quepo, caber, ciqw, cabido, to hold, be contained, gel in.
Gerund, cabiendo
Pres. Ind. quep-o, cabes, cabe, cabemos, cab£is, caben
Pres. Sub. quep-a, quepas, quepa, quepamos, quepiis, quepan
Imperat. cabe, quepa, quepamos, cabed, quepan
Imperf. cab^a, ^as, -(a, cabfamos, cabfais, cablan
THE VERB 123
Put. eabi-i, -is, -&, cabremos, cabr£b, cabr&n
Cond. cabMa, -fas, -!a, cabrlamos, cabrlais, cabrlan
Prel. cup-fl, -iste, cupo, cupimos, cupisteis, cupie-ron
Imp. Sub. I. cupiera, 2. cnpiese, Put. Sub. cupiere
Idioms with caber
No cabe duda There is no doubt about it
Si cabe If it be possible
jCabo usted? Is there room for you?
No cabe mis That settles it, caps the climax
No cabe en d mundo Hie world is not big enough to
hold him
Cabe suponer se tratarii de la There is room for supposing it
guerra y no de la paz will be a question of war and
not of peace
Todo cab« en fulano So-and-so is capable of anything
Yo no qnepo de gozo I am overjoyed
226. Veo, ver, vi, visto, to see.
Pres. Ind. to-o, ves, ve, vemos, v^ia, ven
Pres. Sub. ve-a, veas, Tea, veamos, vekia, vean
Imperat. ve, vea, reamos, ved, vean
Imperf. vela, veias, vela, veiamos, vefab, veian
Pui. Ter£, veras, veri, veremos, verbis, ver&n
Cond. Teria, verias, veria, veriamos, verlab, verfan
Pret. vf, viste, vi6, vimos, vbteb, rte-ron
Imp. Sub. I. viera, 2. viese, Put. Sub. viere
Gerund, viendo
Note. — Occasionally in poetry are found the old forms of the im-
perfect: via, vtas, via, vlamos, tfaw, vian, and the populace still use
the old preterits yo vide for vi and il vido for vi6.
227. The compounds of ver are inflected like the simple
verb. The infinitive was formerly veer, and this form appears
in some of the compounds. In that case the conjugation is
„ Google
124 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
regular like any other verb in -eer, as Uer, creer, poseer, in whose
conjugation unaccented i between two vowels becomes y. See
171, d.
Proveo, proveer, provrf, provide or proristo, to promde.
Pres. Ind. proveo, provees, provee, etc. Imperf. provefa, etc.
Pres. 5ai. provea, Imperal. provee, , , proveed,
Flit. proTeer-4, Cond. proTfter-fa
Fret. prove-I, -fste, proveyfi, pravefmos, -^steia, proTe^e-ron
Imp. Sub. I. proTeyera, 3. piorejese, Ful. Sub. provejere
Gerund. proTeyendo
Idioms with ver
Eso est£ de ver That is worth seeing
Eso est& por ver That remains to be seen
A ver or vamos & ver Let's see
Ya se ve It b evident, to be sure
No te verls en ese espejo You will not see yourself in that
glass, i.e. will not succeed in
that way
H&gamelo ver Show it to me
Yo le hai^ ver las estrellas I will make him see stars
338. Dticir, to lead, as an independent verb, is no longer in
use, but it has several compounds which are conjugated in the
present stem according to 171, a. In the preterit the stem
changes to duj.
Induzco, indudr, induje, induddo, to induce.
Gerund, indudendo
Pres. Ind. induzc-o, induces, induce, -imos, -is, inducen
Pres. Sub. Induzc-a, -as, -a, induzcamos, -&is, indozcan
Imperal. induce, induzca, -amos, indudd, induzcan
Imperf. induc-ia, -ias, -ia, indudamos, -I^, indudan
FtU. inductr-£, Cond. IndudMa
Prel. induj-e, -iste, indujo, -imos, -isteis, induje-ron
Imp. Sub. 1. indujera, 3. indujese, Ful. Sub. indnjere
NoiE. — For loss of t in preterit stem see 171, c.
THE VERB 125
229. Placer, h please, is of infrequent use and is confined to
the third person, chiefiy singular, i.e. as an impersonal verb.
Its place is usually taken by other verbs, as agradar, to please,
guslar, to suit, please, querer, to wish, etc.
Place, placer, plugo (plado), pladdo, to please.
Gtrund. pladendo
Pres. Ind. place I. Imp. Sub. pluguiera (placiera.)
Pres. Sub. plazca (pleeue) a. Imp. Stib. pluguiese (pladese)
Imperat. plegue (plega) Put. Sub. pluguiere (pladere)
Imperf. placia Put. Ind. placer^
Prel. plugo (placi6) Cond. placeria
Note. — Desplacer, to displease, is found in about the same forms,
and an occasional plural form of both verbs occurs.
Cocapl&cer, to oblige, may be conjugated regularly in full,
inserting z before c when this letter comes before a or 0: —
Pres. Ind. complazco, complaces, complace, etc.
Pres. S«6. complazca, complazcas, etc.
See 171, a.
230. The following verbs are grouped together, because
they perform many of the functions of the English modal
auxiliaries. Deber is regular, but is given for convenience.
Puedo, poder, pude, podido, to be able, may, can
S£, saber, supe, sabido, to krum, can
Quiero, querer, quise, querido, to wish, will, like, lote
Debo, deber, debt, debido, to tniie, ought, must
Gerunds: pudiendo, sabiendo, queriendo, debiendo
Pkksbnt Indicative
puedo s£
puedes sabes
pnede sabe
podemos sabemos
pod6is sab^is
pueden saben
qni«ro
debo
quieies
debes
quiere
debe
queremos
debemos
quer^is
deb^U
quiflren
deben
,,Gtx)^lc
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
PtESENT Subjunctive
npa
quiera
deba
aepas
qtderas
debas
oepa
quiera
deba
aepamos
queramos
debamos
«ep£lis
queriis
debfiis
s«pan
qiii«nui
Ihfekateve
debau
sabe
quiere
debe
Bepa
quiera
deba
aepamos
queramos
debamos
sabed
quered
debed
sepan
quiflran
debau
pueda
podamos
podfus
puede
podamos
poded
Imperfect Indicative
podfa, sabfa, queiia, debia, all regular throughout.
FUTUEE INBICATTVE
Mbr£ querr^
Conditional
Babria qttenfa
PRETEKIT
snpe qulae
supiste quisiste
lupo qniso
lupimos qnisimos
Bttpisteis quisisteis
supie-ron qnisie-rou
podi6
podlfo
pudo
pudimos
pudisteis
pudie-ron
I. Imperfect Subjunctive
snpieia qnisiera
a. Imperfect Subjunctive
saplese quisiese
Future Subjunctive
snpjere qniaare
deber€
deberfa
debi6
debimos
debisteis
debie-ion
debieia
debiQse
debiere
„ Google
THE VERB 127
331. Poder expresses physical or moral ability, possibility,
li^iUty, authority, permission, etc. It is constructed with a
dependent infinitive and is variously equivalent to our may,
can, might, could; but as these may have different shades of
meaning, it is best, when there is any doubt, to resolve them
into the equivalent forms of the verb to be able. The following
examples will show some of the many uses of poder: —
No puede alcanzarlo He can not (is not able to) reach it
No pueden menos de sentirlo They can not help regrettii^ it
Mamd, ^puedo salii & jugax? Mama, may I go out to play?
Me dijo que podls venir He told me he could (was able to)
come
Estaba desalentado; no podia He was out of breath; he could do
(pndo) m&s no more
Vo habfa dicho todo lo .que haUa I had said all that I could (bad
podido been able to) say
Yo podrj hacerlo mabana I can (shall be able to) do it
to-morrow
Me asegurd que no podrla venir He assured me he could not
(would not be able to) come
Se habiera podido escapar de la He might have escaped from the
c4rcel prison
232. Saber expresses mental ability — to know how, as
knowledge is power. Hence it may take the place of poder,
whenever this idea is present. Its use, however, as an auxiliary
is not very extensive, and a few examples will suffice: —
Tiene ya doce afios y no sabe to- He is already twelve years old and
davfa escribii he can not write yet
Era muy rico peio no aabla guar- He was very rich, but he did not
dar su dinero know how to (could not) keep
his money
Si se me acomete, yo «tbi6 defen- If I am attacked, I shall be able
demie to defend myself
„ Google
125 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
a. As an independent verb saber means to have such knowledge as
comes from the ezerdse of the mental faculties — subjective knowl-
edge. Hence: —
Yo bS la mlisica, la geograffa, la I know (understand) mu^c, ge-
lengua castellaoa, mi lecd6n, . ography, the Spanish language,
que mi hennano esti en Boston, my lesson, that my brother is
etc in Boston, etc.
b. Conocer (see 171, a), on the other hand, is to know persons and
things by external observation — objective knowledge. Hence; —
Yo conozco al capit&n, el libro, el I know the captain, the book, the
camino, la casa del maestro, la road, the teacher's house, po-
cortesfa, la buena crianza, etc. liteness, good breeding, etc.
233. Querer, with a dependent infinitive, is used instead of
the future and conditional forms of the verb, whenever vnil and
would mean willingness, wish, inclination: —
4Qiii£n quiere prestarme dnco Who will (is willing to) lend me
duros? five dollars?
Le pregunt£ si qverfa ir al teatio I asked him whether he would
(wished to) go to the theater
No qnin) contestar He would not (was not willing
to) answer
Dijo que no quMtla vemr He said he would not (would not
be willing to) come
Dudo que qniera aceptado I doubt whether he will (will be
willing to) accept it
Quisi«ra ir con usted I should like to go with you .
a. Querer, when not employed as an auxiliary, means to love, wish,
desire, etc.: —
Qniero k mis amigos I love my friends
iQai m&s quiere? What more does he desire?
;Qufi qniere decir esc? What does that mean?
Como usted quisiere As you will, wish
„ Google
THE VERB 129
234. Deber is constructed through all its moods and tenses
with a dependent infinitive, and thus has, in English, various
equivalents, the most common of which are should, must, ought;
hut these, where they are defective in mood and tense forms,
have to be supplemented hy other verbs which have full inflec-
tions, such as to have to, to he obliged, compelled, etc. A careful
study of a few examples will enable the student to gain some
insight into this rather complex subject: —
Losjurameatosfinodebenhacerse Oaths either ought not to be
6 deben cumpUrse made or ought to be kept
£t debe ir ^ la ciudad hoy por la He has to go to the city this
manana morning
El general opin6 que la campafia The general thought that the
debia proseguiise campaign ought to go on
DebiG de redbir alguna mala He must have received some bad
nueva news
No debe de haber llegado todavfa He can not have arrived yet
Si usted quiere ir de caza con- If you wish to go hunting with
migo debeii estar aquf & las me, you will have to be here
cuatro en pimto at four o'clock sharp
Usted no deberta aceptario You should not (ought not to)
accept it
335. Voy, ir, fuf, ido, to go (with a definite limit).
Genmd.jeaAa
Pres. Ind. Toy, Tas, ya, yamos, vJis, Tan
Pres. Sub. Tay-a, Tayas, yaya, Tayamos, Tay&is, vajan
Imperat. ve, Taya, Tamos, id, vayan
Imperf. iba, ibas, iba, tbamos, ibais, iban
Put. iii, ir&s, iri, iremos, ir^is, ir&n
Cottd. iria, irias, irla, irfamos, iiiaJs, irian
Pret. fuf, fuiste, fu6, fuimos, fuisteis, fne-ron
I. Imp. Sub. fue-ra, -ras, -ra, fu6ramos, fuerais, fueran
3. Imp. Sub. fue-se, -sea, -se, fu£semos, fueseis, fuesen
Put. Sub. fn«-re, -res, -re, fufiremos, fuereis, fueren
See 209, Note.
130 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAB
236. It i, with a dqwndeiit infinitive, is used to express in-
ientum or an immediate future: —
£1 va i ofr misa He is going to hear mass
Yo vof i partir para Europa esta I am going to start for Europe
tarde this afternoon
a. Other idioms with ir.
Eso es lo que Toy didendo That is Just what I am saying
A despecho de todo iba pidiendo In spite of everytliing he went on
limosna asking alms
Ella no va & medias She does not do things by halves
Ya se ve que V. no va sobre It is evident that you are not on
seguio safe ground
Ha ido en busca de su amigo He has gone in search of his friend
VamoB & pie, si no hallamos coche Let's walk, if we do not find a
carriage
Vaya V. con Dios Farewell (God be with you)
Mucho Ts de reoro i Pedro There is a great difference be-
tween men and men
Poi donde fuerea, haz como vieres If you go to Rome, do as the
Romans
237. Acabar, to complete, finish, when followed by de and an
infinitive, means to have just done the action expressed by the in-
finitive, i.e. it expresses an immediate past; —
Acabo de escribir nii tema I have just finished writing my
composition
Acabfibamos de comprar la casa We had just bought the house
Acab6 de llegar He had just arrived
Note that acabar de, with a negative, may have a different mean-
ing:—
No acabo de maraviUarme I can not help wondering
cigitir^db/Google
THE VERB 131
DEFECTIVE VERBS
238. Ten verbs are defective only in the present stem, as
indicated by the dashes below (u). The other tenses are com-
plete. The first six are regular; the others are conjugated accord-
ing to the models of the paragraphs set opposite them.
abolir, abtdish leg. manir, make lender (of meat) reg.
deamarrirse, become sad " aguerair, accustom to war tgs
despavorir,.6e terrified " anecirse, grtm num£ "
embair, deceive " aterirae, grow numb "
garantir, guarantee " empedemii, harden aoi
Model
a. abolir, aboU, abolido, to abolish.
Pres. Ind. , , , abolimos, aboUs, ■
Pres. Sub. , , , , ,
Imperai. , , , abolid,
Imperf. aboHa, -fas, -fa, -famos, -tais, -tan
Put. abolir-^, -is, etc., Cond. abolir-fa, -fas, etc
Pret. aboH, -iste, -i6, -imos, -isteis, abolie-ron
Imp. Sub. I. aboliera 3. aboUese, Put. Sab. aboUaie
Gerund, aboliendo
239. Raer, to erase, is, for the most part, superseded by
other words. When it occurs, it follows the conjugation of caer
(213), but in addition has ist per. sing. pres. ind. rayo and the
present subjunctive; raya, rayas, raya, etc.
240. Roer, to gmm, has: —
Pres. Ind. roo, roigo, and royo, roes, roe, etc., regular
Pres. Sub. ro-a, roig-a, and roy-a, -as, -a, etc.
Imperf. rofa, rofas, rofa, etc.
a. Corroer, to corrode, has: —
Pres. Ind. , , corroe, , , corroen
Pres. Sub. , , corroa, , , corroan
132 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
241. The following three verbs occur sporadically in the
tMrd persons only: —
a.
Aplocer, to please.
Pres. Ind. , —
— aplace,
, , aplacen
Imperf. , ,
aplada, -
— , , apladan
Note the proverb: Todo lo nuevo
aplace, ati navdty is
pleasing.
b.
AtafiM, lo appertain.
Pres. Ind. , —
- atafle,
, , ataften
c. Concemlr, to concern, pp. concemido.
Pres. Ind. concieme, conderaen, Pres. SuS. condema, -Bn
Ivtperf. concemia, concemfan
Ful. concemiii, -&n, Ctmd. concernirfa, ^11
Pref. concemid, conconie-ron
Imp. Sub. I. conceroiera, 1. concerniese, Ful. Sub. concetniere
Gerund, concerniendo
242. Soler, lo be accustomed, has the present and imperfect
indicative and an occasional compound with the past participle
solido: —
Pres. Ind. suelo, sueles, suele, solemos, sol£is, auelen
Imperf. soI!a, solias, solfa, soliamos, soUais, soUan
Reuark. — There are other verbs which, though having all their
forms, are of infrequent use except in the third persona, but they
present no peculiarities which require presentation here.
IRREGULAR PAST PARTICIPLES
243. Four verbs and their compoimds have no other irregu-
larities than their past participles: —
abrir, open, pp. abierto escribir, write, pp. escrito
cubrli, coter, pp. cubierto Impriinir, print, impress, pp. Impieso
a. Two compounds of escribir have two participles: —
inscribir, inscribe, pp. inscripto, inacrito
pTOBcribir, proscribe, pp. proscripto, proscrito
344. The following bave two participles but are otherwise
regular: —
oprimir, oppress, pp. oprimido, opreso
suprlmir, suppress, pp. suprimido, supreBO
prender, calc/i, pp. prendido, preso
romper, break, pp. rompido, rato
Note. — The regular participles of oprimir and suprimir are pre-
ferred, while preso and rolo are more frequently used than the regular
participles.
OTHER VERBAL IDIOMS
345. Become and its synonym get are variotisly rendered in
Spanish —
1. Byponerse: —
Al ofr la DOticia se puso muy triste On hearing the news he became
very sad
Venga V., que se pone frfa la sopa Come along, for the soup is get-
ting cold
2. By Tolverae, tomBise: —
Se volvifi alegre al ver k su hijo He became cheerful on seeing his
De pilido que estA se torna livido From pale he becomes hvid
3. By hacerse: —
£1 padre se me hacfa cada dfa m&s The father was getting dally more
intolerable intolerable to me
4. By salir: —
Si continlia asl, satdrfi im afamado If he continues thus, he will be-
orador come a famous orator
„ Google
134 ESSENTIALS OP SPANISH GRAMMAR
5. By Tenir fi ser, meterse I, llegar fi ser, ser: —
Vino fi ser el valido de ia reina He became the favorite of the
queen ^^
Me dijo que queria meterse fi He told me he wished to become
actor an actor
Dudo que llegue i ser primer I doubt whQther he will become
tninistro prime minister
lQu€ habU Bido de £1? What had become of him?
6. By quedar: —
Qued6 convenddo de su error He became convinced of his error
Note. — There are many other ways of translating become, par-
ticularly by certain verbs in -ecer, as enfurecerse, lo becime Jttrious,
envejecer, lo become old, envanecerse, lo become proud.
246. Volver i (see 192), followed by an infinitive, generally
indicates a repetition of the action expressed by the infinitive.
It frequently translates our again or prefix re: —
Vnelvo fi leer el dictado I read again the dictation
Volverfi i escribir el tema, si se lo He will rewrite the exercise if I
mando order him to
Other idioms with volver.
Su charla me volver* loco His babbling will turn me mad
Dgjele v., Tolverfl en sf dentio de Leave him, he will soon come
poco back to his senses
La burla se rolvilS contra 61 Hb own joke turned against him
Se me volvifi la torttUa The tables were turned on me
El buque se volrifi patas arriba The ship turned topsy-turvy
VolverS t casa raafiana I shall return home to-morrow
247. Echar, besides its common meaning oi.to throw, enters
into numerous idioms of daily use: —
Al ratero se le echfi k puntapigs The thief was kicked out of the
fuera de la ciudad en vez de town instead of being sent to
echarle k galeras the galleys
THE VERB
Serfa echar agua en el mar
Echar el agua i un nino
Echaron la plitica £t otra parte
Echar el pie adelante 6 atr^
Echar raices, hojas, bigotes, canas,
piemas, suertes
Entre V, en la alcoba y Scheie el
cerrojo 6 la Have k la puerta
Me lo «ch<3 en cara
Echo d« menos & mi faermano
EI corrector de pruebas no ha
echado de ver el error
Si te lo dijera, lo echarlas i peider
Echo i reir k carcajadas
Derrib6 al centinela y ech6 i correr
por el [latio
It would be carrying coals to
Newcastle
To baptize a chUd
They cut short the conversation
To progress or retrograde
To put forth roots, leaves, to
grow a mustache, get gray,
strut about, draw lots
Go into the bedroom and bolt or
lock the door'
He reproached me for it
I miss my brother
The proof-reader did not notice
the error
If I told it to you, you would
spoil it
He burst out into a horse-laugh
He knocked down the sentinel
and began to run across the
yard
LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS
248. The figures refer to the paragraphs of the grammar
and mean that the verbs after which they are placed are con-
jugated like the ones in the paragraphs indicated.
Inceptive verbs in -cer preceded by a vowel are not given
in this list, as they all have the same irregularities as shown
in 171, a.
Abrir, 243, open
Absolver, ig2. absolve
Abstenerse, 164, abstain
Abstraer, 314. abstract
Acertar, 185. hit the mark
Acordar, 188. decide, remind
Acostar, 188. lay down, put t
bed
Adestrar, 185. guide
Adherir, 195. adhere
Adquirir, 197. acquire
Aducir, 338. adduce
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Aventar, i8s- wurnow
Avergonzar, i88, a. shame
136
Advertir, 195. observe
Agorar, 188, a. divine
Aguerrir, 138. accustom to war
Alentar, 185. breathe
Almorzar, 171, 4, t88. breakfast
Alongar, 188, 171, 2- enlarge
Amanecer, iSi. dawn
Amoblar, 188. furnish
Amolar, 1S8. whet
Andar, 309. go '
Anochecer, 181. become n^t
Antededr, 317. predict
Anteponer, 333. put before
Antever, 336. foresee
Apacentar, 185. graze
Apostar, 188. bet, station
Apretar, iSS- squeeze
Aprobai, 1S8. approve
ArgUIi, 307. argue
Airecirse, 338. grow numb
Arrendar, 185. cent
Arrepentirse, 195. repent
Ascender, 187. ascend
Asentar, 188. set down
Asentir, 195. coincide
Aserrar, 185. saw
Asir, 311. grasp
Asoldar, 188. hire
Ataner, 341, b. appertain
Atender, 187. attend to, care for
Atenerse, 164. abide by
Atentar, 185. attempt a crime
Aterirse, 338. grow numb
Atraer, 314. attract
Atravesar, 183. cross
Atribufr, ao6. attribute
Atronar, 188. thunder, stun
Bendecir, 317. bless
Bienquerer, 130. wish well
Brufiir, 171, c. burnish
Bullir, 171, c. boil
Caber, 335. be contained
Gaer, 313. fall
Calentar, 185. warm
Cegar, 171, 2, 185. blind
Ceiiir, 171, c, 3p>. gird
Cemer, 187. sift
Cerrar, 185. dose
Cimentar, .185. found
Circuir, 2<». surround
Cocer,^!, 5 and a. boil, bake
Colar, 18S. strain
Colcgir, 171, 8, 303. collect
Colgar, 171, 2, 188. hang up
Comenzar, 171, 4, 185. begin
Competir, 303. compete
Componer, 313. compose
Comprobar, 188. verify
Concebir, 303. conceive
Concernir, 341, c. concern
Concertar, 185. concert
Conclufr, 306. conclude
Concordar, 188. agree
Condescender, 187. condescend
Condolerse, 191. condole
Conducir, 338. conduct
Conferir, 195- confer
„GtXi'.>lc
THE VERB
137
Confesar, 185. confess
Conmover, igi. affect, stir
Conseguir, 171, 10, 20a. obtain,
accomplish
Consentir, 195. consent
Consolar, 188. console
Constituir, >o6. constitute
Constniir, ao6. construct
Contar, 188. count, relate
Contender, 187. contend
Contener, 164, contain
Contorcerse, 171, s, 188. writhe *
Contradedr, 317. contradict
Contraer, 314. contract
Contrahacer, 318. counterfeit
Contraponer, 333. compare
Contravenir, M3. contravene
Contribulr, io6. contribute
Controvertir, 195. controvert
CoDvenir, 333. agree, suit
Convertir, 195, convert
Corregir, 171, 8, 104- correct
Corroer, 340, a. corrode
Costar, 188. cost
Creer, 337. thinit, beUeve
Cubrir, >43. cover
Dar, 310. give
Decaer, J13. decay
Dedr, 116. say, teil
Deducir, aiS. deduce
Defender, 187. defend
Deferir, 195. defer
Degollar, 188, a. throttle
Demoler, 191. demolish
Demostrar, 188. demonstrate
Denegar, 171, 2, 185. deny
Denostar, 188. insult
Dentar, 185. teeth
Deponer, 113. depose
Derrengar, 171, 2, 185. sprain the
Derretir, 303. raelt
Derrocar, 171, i, 188. , throw from
Derruir, 306. demolish
Desacertar, 185. err
Desacordar, 188. forget
Desalentar, 185. put out of
breath
Desamoblar, 188. unfumish
Desandar, 109. go back
Desapretar, 185. loosen
Desaprobar, 188. disapprove
Desarrendar, 1S5. shake off the
bridle
Desasir, 11 1. loosen
Desasosegar, 171, 3, 185. dis-
Desatender, 187. disregard
Desatentar, 185. perplex
Desavenir, 313. disconcert
Descender, 187. descend
Descenir, 171, c, 201. ungird
Descolgar, 171, 2, 188. unh ang
Descoliar, 188. surpass
Descomedirse, 303. be rude
Descomponer, 333. discompose
Desconcertar 185 disconcert
Desconsentir 195 dissent
Desconsolar 188 afflict
DesLontar 188 discount
Desconvenir 333 disagree
CjOO .le
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GKAMMAR
138
Descordar, 188. unstring
Descomar, 188. 'dishorn
Descubrii, 343. discover, un-
Desdedr, 217. charge with false-
Desdentar, 185. draw teeth
Desempedrar, 185. unpave
Desencerrar, 185, set at liberty
Desencordar, 188. unstring
Deset^rosar, iSS. attenuate
Desentenderse, 187- ignore
Desenterrar, 185. disinter
Desenvolver, 191. unfold
Deservir, 303. fail in duty
Desgobemar, 1S5. misgovern
Deshacer, 318. undo
Deshelar, 181. thaw
Desherbar, iSg. remove herbs
Desherrar, 185. remove horse-
shoes
Deslefr, 303. dilute
Desludr, 171, a. tarnish
Desmedirse, 303. be unreason-
Desmembrar, 1S5. dismember
Desmentir, 195. give the Ue
Desnegar, 171, 2, 185. retract
Desnevar, 181. thaw
Desobstruir, ao6. deobstruct
Desoir, 315. pretend not to hear
Desolar, 188. desolate
Desoldar, 188. unsolder
Desollar, 188. skin
Desosar, 190. bone
Desovar, 190. spawn
Despedii, 301. dismiss
Despedrar, iSg. clear of stones
Despemar, 185. cripple
Despertar, 185. awake
Besplacer, 229, Note, displease
Desplegar, 171, 2, 185. unfold
Despoblar, 188. depopulate
Desproveer, 337. deprive of
provisions
Destefiir, 171, c, 103. fade
Desterrar, 185. banish
Destituir, 306. deprive
Destorcer, 171, s, 191. untwist
Destrocar, 171, i, 1S8. swap
Destnifr, ao6. destroy
Desventar, 185. ventilate
Desvergonzarse, 188, a. act im-
pudently
Detener, 164. detain
Detracr, 314. detract
Devolver, 193. return
Diferir, 195. differ, defer
Digerir, 195. digest
Diluir, 206. dilute
Discemir, 195. discern
Disconvcnjr, 233. disagree
Discordar, t88. disagree
Disentir, 195. dissent
Disminufr, 206. diminish
Disolver, 193. dissolve
Disonar, 188. be discordant
Disponer, 222. arrange, dispose
Distraer, 214, distract
Distribufr, 206. distribute
Divertir, 195. divert, amuse
Doler, 191. ache, pain
Donnir, 19S. sleep
r.,,:,,,, Google
THE VERB
139
Educir, aa8, educe
Elegir, 171, 8, aoi. elect
Embeatir, aoa. attack
Emparentkr, 1S5. be akin by
marriage
Empedemir, ajS. harden
Empedrar, 185. pave
Empezar, 171, 4, 183- begin
EmpoTcar, 171, r, 188. soil, fou!
Encender, 187- kindle, light
Encerrar, i8S- lock up, inclose
Encomendar, 185. recommend
Encontrar, 188. find, meet
Encubertar, 185- cover over
Endentar, 1S5. join with a mortise
Engielrse, 203. get proud
Engrosar, 188. fatten
Enludr, 171, a. whitewash
Enmelar, i8s. bedaub with honey
Enmendar, 185- correct
Enrodar, 188. break on the wheel
Ensangrentar, 185. stain with
blood
Entender, 187. hear, understand
Enterrar, 185, inter
Entredecir, a 17. interdict
Entrelucir, 171, a. glimmer
Entremorir, 199. die away slowly
Entreotr, 215. hear imperfectly
Entreponer, aia. interpose
Entretener, 164. entertain
Entrever, 336. get a glimpse of
Envolver, iga. wrap up, involve
Equivaler, 311. be equal to
Erguir, 196. erect
Eirar, 186. err, miss
Escarmentar, 185. be warned
Escocer, 171, 5 and a. smart
Escribir, 343, write
Esforzar, 171, 4, 18S. strengthen
Estar, 164. be, stand
Estrefiir, 171, c, 30a. bind
Eicluir, ao6. exclude
Ezpedir,'aoa. dispatch
Exponer, aaa. expose
Extender, 187. extend
Extraer, a 14. extract
Ferrai, 185. plate with iron
Flufr, ao6. flow
Forzar, 171, 4, 1S8. force
Freir, 303 and 304. fiy
Gemir, 30a. groan
Gobemar, 185. govern
Grunir, 171, c. grunt
H
Haber, 164. have, bold
Hacendar, 185. convey property
Haeer, ai8. make, do
Heder, 187. stink
Helar, 183. freeze
Henchir, aoa. fill up, stuff
Hender, 187. split
Herbecer, 171, o. begin to grow
Herir, 195. wound
Uerrar, 185. shoe horses
,1 Google
t40
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Hervir, 195. boil
Holgar, i7t, 2, tSS. rest, idle
Hollar, 185. tread
Hufr, 306. flee
Impedir, aoi. impede
Imponer, 131. lay, impose
Imprimir, 343. print
Improbar, 188. censure
Incensar, 185. incense
Inclu!i, 106. include
Indisponer, 333. indispose
Inducir, 338. induce
Inferir, 195. infer
Infernar, 185. damn
Influir, 306. influence
Ingerir, 195. insert, graft
Inquirir, 197. inquire
Instituir, ao6. institute
Instruir, 106. instruct
Interdecir, 316. interdict
Inteiponer, 33a. interpose
Intervenir, 333. intervene
Introducir, 338. introduce
Invemar, 185. winter
Invertir, 195. invert, invest
Investir, aoa. invest
Ir, 335. go
Llover, 181. rain
M
Maldecir, 317. curse
Malherir, 195. wound badly
Malquerer, 330. abhor
Maltraer, 314. maltreat
Manifestar, 185. manifest
Mantener, 164, maintain, keep
Meeer, 171, 5 and o. rock, shake
Medir, 303. measure
Melar, 185. deposit honey
Mentar, 185. mention
Mentir, 195, tell falsehoods
Merendar, 185. lunch
Moblar, t88. furnish
Moler, 191. grind
Morder, 191. bite
Morir, 199. die
Mostrar, 1S8. show
Mover, 191. move
Negar, 171, 2, 185. deny
Nevar, 181, snow
Jugar, 189. play, stake
Leer, 337. read
Ludr, 171, a. shine
Obstrufr, 306. obstruct
Obtener, 164. obtain
Oir, 315, hear
Oler, 193. smell
Oponer, aaa. oppose
r.,,-,, „(i\.")Ogle
THE VEKB
Fedir, aoa. beg, ask
Pensar, i8S- think, intend
Perder, 187. lose
Perniquebrar, 185. break the legs
Perseguir, 171, 10, 303. pursue
Pervertir, igj. pervert
Placer, aag. please
Plafiir, 171, c. lament
Plegar, 171, 2, 185. fold
Poblar, 1S8. found, settle
Poder, 330. be able, may, can
Podrir, 300. rot
Poner, 333. place, set, lay
Poseer, 337. possess
Posponer, 333. put after, postpone
Predecir, 317. foretell
Predisponer, 111. predispose
Preferir, igs. prefer
Premoiir, igg. die before anotlier
Preponer, 333. prefer, prepose
Presentir, igg. forebode
Presuponer, «>. presuppose
Prevalerse, 311. prevail
Prevenir, 313- anticipate
Prever, 336. foresee, provide
Probar, 188. try, prove
Produdr, aiS. produce, fumidi
Proferir, 195. pronounce, utter
Promover, 191. promote
Pioponer, 333, propose
Proseguir, 171, 10, 301, pursue
Proatituir, 306. prostitute
Proveer, 337. provide
Provenir, 333. proceed from
Pudrir, 300. rot
Quebrar, 185. break
Queiei, 330. wish, love
Raer, 339. scrape, erase
Reapretar, 185. press again
Rebendecir, 316. bless again
Recaer, 113. fall back
Recalentar, iSg.' beat again
Redi^r, 304. seclude
Recolar, 188. strain again
Recomendar, 185. recommend
Recomponer, 333. recompose
Reconducir, 338. renew a lease
Reconstruir, 306. reconstruct
Recontar, 188. recount
Reconvenir, 323. accuse
Recordar, 188. remember
Recostar, 188. lean against
Reducir, 3z8. reduce
Reelegir, 171, 8, 303. reelect
Referir, 195. refer, relate
Refluir, 3o6. Sow back
Reforzar, 171, 4, 188. fortify
Refregar, 171, z, 18s. scour again
Refreir, 303, 304. fry again
Regar, 171, 2, 185. water
Regimentar, i8S- form a regiment
Regir, 171, 8, ao3. govern
Behacer, 218. mend, make over,
reform
Relierir, 195. repel
Reherrar, 185. reshoe (hoises)
Rehervir, 195. boil again
Rehuir, 306. withdraw
„ Google
142
ESSENTIAIJS or SPANISH GRAMMAR
Rehumedecer, 171, a. redampea
RefT, 303, a. laugh
Relucir, 171, a. glitter
Remendar, 185. mend
Rementii, 195. lie frequently
Remoter, 195. regrind
Remorder, 191. bite repeatedly
Remover, 191. remove
Rendir, aoa. subdue, surrender
Renegar, 171, 3, 185. deny
Renovar, 188. renew
Renir, 171, c, ao3. quarrel
Repensar, 185. consider, reflect
Repetir, 303. repeat
Replegar, 171, 2, 185. redouble
Repoblar, 188. repeople
Reponer, 332. replace, reply
Reprobar, 188. condemn
Reproducir, 318. reproduce
Requebrar, 185. woo, court
Requerer, 330. desire anxiously
Requerir, 195. require
Resaber, 130. know well
. Resalir, 330. jut out
Resegar, 171, 2, 185. reap again
Resembrar, 185. resow
Resentirsc, 195, begin to fail
Resolver, 191. resolve
Resollar, 188. respire
Resonar, 188. resound
Restituir, ao6. restore
Restregar, 171, 2, 1S5. scrub
Retemblar, 185. tremble often
Retener, 164. retain
ReteAir, 171, c. 301. dye again
Retorcer, 171, 5, 1 9 1; twist
Retostar, 188. toast again
Retraer, 214. retract
Retribuir, Jo6. recompense
Retronar, 181. thunder again
Reventar, 185. burst
Revestir, aoa. put on deiical
Revolar, 188. fly again
Revolcarse, 171, 1, 188. wallow
Revolver, igs. stir, revolve
Rodar, 188. roll
Roer, 340. gnaw
Rogar, 171, 2, 188. ask, beg
Saber, 330. know
Salii, 330. go or come out
Satisfacei, 319, satisfy
Segar, 171, 2, 185. reap
Seguir, 171, 10, 303. follow, con-
Sembrar, 185. sow
Sementar, 185. sow
Sentar, 185, seat
Sentir, 195. feel, regret
Ser, 164. be
Serrar, i8s- saw
Servir, 103. serve
Sobrentender, 187. be understood
Sobreponer, 333. add
Sobresalir, 330. surpass
Sobresembrar, 185. sow over
again
Sobresolar, 188. pave anew
Sobrevenir, 313. happen
Sobreventar, 185, gain the
weather gage
„GtJ'-i'.>lc
Sobrevestir, 202. put on over-
coat
Sofrefr, 303, 104. fry slightly
Soldar, 188. solder
Soler, 14a. be accustomed
SolUr, 188. loosen
Solver, iQi. loosen
Sollar, 188. blow with bellows
Sonar, t88. sound
Sonreir, 103, a. smile
Sonar, 188. dream
Sosegar, 171, 2, 185. appease
Sostener, 164. sustain
Subarrendar, 185. subrent
Subseguir, 171, 10, 101. follow
next
SubstJtuir, a 06. substitute
Substraer, ai4. subtract
Subtender, 187. subtend
Subvenir, 113. aid
Sugerir. 195. suggest
Superponer, aaa. superpose
Supervenir, aa3. supervene
Suponer, a». suppose
Sustitufr, 306. substitute
Sustraer, 114. subtract
VERB 143
Traer, 314. bring
Transcender, 187. transcend
Trascolar, 188. percolate
Trascordarse, 188. forget
Traaegar, 171, 2, 185. overset
Traslucir, 171, a. shine through
Trasolr, 215. misunderstand
Trasoilar, 188. dream
Trasponer, 22a. transpose
Trastrocar, 171, 1, 188. invert
Trasvolar, 188. fly across
Travesar, 185. cross
Trocar, 171, i, 188. exchange
Tronar, 181. thunder
Tropezar, 171, 4, 185. stumble
Valer, an. be worth
Venir, 323. come
Ventar, 185, blow (wind)
Ver, 336. see
Verter, 187. spill
Vestir, aoa. clothe
Volar, 188. dy, blow up
Volcar, 171, 1, 188. overset, hurl
Volver, 193, 346, come back, re-
turn
Temblar, 185. tremble
Tender, 187. stretch
Tener, 164. have, hold
Tentar, 185. touch, try
Teiiir, 171, c, 303. dye, tinge
Torcer, 171, 5, 191. twist
Tostar, 188. toast
Traducir, 3a8. translate
Yacer, aia. lie, recline
Yuitaponer, aaa. put along side
ZabulUrse, 171, c. dive, i
Zaherir, 195. mortify
„ Google
144 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
XXIX
SYNTAX
Definite Artide
249. While the Spanish definite article has some uses in com-
mon with the English it differs for the most part radically.
Some of its uses are: —
a. With the names of countries, provinces, mountains and cities;
also familiarly before the ba.ptismal names of women: —
el Brasil, la Corufia la America del Sur
la Habana, el Vesuvio la Carlota, la Dolores
6. In periods or points of time: —
Le verf el lunes de la semana en- I shall see him Monday of neit
trante week
Es la una; son las dos, las tres It is one, two, three o'clock
c. In expressing rate, measure, weight, etc, : —
Al tanto por ciento At so much per cent
A dos duros la fanega At two dollars a bushel
Note. — But the article may be omitted and por used: —
Dos pesos vara (or la v. or por v.) Two dollars a yard
d. When the noun expresses a universal or abstract idea: —
El mentir es un gran vicio Lying is a great vice
El oto es m&s predoso que la plata Gold is more precious than stiver
e. Before titles in the third person, except don and dona: —
EI doctor S4nchez; 8l general Es- Dr. Sanchez; General Eapartero
partero
Don Juan y dofla Maria han lie- Don John and Miss Mary have
gado arrived
But —
Buenos dias, sefior Garcfa Good day, Mr, Garda
SYNTAX 145
250. The definite article is omitted: —
a. Before predicate nouns when qualified by adjectives or other
attributes: —
Es obra m&gica de Brunilda It is th« ma^^c work of Bninilda
Soy primo de un marques I am flie cousin of a maiquis
b. Before numbers indicating the order of sovereigns: —
Isabel segunda,ez-reiiiadeEspafia Isabel the second, cx-queen of
Spain
c. The meaning of a sentence is sometimes detennined by the use
a of the article: —
Hacer la cama, to make the bed Hacer cama, lo be sick in bed
251. Lo, the neuter article, is freely used with adjectives and
other words to express abstract ideas: —
Lobu^j_lo fltil, lo mIo_ The good, the useful, mine (what
"^'^^ ^^ is minei"! ^
Lo de ayer; lo de siempre The affair of yesterday; the same
.. _ old story
Lo de Filipinas The Philippine question
a. Lo is also used to fonn adverbial phiases and as an adverb of
quantity: —
Lo hizo h lo vivo He did it in a life-like manner
|Lo 'buena'>|ue esSorLuIsa! How kind is Sister Louise !
252. Learn the whole conjugation of ser, 164. From now on
both the Spanish and English words will be found in their re-
spective vocabularies at the end of the book.
253. Ejerddo Veintiimo
I. El Brasil es una gran (27, b) republica de la America del
Sur y era antes un imperio. 2. La Corufla es una provinda
del Norte de la Espafia. 3. La Pepita da su lecddn de mudca
ESS. OF SPAN. GBAH.— lO
146 ESSENTIALS OF SPAIflSH GRAMMAR
k)s martes y los jueves. 4. La vf (226)* el lunes y la ver^ el
mi^rcoles. 5. Dice (3l6) que descontari el pagar€ al dnco por
dento. 6. Vendi6 su trigo i un dure la fanega (£. or por f.).
7. El perro es el mis fiel de los animales domesticos. 8. EI
hombre propone y la mujer dispone. 9. El general Espartero
nadd en 179a y muriS (199) en 1879. ^^- ^' amigo, don Juan,
cay6 (213) ayer al agua (12, Note), it. Buenas tardes, sefio-
rita Angelica; esfoy (164) ahora fi su servido. 12. Siendo
sobrino del gobemador se anogaba dertos privilegios espedales.
13. Carlos segundo, hij'o de Felipe cuarto, muri6 {199) i los
treinta y nueve (gi) afios de su edad.
14. France, whose capital is Paris, produces much wine.
15. Great Britain made (218) a treaty with Japan some (120)
years ago. 16. I will sell you (58) this cloth at two dollars a
yard. 17. Iron and steel are very useful' metals^. iS. Pro-
fessor Altamira is writing (163, a) an excellent history of Spain.
19. It seems to be the magic work of a fairy. 20. Maria Cris-
tina, formeriy queen regent, is the mother of the present' king'
of Spain. 21. It is eleven (51) o'clock, and I am going (235) to
(d) make the bed. 22. The question of the free coinage of silver
does not interest us (58) in these (80) days. 23. He wrote in the
style of Castelar. 24. What-happened this (80) morning sur-
prises me {60).
XXX
Indefinite Article
254. The Spanish indefinite article differs widely from the
English by its more frequent omission. This occurs: —
a. Before nouns used predicatively: —
Ea abogado; cs mfdico He is a lawyer; he is a phyadan
Ea exeelente compositor He is an escellent composer
• The irregular verbs will be studied partly by reference to the sec-
tions where they are conjugated. The studeut should be required to
recite the whole lense whenever they («cur in
„ Google
SYNTAX 147
Note, however, that when the noun is modified, the article may be
used to define more sharply the individual: —
Seri an hombre de importanda He will be a man of mark
b. Before nouns in apposition: —
El Sombrero de Ires Pkos, novela The Three-cornered Hal, a novd
de AlaTc6n, ha sido tiaducido al by Alarcon, has been translated
ingl£s into English
c. Before certain common and indefinite adjectives; —
Buen susto me has dado You have given me a good scare
Estd en muy mal estado It is in a very bad state
En semejante materia In such a matter
TamaOa idea no me ocurri6 Such an idea did not occur to me
d. After negatives and words implying negation: —
Por DO sufrir extrano yugo Not to sufier a foreign yoke
Siguid sin pronunciar palabra He followed without speaking a
word
e. Before quantitative words: —
Predo, diez pesetas afio Price, ten pesetas a year
No hay vara y media There is not a yard and a half
A media milla de aquf At half a mile from here
/. Before nouns used in a rather general or indefinite sense: —
Despu6a de brevisima noche After a very ^rt night
Di6 palabra de curarme He promised to cure me
Le di6 habitaci6n en palado He gave him a room in the palace
255. Learn the whole conjugation of estar, 164.
256. Ejerddo VeintidAs
I. Aquel (80) tipo nos parece modelo de ingratitud. 3. Mi
{65) sobrina quiso (230) meterse d (245, 5) hermana de caridad.
3. Emilio Castelar lleg6 i ser (245, 5) un estadista de primer
(27) orden. 4. Un andano de muy pequefia estatura estuvo en
la puerta. 5, Nueva York, gran dudad de los Estados Uaidos,
148 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
estfi en la desembocadura del Hudson. 6. Estaba en el puente
cuando el barco recibi6 gran quebranto. 7. Antes que venga (223)
el tren, estar^ en otro lugar. 8. Tal cosa no serfa posible en este
pais. 9. For igual raz^n dudo del ^xito de la impresa. 10. El
capitiin sigui6 el camino sin hablar palabra. 11. La Hisloria
general de la Fuente me (58) costfi treinta (51) pesetas tomo.
12. Datos tornados de fuente fidedigna do prueban lo que dice
(316). 13. TambiSn tenlamos sala de patinar en el piso inferior.
14. Mr. (249, e) Altamira is a professor in the university of
Oviedo. 15, He had been a surveyor in the German* arnjy'.
16. He does not have (14, a) good health, but if he lives, he
will become (245,4) a famous actor. 17. Pepita Jiminez, a
novel of Juan Valera, had (164) a great success, 18. Such a
noble action will eveH merit' our {65) admiration, ig. I wish
(230) to buy a dozen and a half (254, e) of oranges, zo. What
a shame! what a pity (lo)! he has a wife and children, and they
have nothing to eat {166, Note). 21. He answered me with a
certain malicious* tone', which (89) I shall not forget easily.
' 32. A thousand soldiers will not suffice to {para) take the fort.
33. This newspaper costs five dollars a year in Spain. 24. Later
the then senator formed a part of the first ministry. 25. I
attribute it to a lack of moral' and physical' strength'.
XXXI
257. Review all the verbs of 164 and study carefully sections
165 to 168 inclusive.
358. Ejercicio Veintitres
I. Hemos de salir esta maflana para Valladolid. a. St, los
dos (139, 4) estuvieron aqui no ha mucho tiempo. 3. Habria
que tener presente lo dudoso de la empresa. 4, Habia miles
(53, c) de personas en el camino yendo (235) & Santiago de
Compostela, c^lebre santuario. 5. Hay docena y media de
SYNTAX 149
bomberos en la calle manejando las bombas para apagar el in-
cendio. 6. Mi santa madre ([que Dio3 baya!) mim6 (199)
cuando yo era j'oven. 7. Tenemos en esta (83) un banco de
dep6sitos y sucursales en otras dudades. 8. Tuviraoa que
pasar por el campo para Uegar al puerto. g. No tuvieron nada
que beber y casi casi murieron de sed. 10. Tuve escrita mi
carta cuando lleg6 el cartero. 11. £l estaba de c6nsul en
Mexico, 12, Estiibamos para imos al levantarse el sol. 13. La
esquela estaba por escribir. 14. Ellas estin cantando una de
las Canciones sin Palabras de Mendelssohn. 15. Desde que
vienes estudiando la musica, no tienes la mente en nada.
16. Desde ayer seguimos buscando &. nuestra hermanita.
17, Not many days ago we saw the king-and-queen (17, i)
come out of [the] palace. 18. We shall have several letters to
write, when we return from the theater. 19. It will be neces-
sary to note what they say {216) and what they do (21S).
zo. There are birds of many kinds and they differ among
themselves (58, Note). 21. A council having been held, we
had to announce our policy. 22. They had other resources of
greater value. 23. The officers and the crew will have to re-
turn home. 24. We shall have only (159, a) bread and milk
to eat, 25, When they shall have done their duty, we will pay
them. 26. A regiment of chasseurs was on duty in the square.
27, He is ready to go but the others are^ not' (it'), 28. Have
you written the note (10)? No; it is yet to be written, 29, They
were fighting the* whole' night but did not take the fort. 30. For
many years he has been living alone.
xxxn
CASES OF NOUNS AND PRONOUNS
259. We have seen (13) that Spaniards treat their nouns as
having a declension, and the syntax of nouns and pronouns is
conveniently treated in accordance therewith.
„ Google
150 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
260. The nominatiTe has the same uses as the
nominative.
261. The genitivQ is Conned by de, of, and is the equivalent
of the English possesave or of a word preceded by of (some-
times to) : —
El caballo de mi amigo My friend's horse -
Una taza de te; una copa de A cup of tea; a glass of water
agua
Una cadena de oro A gold chain
El camino de la vifia The road to the vineyard
a. The genitive occurs also after certain refleBve and quasi-
intransitive verbs, where the English verb usually takes the direct
object; —
Los soldados carecen de todo The soldiers lack everything
Voy fi cambiar de traje I am going to change clothing
No me flo de sus prom^esas I don't trust his promises
362. The dative, expressed by A when a noun or pronoun
follows, is the case of the indirect object and is usually rendered
into English by lo (sometimes of or from) : —
El general habl6 al soldado The genera! spoke to the soldier
A mf me lo dijo y no A £1 He told it to me and not to him
Me pidi6 una limosna He asked alms of me
Le gand todo su dinero He won from him all his money
a. The dative occurs also after some nouns: —
El amor S la patria The love of country
Su afici6n i la mlisica His love (or music
El miedo t la muerte The fear of death
b. The following examples show an echo of the Latin ethical dative
or dative of advantage or disadvantage: —
Me lo bebf todo I drank it all (for myself)
Me halle una buena colocaci6n I found me a good situation
„ Google
SYNTAX 151
263. The perstmal accusative formed by the prqHisition i
is used —
a. Wheo the object of the verb is a pronoun or common noun
representing definite living beings or things personified: —
Los buenos padres quieren i sus Good parents love their children
hijos
El cazador vapula al perro The hunter flogs the dog
El buen dudadano ama A su patria The good citizen loves his country
De los dos hombres prefiero A ^ste Of the two men I prefer this one
b. When the object is a proper name without the article: —
Maud£ i Jos^ al correo I sent Joseph to the post office
c. When two objects stand in a factive relation to each other, the
true accusative takes d: —
El ley design6 capit&n al teniente The king appointed the lieuten-
ant captain
Hizo al agua vino He made the water wine
d. A must be used for clearness whenever the subject may be
taken for the object and vice versa: —
Sigue el dfa 4 la noche The day follows the night
Al perro mata el puerco The hog kills the dog
264. The sinqde accusative, i.e. without &, is used —
a. When the object is a thing or insignificant animal: —
Escribe una carta & su padre He writes a letter to his father
£i muchacho mata la liebre The boy kills the hare
6. When the object is not preceded by a determining word, as the
article, demonstrative, etc.: —
No conozco hombre mis torpe I don't know a duller man
But —
No conozco S este hombre I do not know this man
c. When the object stands in immediate relation with a dative,
unless the former be a proper name without the article: —
.,Gtx)^lc
152 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Envi€ el criado & la plaza I sent the servant to market
But —
Pascual entrega i Marfa k su rival Pascual delivers up Maiy to his
rival
d. When the object is a proper uame preceded by the ar-
ticle:—
Pizarro conquistfi el Pert Pizarro conquered Peru
Prefiero el Dante al Tasso I prefer Dante to Tasso
e. When the object represents a general idea: —
Toda bueua mujer ama los buenos Every good woman loves good
niilos children
But —
Una buena mujer quiere A sus A good woman loves her children
bijos
/. Sometimes the omission or use of i gives a different turn to
the thought: —
Dejo el criado en la casa Dejo al criado hacerlo
/ leave the servant in Ike house I have fke servant do it
Perdi6 ayer su padre Ha perdido & su hijo
Ee lost his father yesterday He has spoiled his son
265. Review and leam all of the first conjugation, 170.
266. Ejeidcio Veinticuatro
I. Los manzanos del huerto producen excelentes manzanas
un afio s£ y otro no. 2. Llegando frente d la aduana el barco
varid de rumbo. 3. Quien depende de la caiidad de sus parientes
debiera (254) usar de sus privilegios y no abusar de ellos. 4. El
salteador de camino saliendo del bosque quito al viajero su
reloj y su dinero. 5. Prometi6 i la muchachita que la darfa un
terr6n de azucar. 6. Lo mandare i casa por usted, si le gusta.
7. Ganaba su vida pidiendo limosna. 8. «Entrad por la
puerta estrecba; porque ancha es la puerta y espadoso el camino
que lleva i perdici6n.B 9. dBeso d usted la mano, caballero,»
SYNTAX 153
es una expresifin de cortesia espaflola, 10. «A los pies de usted,
9efiora,B es otra cortesfa que usan los espafloles (ii), hablando ■
&. damas. 11. La madre queria d sus bijas y ellas la querfan
S. ella. 12. Los mils de los hombres se aman (177) m&s S. si
mismos (58, g) que & sus pr6jinios. 13. Dejaremos Sl Espaiia
mafiana y no sabemos cuando volveremos. 14. A3'er vimos
(226) i Juau y i Carlos, y dijeron (216) que estarfan aqui
mafiana por la tarde. 15. No bablan encontrado i nadie en el
parque y tomaron un cocbe para pasearse en el campo. 16. La
coqueta que es incapaz de una verdadera pasi6n llama i su
capricho amor. 17. En espanoi el adjetivo ora precede ora
sigue (171 and 203) al nombre. 18. Ella estaba dando (168)
leccion de musica, cuando yo entrfi, 19. El cazador apuntando
mat6 la liebre en el acto. 20. Dice {216) la Biblia que nadie
puede (230} servir & dos sefiores. zi. La antigua Grecia pro-
dujo (228) grandes oradores.
22. Then they enjoyed [a] good reputation. 23. My sister's
(13) children are my {65) nephews, 24. She will never under-
stand poetry. 25. He returned the book to the teacher and
borrowed another from bim (use k before the verb). 26. She
took her (65) brother's (use dative) arm when they were walk-
ii^ (imperf.) in the street. 27. It is the love of country, which
(8g) makes men' heroes'. 28. The soldiers defend their country
against its enemies. 29. Thereupon he spurred up his courser
and started off galloping. 30. (The) success makes' us' all
vain. 31. In some cases the verb follows the pronoun, in
others it precedes. 32. He has* never' been in Spain but he
speaks Spanish very glibly. 33. Who (98) knows more'
amiable" women' than these (81)? 34. Leaving Porto Rico
Ponce de Le6n discovered Florida (249, a) in fifteen hundred and
twelve (52, c). 35. (The) ancient Rome produced (366, 21)
great orators, poets, historians, and statesmen. 36, The Ro-
mans stole the Sabine [women] in [the) time of Romulus. 37, The
Romans robbed the Sabines of their daughters.
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
SYNTAX OF THE VERB*
267, Word order. The position of the words in a Spanish
sentence depends largely on the choice of the speaker, who
arranges them to suit his own notions of emphasis, rhythm, and
harmony. Take the sentence — p*^*5$
La mayor parte del pliblico ri6 & The greater part of the public
mandfbula batiente lauebed uproariously
These words may be arranged in two other ways: Ri6 &
mandibula batiente la mayor parte del pdbhco, or A mandfbula
batiente ri6 la mayor parte del publico. The only requisite is
that the syntactical relation of the words be clear.
26S. The agreement of subject and predicate in Spanish
differs but slightly from the English usage: —
a. A noun of multitude, not modified by a plural adjunct, takes ita
verb in the singular or plural, according as the idea of unity or plu-
rality predominates in the speaker's mind: —
Toda la gente aplaudiS All the people applauded
Multitud de gente acudieron & la A crowd of people hurried to the
ciudad dty
b. A noun of multitude, limited by a plural adjunct, takes its verb
in the singular or plural, but in the plural only when it is logically
applicable to the individuab of the adjunct: —
Un bataU6n de soldados defienden A battalion of soldiers defends
{or defiende) el Castillo the castle
* The syntax of the adjective has been treated in sections 31 to 34, d,
aad it would be well, to review it at this point.
„ Google
SYNTAX 155
Note. — When the verb precedes the subject or is not logically
applicable to the adjunct, it is usually ^gular in the former case,
while in the latter it must be: —
Sa]e de la trinchera un destaca- A detachment of laborers came
mento de trabajadores out of the intTenchment
But —
Estfi subido el predo de las man- Ihe price of apples is hlg^
zamas
269. When two or more singular subjects are considered as
distinct agencies, and especially if the verb follows, the verb
will be plural: — ■
El jinete y el caballo csyeron The rider and horse fell
El sol y la luna alumbian la tierra The sun and the moon gjve light
to the earth
a. But if the verb precedes, or the subjects are taken as forming
one idea, the verb Trill generally be in the singular: —
Comenzfi & caer al mismo tiempo A rain and snow began to fall at
una lluvia y nieve the same time
El subii y bajar la escalera me Going up and coming down the
csnsB stairs tire me
Note. — When the ideas are distinct, some determining word will
, usually precede them: —
Su voz y su pionunciaci6n son Both her voice aud'pronunciation
incantadoias are charming
270. Two or more subjects connected by ni will take the
verb in the singular or plural according as it logically refers to
one or all of them: —
Ni £1 ni su hijo tri de c6usul & Neither he nor his son will go as
Cartagena consul to Cartagena
Ni el capit&n ni el general pu- Neither the captain nor the gen-
dleron refrenar los sedidosos eral could restrain the muti-
„ Google
156 ESSENTULS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
a. Where 6 serves as a connective between subjects, as it implies
an alternative, the verb will usually be singular: —
su amigo 6 3 me lu engaltado Either his friend or he has de-
ceived me
271. Where a sentence contains a relative clause, the verb
of the latter will vary in person accoiding to the syntactical
structure of the sentence: —
Yo, que lo digo, lo probarS I, who say it, will prove it
He ddo la que se lo dije (or dljo) It was I who said it to him
jSois los que me lo pedis? Is it you who ask it of me?
Soy yo quien va (or voy) S I am the one who is gomg to re-
contirtelo late it to you
272. Review and learn all the second conjugation, 170.
273. Ejercicio Velnticinco
I, La multitud qaed6 atdnita, cuando oy6 (215) el dis-
curso elocuente del joven. 2. La mitad del regimiento resul-
taron muertos en la batalla campal. 3. Un enjambre de abejas
con su maestra salieron (or saho) de su colmena. 4. Vino (223)
una Uuvia de cenizas y destruyd toda la ciudad. 5. Con-
movieron mucho al publico el mon61ogo del barftono y el dlio .
con la tiple. - 6. Al empunar el maestro la batuta, reinaba en
el teatro un silencio profundo y una emod6n intensa. 7. La
salida y la puesta del sol marcan el principio y el fin del dia.
8, Ni el (12, Note) ala derecha ni el centre pudieron {230)
hacer frente al enemigo. 9, C el amo 6 el criado compr6 el
bardmetro que hallamos en la tienda. 10. Ni el uno ni el otro
se caso con ella. 11. Su unico recurso son los tribunales de los
Estados Unidos. r2. Lo dijeron (216) A el quien no es su amigo.
13. NoBotros, que ya no somos j6venes, merecemos mejor {41)
tratamiento. 14. Somos nosotros quienes lo mantendremos
i pesar de todo.
„ Google
SYNTAX 157
15. Three great lyrical* artistes' were {estar) encharged with
(de) the principal parts of the piece. 16. (Arrange the fore-
going sentence in two other ways.) 17. Attacked by the enemy
the French' army' defended* itself valorously, 18. A flock
of sheep ran across the field. 19. When the battalion of soldiers
were near the castle, they fought more vigorously. 20. A great
crowd of men presented^ themselves' at the entrance of the
palace. 21. The price of the peaches differs from that of the'
apples. 22. A planet and its satellite pass across the face of
the sun. 23. His wisdom and eloquence will convince* us' {58)
without doubt. 24. Birth and death are the two extremes of
(the) life. 25. Neither the mother nor the dat^hter will marry
him. 26. Neither the right wing (273,8) nor the left could
advance further. 27, Either the one or the other took-from
him (use le before the verb) his purse and watch. 28. You
who wish (230 and 233) to speak our language must (use deber,
234) begin [to] speak in spite of mistakes.
TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE
274. The Spanish present tense has all the uses of the English
present and is likewise used to express an action begun in the
past and continued in the present: —
^Cu&nto tiempo llera V. en este How long have you been in this
pals? — Vivo aqui desde diez country? — I have been living
aflos here for ten years
275, The imperfect, as a past tense, always implies some idea
of extension or incompleteness in time; hence expresses kMt,
state, or condition, repetition, duration not fixed by any specified
limits, characteristic, quality, and the like. It is employed:—?
,,Gtx)^lc
158 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
' a. To express habitual or repeated action, sometimes rendered in
English by used to; also state or condition: —
Eatonces «ia yo joven y me delel- Then I was young and used to
tabs mucho enjoy myself much
Estaba malo y no podia salir He was sick and could not go
b. To indicate that one action was taking place, when another
supervened; —
Lleg6 la carta cuando yo comla The letter arrived while I was
dining
See also 168.
c. To express simultaneous actions: —
Mientras yo escribfa (estaba escri- While I was writing, he was
biendo), (A lela (estaba leyendo) reading
d. In descriptive narrative: —
Ya era nocbe, y la oscuridad, con It was already ni^t, and the
cada momento, (base poniendo darkness, at every moment,
m&s profunda, Cuanto mis was getting deeper. The more
buscibamoa, m4s nos perdfamos we sought (our way) , the more
we became bewildered
e. When the action took place at a time specified in the sentence: —
Se hizo i la vela y al dfa siguiente He set sail and od the following
airibaba i C&diz day arrived at Cadiz
/. With the force of the pluperfect: —
Hacia muchos afios que vivUmos It had been many years 'that he
en Sevilla had been hving in Seville
g. As a substitute for the conditional: —
A no ser por el temporal, maflana But for the storm, the work wottld
se condula la obra be concluded to-morrow
276. Review and learn all the third conjugation, 170.
SYNTAX 1 59
277. Ejercido VeintiseiB
I. Esti empleado en el correo desde que vino (223) aquf.
2, Venia d verme (59, a) muy & menudo cuando yo veraneaba
5 orillas de la mar. 3. Yo comi mi merieada mientras el escri-
b(a su carta. 4. Iba (235) d la pesca con mi padre cuando era
muchacho. 5. Si venlan d vemos, saliamos d paseo. 6. Cuando
amenazaba lluvia, Uevaba su paraguas o un impermeable.
7. (275, d) Carlos y Juan se batian d espadas. Este (82) se
abalanzaba, pensando hendec la cabeza i aquel. El primero
par6 el golpe, lo que hizo (218) resbalar d su contrincante; y
como un layo la espada de Carlos le atravesaba el coraz6n.
8. Dice (216) la Santa Biblia que babfa (165, b, 3) gigantes en
la tierra en los <Uas antes del diluvio. 9. (275, g) Si yo an-
duviera (209) en vapor, no llegaba d tiempo que pasaba el tren.
10. El imperfecto indica tambi^n lo que era posible en lo pasado;
por ejemplo: Ayer todo el mundo se fiaba de mi firma. Yo
tcmiaba (could lake) un pedacito de papel, escribia en el mi
nombre, y Talia (would be worth) den mil duros. 11. He com-
prado esta (80) mafiana lo que querfa comprar ayer por la tarde.
12. S6crates era un ilustre fil6sofo griego que fue (164) con-
denado d beber la cicuta y murifi (199} heroicamente.
13. When I lived in Boston, I used to go {235) to the public*
schools'. 14. If I went out to walk (277, 5) my brother accom-
panied' me". 15. They feared my wrath more than his {74),
16. While we were standing on the comer, the carriage passed
by at full speed. 17. When it rained, they stayed at home
and read. 18. (275, if) Already the day was breaking (181);
little by little the stars were disappearing from the sky; the birds
were beginning to (d) sing, and all nature was about (167, a)
to awaken from its slumber. 19. We set out from Cddiz and
on [the] tenth (53, a) of March we arrived at Cart^ena.
20. (277, 10) When I was younger (41, a) I was more robust.
I could rise early, work hard all (the) day, spend many hours
dancing and amusing myself in other ways; and in spite of all*
„ Google
l6o ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
I was never* tired. 21. We had been living in the same village
and in the same house forty years and we [did] not wish to
change [our] residence, aa. If we went (335) by the trolley
we should arrive at noon. 23. We have accomplished all that
we wished to accomplish, and consequently we are satisfied.
24. All those who desired to accompany the fleet applied at the
office to (para) obtain permisaon.
TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE CONTINUED
278. The preterit states what took place at some point or
period in the past separated from the present. The interval,
whether a minute or centuries, must always be expressed or
implied.
^CuJindo UegA7 Uegfi hoy, esta When did he arrive? He arrived
maaana, hace algunos minutos to-day, this morning, a few
minutes ago
Reuakk. — What was fonnerly the old pluperfect (now the im-
perfect subjunctive) is sometimes used instead of the preterit: —
No ambicionara Luzbel 4 estar Lucifer never desired to be farther
m&s lejos de Dios que €\ from God than he
279. The perfect has but three well-recognized uses: —
1. To express what occurred at some indefinite period in the past: —
jHaleldoV.lospoemasde Backer? Have you read the jxiems of
Si, los lei veinte anos ha Becker? Yes, I read them
twenty years ago.
2. To indicate an action begun in the past and continued in the
present; —
Hemos vivido en esta casa quince We have been living in this house
aflos fifteen years
, Gi.Xl^lc
SYNTAX l6l
3. When an action is begun and finished in a period of time still
present: —
Ella ha escrlto muchas cartas boy She has written many letters
to-day
280. The pli^>eifect expresses the action of the verb: —
a. As having been completed in the past before some point of
time expressed or implied: —
Me dijo que ya lo habia hecho He told me that he had already
done it
b. As having customarily taken place before some other action: —
No bien habfa vu«lto & casa que No sooner had he returned home
algulen venia k verie when some one used to come
to see him
Yo no habfa eaperado largo rato I bad not been waiting a long
cuando pas6 el tren time when the train passed
281. The past anterior, another form of the pluperfect, ex-
presses an action as completed immediately before some other
past action usually expressed by the preterit. The past anterior
' is always preceded by some time word such as apenas, hardly,
cuando, when, luego que, after, no Wen, no sooner, etc.: —
Apenas hubs comido su cena Scarcely had he eaten his supper
cuando muri6 when he died
282. Study 174 to 179, a, inclusive.
383. Bjerddo Veintlsiet«
I. Ellas fueron amadas per (or de) todo el mundo. a. La
Iiebre fu4 matada por el cazador. 3, Como maestros fuisteis
temidos mis que amados. 4. Los cielos y la tierra fueron
creados por Dios en seis dfas. 5. ;Han sido lefdos los libros
por los discipulos? — Si, y con mucho gusto. 6. £Cu4ntos afios
ha estado ocupada la casa de usted? 7. Sf, se ha acabado mi
ESS. OE SPAN. GEAM. — II
l62 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAS
juvenil locura desde mucho tiempo. 8. Hoy se han portado
mucho mejor que ayer. 9. Los que hemos vivido en este
pais hemos venido i sei mis felices. 10. La lluvia y la nieve
ban sido disipadas poi el cator del sol. 11. La ciudad habia
sido at^cada por el enemigo antes de la caida de la Doche.
12. Luego que nuestias lecdones hubieron sido dadas, [bamos
(235) & pasear. 13. Asi que bubo sido tomada la palabra,
rein6 im silendo piofundo. 14. Apenas hubieron sido acaba-
das nuestras tareas que salimos d pasear en coche. 15. Luegoque
se bubo portado mds cort^smente, le pennitimos & saUr & jugar.
16. He came (223) to this country ten^ years* ago^, 17. God
created the heavens and the earth in six days (283, 4) according
to tbe Bible. 18. I was loved by my sister more than by my
brother. 19. He behaved himself well and received a reward,
20. We have forgotten (179) the name of the book. ai. Have
you lost the pencils which I gave you? — Yes, I lost them yes-
terday. 22. How long has he been in Europe? — Some {unos)
twenty years I believe. 23. This winter there has been (165, b,
3) much rain and snow. 24. Has she behaved herself to-day
as well as [she did] yesterday? — I believe so, 25. They have
been loved more than feared. 26. We bad finished our task,
when they arrived. 27. After we had recited our lessons, we
used to go {235) driving in the park. 28. He had flattered him-
self that be would receive more consideration from them (ellos).
29, She had been esteemed for (por) her [good] qualities.
30, Those {los) who had been so fortunate the first time ivez,
/.), staked all tbey had the second time and lost it (lo). 31. We
had been occupied the whole day and at nightfall (283, 11) were
very tired. 32. They had praised themselves so much that tbey
disgusted us, $$. Hardly had they reached the valley when
(que) the enemy opened (the) fire. 34. No sooner had we saUied
forth from the intrenchments than we were surrounded and cap-
tured. 3S- When he bad been forced to (_d) recognize our claim,
he resolved to (d) pay it. 36. Horses are sold at very low prices.
i63
TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE CONTINUED. — IMPERATIVE
284. The future, besides expressing future time, has the fol-
lowing idiomatic use: —
iQn€ haii el ahora? What can he be doing now?
;Qu6 boras serdn? About what time is it?
285. The future perfect, as its name implies, expresses an
action as completed in the future before some other action or
point of time: —
El barco habii salido del puerto & The vessel will have gone out of
ias ocho the port by eight o'clock
a. Idiomatically as in 384: —
^Quign lo habrS Ii«cbo? Who can have done it?
286. The conditional is used —
a. To express a future regarded from the standpoint of the past: —
Me dijo que rendrfa esta manana He told me he would come this
morning
b. To express a conclusion dependent on a condition stated or
implied: —
Si estuviera (or estuviese) V. malo, If you were sick, you would not
no podrCa venir be able to come
c. Idiomatically after the manner of the future: —
Serla & eso de las cuatra It was probably about fouio'clock
287. The conditional pnfect bears about the same relation
to the conditional as the future perfect does to the future
(284,285): —
a. Estaba seguro de que 61 habrla I was sure he would have ac-
aceptarto mi oferta cepted my offer
„ Google
164 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
b. Poi eso no habtfa hecho tal cosa For that (reason) I would not
have done such a thing
c. Algtin enemigo le lubrfa ace- Some enemy must have waylaid
chado him
288. The in^)eratlve and subjunctive overlap each other, in
some respects, both as to form and use. Id the third person
que sometimes introduces the sentence: —
Ama k tus padres Love thy parents
V&ysse v., si gusta Go away, if you please
lQu£ no enlre aqui! Let him not come in herel
Vivamos como es debido Let us Uve as is befitting
Hsced io que queiiis Do whatever you will
a. When the second person singular and plural are negadved, the
corresponding forms of the subjunctive must be used: —
No vayas mSs adelante Don't go any farther
No temijs que yo lo impida Don't fear that I will hinder it
289. Review the verbs of the last lesson and learn in addi-
tion sections 17Q to 181, b, incltisive.
290. EJercido Veintiodio
I. Creo que no habrd (165, 3) hombre rods arrogante que ^1.
2. Dice (216} mi hermano que ella tendrd unos quince afios.
3. Sin duda sera amada de todos por sus cualidades. 4. Par-
tiendo de aqui & las once habrS llegado 4 las cinco. 5, Ya
habrd redbido su correo. 6. Si vivimos hasta entonces, habre-
mos vivido nuestros setenta afios. 7. ,)Qui^n se hahri portado
de tal manera? 8. Serin castigados por sus delitos. 9. Los
novios se amari.n el uno i. la otra. 10. Cuando Uueve despues
de una sequedad, dicen los campesinos que millones caen del
cielo. II. Nos prometi6 que Io haria {218} en seguida. la. Si
Io haciamos, seriamos temidos mds que estimados. 13. A no
ser por su cortedad, deberian felidtarse los unos i los otros.
14. Seiian las diez de la manana cuando nos perdimos ea el
„ Google
SYNTAX 165
bosque. 15. Si yo hubiera (bubiese) estado malo, no habrta
podido veijir. 16, Se habrian escondido quienes en la alacena,
quienes bajo la mesa. 17. Ven (223) aca, hijita mia, y sientate
en el soiL 18. Vayan ustedes con Dios y vuelvan (246) &
vemos. 19. Senora, es la lavandera que viene (223) por la
ropa. — Que entre. 20. Que se porte bien y tendrfi (164) su
recompensa. 21. Que llueva 6 nieve, partir^ mafiana. 22. So-
bre nos caigan (211) sus pecados. 23. Haced lo que se os manda, -
6 sereis castigados. 24. Tengan (164) W. la bondad de escu-
chaniDS antes de condenamos. 25. No le conden^, no sar
biendo si ha faltado & su palabra 6 no.
36. It must be about 8 o'clock. 27. He will have finished
his task day after to-morrow. 28. By this time the criminal
roust have been executed. — In that case it would be impossi-
ble. 29. He came to my house and told me he would accept
the price offered. 30. If it had been necessary, he would have
said so (to). 31, She must have been very pretty when she was
young. 32. He promised me he would pay me all that he
owed me. 33. If he had concluded his trip, he would not have
come home before the spring. 34, Some one must have lied
most-infemally. 35. Fear God and love thy neighbors. 36. God
be praised, I am (estar) sound and safe. 37. May he bless thee
as I bless thee. 38. Let us be good citizens of the republic.
39. Give us the one and we will give you the other. 40. Let
tbem be excused this time. 41. (288, a) Don't eat any more,
or you (=thou) will be (18, 6) sick. 42. Don't live to (por)
eat, but (sino) eat to live,
xxxvn
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
2QI. The use of the subjunctive in Spanish is determined by
the phase of thought to be expressed either in its own clause or
that of the clause on which it depends. The determining factor
„ Google
l66 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH, GRAMMAX
is one of uncertainty, doubt, wisk, expectation, or some menial oi
moral emotion. The English having lost most of its subjunctive
forms, the Spanish has often to be rendered by the English in-
dicative, infinitive, or other verbal forms. When occurring in a
dependent clause, this clause is introduced by some conjunction,
generally que. When the subjects of both clauses are the same,
the infinitive will usually be used in the dependent clause.
Only a brief summary can be here given for the student's
guide.
292. The more common uses of the subjunctive occur after
words expressing: —
a. Command, request, demand, etc.: —
Mando que se traiga el preso I order the prisoner to be brought
in
Exijimos que se .le trato con We demand that he be treated
justicia • justly
b. Permission, approval, disposition, preference: —
Permftame V. le diga que no es Allow me to tell you that it 13
verdad not true
Dbpondra que todos Bean convi- He will arrange that all be in-
dados vited
Note, in the first example, the omission of que before diga (see
159, c).
c. Wish, joy, regret, grief, surprise, hope, fear, etc. : —
Quiero (deseo)quenocanaientaen I wish (desire) him not to con-
ello sent to it
} - Sentimos que V. no pueda venir We are sorry that you can not
come
Se pone triste de que me ausente He grieves because I absent my-
self
d. Doubt, denial, or after questions in wkieh the speaker seeks in-
formation: —
SYNTAX 167
Dudo que Bieve esta noche I doubt whether it will enow to-
^Pienaa V. que saiga el vapor antes Do you think the steamer will go
de que lleguemos? out before we arrive?
No creo que venga mientras llueve I don't think he will come while
it rains
e. After impersonal verbs and impersonal expressions; —
SeriL neceaario que esperemos dos It will be necessary that we wait
horas two hours
£s listima que no pueda venir It is a pity he can not come
Es bueno que lo taagamos It is right that we do it
Conviene que lo olvid«n It is proper that they forget it
293, The subjunctive, preceded by que, is sometimes used to
express an alternative, independently of the character of the
thought of the principal clause: —
QueseTayadsequede.todoesuno Whether he go or stay, it is all
the same
294. The subjunctive is used after relative pronouns —
a. When the antecedent clause involves an idea of doubl, negaiwn,
uncertainty, «tc.; —
Dudo que haya hombre que le I doubt whether there is a man
iguale who equals him
No hay mal que por bien no venga There is no evil which may not
come for good (It is an ill wind
that blows no one good)
No es V. el solo que diga la verdad You are not the only one who
tells the truth
6. When uncertainly, doubt, contingency, etc., are implied in the
relative clause: —
Busco un criado que no se era- I am looking for a servant who
borrache does not get drunk
Pese & quign peso, ahora no puedo Grieve whom it may grieve, I
VirfvCT atrfig can not now turn back
„ Google
l6S ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
295. Learn 171 to 171, d, inclusive. _ *
296. Ejerddo VeintiiiDeTe
I. Dfgale (216) de mi parte que venga (223) en seguida.
2. Ruega que yo no me vaya dejandole i. solas. 3. Le pido
(202) & usted que lo haga (218) por mi. 4. Mi padre apnieba
que yo pase la noche aqui con mi cunada. 5. Manda d decirme
que prefiere que partamos esta tarde. 6, Me alegro de que
(159) nos marchemos maflana. 7. Espero con ansia que bus-
quen otros medios. 8, Tememos que conozca otro camino me- ,
jor que ^ste. 9. Dudamos que p^uen lo que deben. 10. dKensa
V. que yo toque tan bien como ella? 11. No creemos que
distinga bien la diferenda de significado de las dos palabras.
12. Es posible que envie los peri6dicos por el primer tr'en que
viene (223), 13. Importa mucho que yo continue mi viaje para
llegar i veinte del corriente, 14. No eran de opini6n que
dijera lo que crda. 15. No lo hago (218), que le guste 6 no.
16. ^Se puede encontrar mujer que sea mds encantadora?
17. Qui^n habrd (165, 3) que no recuerde aquel dla? 18. Vaya
V. (235) i. un retiro donde estfi mis tranquilo que aqul. 19, El
dia en que esa ley se quebrante se derrumbaril el coloso.
20. The king orders that the band play the national' hymn',
21. Tell them (58) to pay their debts like honorable men'.
22. The judge demands that the jury investigate the charges.
23. The advertisement requests that (the) candidates apply at
the office. 24. Allow me to pick-up these pieces. 25. The
landlord prefers that we seek cither apartments. 26. I am
surprised that you do not know him. 27. He hopes that we
will telegraph for (por) her trunk. 28. He fears that, going
home alone, we may lose our way. 29. They said they doubted
whether it would be necessary. 50. Do you think that [by]
reading more slowly, I shall understand better? 31. He did not
believe that the soldiers would flee (171, d) at the first (27) on-
slaught. 32. It is possible that he does not know (230) it. 33. It
„ Google
SYNTAX 169
suffices that he does not deny it. 34. It is very important
(296, 13) that we arrive in time. 35. Whether he come or stay
away, I shall not trouble myself. 36. We doubt whether {que)
they will return home before to-morrow. 37. Have we ever
bad [a] president who was (Juera) more impetuous? 38. Of
whomsoever you {usted) speak, do not slander him. 39. I do
not know (171,0} [a] woman who loves (230) her* children*
more^. 40. Is there (165, 3) a lady in this city, who (89) wears
clothes so {tan) pretty and elegant?
SUBJUNCTIVE CONTINUED
297. The subjunctive occurs after conjunctions expressing
purpose, proviso, denial, supposition, exception, concession, etc.,
whenever the clause they introduce implies contingency or un-
certainty, or there Is an idea of causation in the principal clause.
The more common of these conjunctions are: —
& fin de que, in order that hasta que, until
h menos que, unless mientras (que), while
antes que, before para que, in order that
con tal que, provided (Uiat) sin que, without
cuando, when sea que, be it that, whetkeT
dado que, granted that supuesto que, supposing that
acaso, perhaps quizes, perhaps ojal4 (que), oh that
298. The future and future perfect subjunctive express a
future contingency, their use being determined by the thought
of their own clauses: —
Mande V. lo que gustare Command whatever you please
Aunquelohubierehecho,esonole Although he shall have done it,
ayudard that will not help him
„ Google
170 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAJOIAR
Note that the above tenses are limited in use, as, in most cases, the
present or perfect subjunctive may be used instead: —
Mientras yo ririero or viva While I (shall) live
Cuando hubiere or haya venido When he shall have come
2gg. Otter tenses. The rules given for the present apply
equally for other tenses of the subjunctive. Illustrative ex-
amples, therefore, will be given only in the exercises.
300. The sequence of tenses in Spanish, as in English, is de-
termined by the phase of thought to be rendered and presents
no special difficulty that needs to be treated at length.
301. Conditional sentences. When a condition is to be ex-
pressed, it may be assumed either as realized, in which case the
indicative is used, or as contingent and uncertain, when the
subjunctive will be required. The two following sets of sentences
will make plain the difference: —
Si viene i verme, vamos or iremos If be comes to see me, we go or
Sl caza shall go bunting
Si venfa 4 verme, fbamos al campo If he came to see me, we used to
go to the country
Si vino & verme aquel dia, no lo If he came to see me that day, I
supe did not know it
Si hahla venido k mi casa, fu6 If he had come to my house, it
porque queria verme was because he wished to see me
Si viniere i verme hoy, iremos de If he shall come to see me to-day,
caza we shall go hunting
Si viniera or viniese i verme, iria- If he should come to see me, we
mos or fu^ramos al teatro should go to the theater
Si hubiera or hubiese venido i If he had come to see me, we
venne, habriamoswhubieramos should have gone to take a
ido k pasear walk
a. It will be seen from the last two sentences, that either the first
or 3econ4 forms of the subjunctive (imperfect or plopeifect) may be
SYNTAX 171
used in the condition (protasis) and the conditianal or first fonn in
the conclusion (apodosis).
Note also that neither the present nor perfect subjunctive can be
used after si, when it expresses a condition (if). When, however, eI
is concessive (whether) the subjunctive may be used; e.g. dudo si me
ame, / doubt whether he loves me.
302. Optative sentences. The subjunctive is used in ex-
clamatory sentences with the force of an optative: —
[Si viniese s61o una vez! If he would come but once!
jQuI^n supieia escribirt Would that I knew how to write!
jQuisiera el deb que asi fuese ! Would to heaven it were so !
303. Learn the three conji^ations in accordance with the
scheme liud down in 172 to 173, d, inclusive.
304. Ejercido Treinta
I. A fin d e que no tenga que (166,3) quejarse, pagaremos
haata el postrer (27) comado. 2. A menos que no Uueva (181)
hoy, iremos (235) al campo. 3, Espero estar de vuelta antes
.qye U^ue (171, 2). 4. Con tal que lo baga (218} hoy, no me
quejar£ de su tardanza. 5. Cuando venga (223) dlgale (216)
lo que he dicho (216). 6- Acaso no sepa (230) que estamos
aquf. 7. Quizis no oiga (215) lo que dice (216) usted. 8, Viva
V. si pudiere (230), y muera {199) si no pudiere miis. 9. Sea
cual fuere (164) el valor de su amigo de usted, el mio (74) tiene
mis. 10. Mientras tuvieramos (or tengamos) bastante dinero,
continuaremos la huelga, 11. Asegurome que lo haria (218)
sin que nadie le ayudara. 12. Tenian la intend6n de quedar d
orillas de la mar hasta que vinieran (223) sus amigos. 13. Los
novios resolvieron pasar su luna de miel en las montafias para
que no les importunasen los curiosos. 14. Por ricos que hubie-
sen sido, no habrian estado contentos. 15. Aunque no hayan
estudiado mucho su lecd6n, la saben bastante bien. 16. Dudo
172 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMUAR
{or no sl, 230) si quieto (230), si queria, si quise, si querr^, si
habre querido, si quiera, si quisiera, si querria, si iiaya querido, 31
hubiera, liabria 6 hubiese querido. 17. Crey<S, juzgo, habfa
pensado que le pidiera (202), pediria 6 pidiese alguna fianza.
18, Si quiere acompailamos, no nos opondremos, 19. Si querias
salir d paseo, seguiamos sin vacilar. 20, Si quisiere veraos hoy,
admitale V. en seguida. zi. Si quisiera (quisiese) aceptar las
condidones, eso nos satisficiera (satisfaria, 219), 22. PIu-
guiera (229) & Dios que no saliese ad.
23. Granted that he does not admit it, what shall we do?
24. I shall wait until he knows the lesson. 25. Provided he
writes the letter to-night, we shall carry it. 26. In order that
he may have (164) the beat advantages, we shall send him to
Paris. 27. Unless he behaves (177) himself better, we shall
dismiss him at the end of the month. 28. When he admits Hs
fault, we shall pardon him. 29. Oh that he may live a day
longer! 30. Perhaps they do not understand the difference.
31. I shall take advantage of your offer, if I have occasion to
ide) do so (/o). 32. Even though they may have receded from
their position, we shall not yield. 33. They would have given
more without anyone {nadie) asking it. 34. They informed
us that they would not permit it, unless he paid the money.
35. In order that he might have sufficient time, he arose at four
o'clock. 36. They had to (166, 3) study their lessons until they
were permitted {se les permitfa) [to] go out to (d) play. 37. If
we write this afternoon, they will receive our letter to-morrow.
38. If they went (23s) fishing, they used to (275, a) remain
until the next' day'. 39. If they had finished their task, why
did they not tell me (58) so? 40. If they shall accept our propo-
sition, we shall begin at once. 4r. If the carrier should bring
our mail at ten o'clock, we should answer our letters before
noon. 42. If I had invested more money, I should have risked
my (65) whole fortune.
■ D,g,t,.?<lb,GOOgIf
THE INFINITIVE
305. Tlie Spanish infinitive is the equivalent of the English
infinitive, the present participle, and the verbal ia -ing. In the
latter sense it is usually preceded by the article el: —
Comer demasiado es peligroso To eat too much is dangerous
En tomar y dar es ficil errar In taking and giving it is easy to
El dulce cantar de laa aves The sweet singing of the birds
306. The Spanish uses the infinitive after prepositions whose
equivalent, in English, take the present participle: —
Comid antes de sallr He dined before going out
Habl6 sin saber la que decfa He spoke without knowing what
he was saying
Despufs de escriblr la carta After writing the letter
307. Other uses of the infinitive are; —
a. In general questions: —
;C6mo detenerle por tales medios? How detain him by such means?
b. In questions expressing surprise, indignation, etc.: —
^£1 Bceptar tal oferta? |Nunca He accept such an offer? Never!
c. With d and the article in temporal ezpresdons: —
Al entrar en la calle se detuvo When entering the street he
stopped
d. With d and de to form conditional clauses: —
A no ser por eso, yo no estaria aquf Were it not for that I should not
be here
De haber seguido £1, le habria cos- If he had continued, it would
tado la vida have cost him his life
; „ Google
174 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUICAK
e. As a general or impersonal imperative: —
Dlrlgiise por escrito k X. Y. Address in writing X. Y.
30S. The to before the English infinitive is variously rendered
in Spanish, being detennined somewhat by the inherent nature
of the Twun, adjective, or verb on which the Spanish infinitive
depends. It may be treated under the following headings: —
a. De is used before a dependent infinitive —
I. After most nouns and a few adjectives: —
Tengo ganas de ir i patiuar I have a desire to go skating
Tiene intenci6n de ca^rse He intends to get married
Temeroso de salir engafiado Afraid of getting cheated
a. When an infinitive, depending on an adjective or the verb to
be (ser), may logically be translated by the passive: —
Nada es m&s f&cil de remediar Nothing is easier to be remedied
Eso no es de extraBar That is not to be wondered at
Note. — After a few nouns and adjectives d is used: —
Desde largo tiempo era su am- For a long time his ambition was
bidfin 4 venir aqui to come here
Se hallaba pr6xima 6 desfallecer She was ready to faint
3. When an infinitive depends on a noun or adjective standing in
a predicate or quasi-predicate relation, the preposition is usually
omitted: —
Mejor fuera no hablar de ello It were better not to speak of it
La visita que tuvieron W. d bien The visit which you thought
hacerme proper (fit) to make me
309. An infinitive depending on a verb stands without a
preposition or b preceded by de, &, en, por, or paia. A always
follows verbs of motion, while por or paia will usually be the
equivalent of the English to meaning in order to. In other cases
observation has to be relied on for learning the distinctioiL See
exercises (311) for examples.
SYNTAX 175
a. Verbs of hearing (olr) and seeing (ver) take preferably the in-
finitive but may take the gerund: —
Le oigo hablar or hablando I hear him talk w talking
La veo venir or vinlendo I see her come or coming
310. Review tlie auxiliary verbs, 164.
311. Ejerddo Treinta j Uno
I. Segun dice (216) el refran, el preservarse (70) la vida es
la primera ley de la naturaleza. 2, Al ponerse el sol la vista se
deleitaba con el variar de los colores que se pintaban en las nubes.
3. aCallar en Vida y Perdonar en Muerte» es titulo de un
cuento de Ferndn CabaUero. 4. Fern&n CabaUero es seuddnimo
de Cecilia Bohl de Faber, celebre novelista espaflola. 5. El
amar una madie d sus hijos es natural, aun cuando ella es una
salvaje. 6, Resolvimos comer antes de partir para la pr6xima
aldea. 7. Era un atolondrado y hablaba sin saber lo que de-
cta, 8. Me complazco en bacer publica la balagiiefla notida
que recibf por el correo de esta ma&ana. 9. No tardaremos en
poner por obra la excelente idea que usted indica. 10. ^C6mo
pintar mi deleite al ver tan Unda criatura aparecer delante de
mis ojos? rr. A saber yo el delito, no le hubiera pwrdonado.
12. De haberlo hecho (218) el, babrla abusado de la hospitali-
dad de sus amigos. 13. Tengan W, la bondad de escucharme
antes de condenarme. 14. Seguro de llevarse el primer premio
no tajdd un instante en entrar en la carrera montado en su
magnifico caballo. r5. Eran de ver los saraos que habia (i65i
3) entonces en los palados. 16. Gran parte es de la fortuna
venir un hombre en una edad li (159, b) otra. 17, Cosa es
clara y conocida ser la historia luz de la verdad. 18. Creemos
del caso dar nuestra opinion otra vez sobre lo que discutimos
ayer con tanto fervor.
19. (Use de.) I abstain from sajring what I would do on
similar occasions. 20. He repents of having abandoned his
„ Google
176 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAM1£AH
career of lawyer, ai. Never did (163, a) he cease to regret the
premature death of his beloved^ wife". 22. They never f^ed
to be (l8, b) at the station whenever they were expecting their
friends. 2$. He dissuaded me from studying two foreign'
languages' at the same time. 24. Excuse me from accepting
the explanation which he thought fit to make me (308,3).
25. He swore to avenge the death of his brother at all hazard.
26. I have forgotten (179) to call at {por) the post office to
(para) find out whether there were (165, 3) [any] letters. 27. He
will try to learn several languages before starting to travel.
28. (Use i.) He did (163, a) not succeed in reaching the land
before sinking. 29. I learned to speak (the) Castilian in a few
months. 30. We will not venture to ask the cause of his ab-
sence. 31. Now it begins to dawn about five o'clock. 32. The
prisoner has been condemned to death in the electric^ chair',
^^. He would have invited me to take Qiacer) pot-luck with
h''m (58, k) but his wife was absent. 34. He began (use dor &)
to laugh without knowing why. 35. He sent to say that he
would be here within an hour. 36. I go out to walk every day
at four o'clock, 37. He came to ask for me (58) but he was
told (179) that I was not in. 38. We shall ask again (246)
whether he will {233) pay the debt without forcing us to appeal
to the law. 39. iPmit preposition.) He is accustomed to retire
at eleven o'clock and rise at six. 40. It suffices to say that,
according to his record, his conduct has been perfect, ^t. When
one is [a] soldier, it is proper to obey without discussing (the)
orders. 42. He said (216) he did not know {infinitwe) that he
ought to come to the office to-day [it] being [a] holiday. 43. I
wished (230) to buy a good (27) riding horse, but I could (330)
not find one in the dty. 44. They did not deign to answer my
letter, I know (230) not why. 45. Let me see the book which
I loaned you (58) two hours ago. 46. I am having (218) a new
suit made. 47. He attempted to enter by the window but he
could not (230). 48. I offer (the) fifty (51) per cent of the cost,
STTNTAX 177
49. I should not dare to go with you (58) without the conseat
of my parents. 50. I go out (220) without my cloak in order to
(309) arrive more quickly. I hear (215) him (58) coming down
the stairs (309, a).
PARTICIPLES AND GERUND
3t2. Only a few forms of the present partic^le now occur
with a participial force, the gerund having taken its place.
They are catalogued in the dictionaries as' nouns and adjec-
tives. The gerund has only one form and in its use difiers
but slightly from our present participles. It expresses cause,
manner, means, Hme, etc: —
Alcanza la tiena nadando He reaches the shore by swimming
Los males vienen corriendo Misfortunes come runmug(ly)
Muri6 siendo muy joven He died when be was very yoimg
Note. — En may be used with the gerund to express an action
antedating that of the personal verb; but, as the gerund may have
the same force without the preposition, en is rarely used: —
^Qu£ no har4 (en) Ilegsado k ser What will he not do, after he be-
tu maiido? comes your husband?
313. For the use of the gerund with esiar or a verb of motion,
see 168 and 168, a.
314. The past participle used as such, or as an adjective,
varies for gender and number: —
El ejfrdto atacado por el enem^ The army having been attacked
se retird by the enemy retreated
Su hija emada muriS Hift beloved daughter died
315. Special cases of its use are: -
„ Google
178 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
a. After despuis de, antes de, luego de: —
Despu£s de acabada mi comida, After having finished my dinner
me aco3t£ para donnir la siesta I lay down for the postprandial
nap
Antes de dormida la siesta, fum6 Before taking his siesta, he
un puio smoked a cigar
Luego de liablado, se sentd As soon as he had spokea, he sat
b. After para and por: —
No es para aceptado It is not to be accepted
Entonces se di6 por vencido He gave up (for) conquered
316. The forms of address {tratamtentos) in Spanish are: —
SeAor (Mr., sir), seftora (Mrs., madam), seflorita (Miss),
caballero (sir, gentleman), don, doQa
the two latter being used only before baptismal names, either
alone or in conjunction with the family name.
a. When speaking aioul people, the article must precede the title:
el seRor Garcia, etc., and when speaking of a person's relatives one
should say, for instance: su seAor padre, su seilora madre, su seiiorita
hermana.
b. Seflor is more formal than calfallero. It is always used in letter-
. headings and after st (yes) and no (no).
c. SeHoT and sehora are used before titles in formal address: —
Buenos dias, senor capit&n Good morning, captain
^EstA el sefior profesor? Is the professor at home?
La seilora presideuta The president's wife
d. The full and formal Spanish name consists of two parts, the
first being that of the father, the second, that of the mother: Pascval
Cervera y Topele.
e. If Josefa P£rez marries a Mr. Garda, her name becomes Josefa
P^rez de Garcia. She is commonly known as Senora P^rez, or DoEia
Josefa, but not as Seftora Garcia.
„GtX)^lc
SYNTAX 179
317- Review the three r^ular conji^tions, 170.
5t8. Ejerdcio Treista 7 Dos
I, El vapor eiitr6 en el puerto llevando una carga consistente
en minerales, cueros y cafe. 2. La seiiora Fiiez luda un traje
magnifico y una cruz de brillantes pendiente de su cuello.
3. Efectos pertenecientes & la Cruz Roja se encontraron en el
hospital. 4. Llegando mis amigos, partimos i cazar. 5. Ella
se sali6 con la suya lisonjeandole. 6. No querfa avanzar el
capitin, estando ausente el general, 7, Les (58) consult^ si
cre(an que podia yo continuar el combate, contestando que no.
8. En corriendo & todo andar arribari el torpedero i las cuatro
de la tarde. 9. El senador habiendo concluldo su discurso se
sentfi. 10. Los proyectos de ley votados por el Senado fueron
rechazados por la Camara. 11. Pasado el momento de peligro,
renovamos nuestros esfuerzos. 12. Despues de acabada nuestra
^ea, fuimos (235) d casa. 13. Antes de concluido su discurso
se desmay6. 14. Luego de cont&domelo no quiso (230) hablar
mis. 15. No es una proposicion para rechazada. 16. jHa visto
(226) usted al sefior don Manuel Quevedo? — No, seBor, no le
he visto hoy. 17. Caballero, celebro muchfsimo la ocasion de
conocer 5 usted. 18. En las Cortes los individuoa comienzan
sus discursos por dear: /Senores! No tengo la intencifin de hacer
un largo discurso, etc. 19. Pero el mismo orador teniendo que
(166, 3) discunir delante de una reunion promiscua de personas
principiaria diciendo: Senoras, senortlas y cabaUeros. 20. Buenas
tardes, seiior Doctor; ^esta en casa su seiiora parienta? — Sf,
senora; estd. 21. El almirante Pascual Cervera y Topete, que
peleo valientemente en la batalla de Santiago de Cuba con los
americanos, muri6 hace algunos dias. 22. A los pies de usted,
sefiorita Maria. Acabo de (237) recibir una carta para usted.
23, Se lo agradezco &. usted muchlsimo, caballero.
., Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRA3dUAR
319. Leam the irregular tenses of the verbs under Classes I
and n, 185-193* inclusive.
320. Ejercido Treinta 7 Tres
I. Siendo hoy dia festive, ;qu^ piensa V. hacer? — Nada
que sepa (230). 2. Yo pienso ir al casino del parque, doude
se reunen i conversar alguuos amigos, y haremos (218) un par-
tido de billar. 3. ^For qu^ tiemblas tanto, no babiendo lle-
gado todavia al punto mds peligroso? 4. Sientese V., senora,
en ese sill6n, que abre amorosamente sus brazos para reci-
birla. 5. Que se siente 6 no, no pienso que sea de mi deber
quedarme en pie. 6. Tiemblan por la vida de sus parientes,
que estin (164) ahora en el oc^ano. 7. ^Piensan W. que
merienden en la posada fl en el Jardin de Apolo? 8, Sentaos
(176,11), que es mis comodo estar sentados que estar en pia
9. Yo no pienso que ella entienda de poeaa. — Ni yo tampoco.
10, Despu^s de merendado (315, a), el papd enciende un puro,
se pone el sombrero y sale, y la mamd atiende & sus quehaceres
domesticos. 11. Empiecen por dear que no entienden nada
de lo que se les dice (216 and 179). la. Contad conmigo
(58, k), amigos mios; estare alli dentro de bora y media. 13. Se
nos cuenta que los discipulos juegan demasiado. 14. No creo
que sea de dudar. Desde mucho tiempo soy de opinion que
mi hijo juega demasiado y no estudia bastante. 15, Me acuesto
& las once cada noche y me levanto temprano, i5. Perro que
ladra no muerde, dice (2r6) e! refran. 17. A pesar de sus
esfuerzos yerran casi siempre el bianco. i8. Erre que erre se
dice (216) de una persona que repite y insiste sobre una cosa,
19. Voy (235) a Madrid hoy y vuelvo 5 casa mafiana. 20. Re-
* It is an excellent plan to have one or more students write the verba
on the board while the others are ledtiog.
„ Google
SPANISH EXERaSES l8l
suelve hacer un viaje por la Francia (249, a), si. Esta habita-
cifin buele d tabaco, y las alcobas huelen d aire impuro.
22. Vuelve i leer (246) la carta que acaba de {237) redbir.
3ai. Learn the irregular tenses of the verbs under Classes III
and IV, 194-200 inclusive.
322. Ej«rcicio Treinta 7 Cnatro
I. Siento en el alma (12, Note) que haya perdido el niflo tu
moneda. 2. De los dos caballos prefiero 4ste d aqu^l (Si).
3, Ea una impertinenda que profieres, Juana, y te advierto
que desde hoy te busques (171, i) otra plaza. 4. No creo que
adquiera mucho renombre tocando de esa manera. 5. Duerme
la mona despuls de su borrachera de anoche. 6. Estdbamos
cansados y dormimos hasta las odio de la mafiana. 7. Quiso
(330) que los niBos durmieran tan d menudo que estuvieran
cansados. S. jVivan quienes (90, 3d) defienden d la patria
y mueran los que (8$) son cobardes! g. Nuestros (6$) ante-
pasados murieron como patriotas defendiendo sus deredios.
10. Le pido d usted perd6n, caballero, por la libertad que me
tomo. II. A pesar de mis protestas, segula pidiendo limosnas.
12. El nombre rige al verbo en numero y persona. 13. Se
rindieron per venddos los valientes despu^s de peleado (315, a)
mucho. ,14. Repitimos por nuestro honor que no sabiamos
nada de esc. 15. Sfrvase V. dedrme d que hora sale el tren.
16. Sigui6 su camino hasta la caida de !a noche y durmio en
el bosque. 17. Se visten d la ultima moda d pesar de la escasez
de sus medios. 18. Cuando se le dijo (216) el resultado, rid d
carcajadas. 19. Quiero que me diga (216) la verdad, venga lo que
viniere (223). 20. Se rie de mi (58) por nada y no quiere obedecer
& mis mandatos. 21. Persiguieron a los ladrones los soldados
hasta el rio donde aqu^llos tomaron bote para la orilla opuesta.
ESSENTIALS OP SPANISH GRAMMAR
323. Learn the irregular tenses of the verbs in sections 205
to 210 inclusive.
324. Ejerdcio Trelnta y Cinco
I. Huye el impio sin que nadie le persiga. 2. Tuvo (166, 2)
mie'do y huy6 como un condenado. 3. ^Que es e! refran ingles
que corresponde al espafiol?: kuye del fuego y da en las brasas.
4. El excusarse arguye mal por el que lo hace. 5, Arguyeron
y volvieron &. {246) argiifr la cuestion, pero no alcanzaron nin-
guna conclusifin. 6. jAndeme yo caliente y riase la gente!
7. Andando el tiempo los dolores mils agudos se apagan poco d
poco. 8. El politicastro anduvo en todas partes buscando in-
fluencia polftica. 9. Te lo doy d ti {58,/) y no i tu hennano.
10, Huyendo del fuego dio en las brasas. 11. D[ d luz mi
gramdtica espanola en mil novecientos y dos (51). 12. Les
dimos d entender que no se les permitiria (179) hacerlo.
13. Dando un paseo en el parque dieron con algunos amigos y
fueron (235) al casino en donde (144, a) merendaron y ji^aron
i los naipes. 14, Demos d cada uno lo suyo (77), venga lo que
viniere (223). 15. El reloj acaba de (237) dar la una de la
manana; acostemonos (176, a).
XLIV
325. Learn the irregular tenses of sections 213 to 319 in-
clusive.
326. Ejerdcio Treinta j Seis
I. En esta vida es la honradea una inversi6n costosa, pero
puede (230) uno estar seguro de que {159, e) pagard buenos
dividendos en el porvenir, a. aYa caigo,» dijo {216), despufo
.,Gtx)^lc
SPANISH EXERCISES 1 83
de reflexioaar un momento. 3. £s un atolondrado y hace las
suyas, caiga el que caiga. 4. Ven (223) acd, hijito; tememos que
caigas por la ventana. 5. Pasando el rio i. caballo cay6 al agua
el jinete. 6. Ninos: el primero que traiga buenas notas de
la escuela, redbiri media docena de naranjas. 7. Trdigame V.,
si le gusta, una copa de agua fresca. 8. El cartero acaba de
(337) pasar y trajo dos cartas y los diarios. g. Oigo subii la
escalera; ^qui^n puede ser? 10. Quien (90, 3d) escucha, su
nujl oye, dice el refrin. 11. [Oiga! se dice para llamar la aten-
ddn de alguno. 12. Oyeron, vieron y callaron. 13. Se levaiit6
k las cinco y oy6 misa. 14. Digo que si, — Y jra digo que no.
15. Dicen los peri6dicos que habra (165, 3) guerra, pero no lo
creo. 16. Permttame V. se lo diga que bajo las drcunstandas
eso no serfa posible. 17. Jur6 el testigo que dirfa la verdad,
toda la verdad y nada que la verdad. iS. Se lo dijimos en su
cara y qued6 corto. 19. £l te bendedrd como yo te bendigo.
20. Dicho y heclio. ai. En vez de hacer lo que prometi6, hizo
lo contrario. 22. Yo hago venir un diccionario trances de Parfs.
23. Hagamos nuestro deber y pongamos (222) nuestra confianza
en Dios. 24, Dijeron que harian por venir, si fuera posible.
25, No crei que lo hiciera (hiciese) mejor que el otro. 26. Si
hidere (hace) mal tiempo esta tarde, no saldremos (220) de
327. Learn the irregular tenses of sections 320 to 323 in-
dusive.
328. Ejercicio Treinta y Siete
I. Temo que me saiga demasiado caro. 2. Maiiana saldre-
mos por la linea transatlintica para los Estados Unidos. 3. Sal-
drian mis temprano, si pudieran (230) almorzar d las siete.
4. Dado que saliese bien, la ganancia no igualaria la costa.
184 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
5. Insisti que no se salieran (saliesen) de la cuesti6n que dis-
cutian. 6. ^Cuinto vale? — No creo que valga tanto como
usted piensa. 7. Estos generos no vaSdrfan tanto, si no fuera
pot el arancel subido. S. Era Ulstima que no valieran bastante
para que se pudieran aceptar como equivalentes. 9, ;Hasta
la vista! P6ngame V, & los pies de su senora madre (316, a).
10, Pongamos fin, caballero, d la entrevista, si ie gusta. 11. Cuan-
do vi(S (226) acercarse al enemigo, puso los pies en polvorosa
en vez de ponerse i la defensiva. iz. Senores, propondria que
brindemos por la salud de nuestro hu^sped. 13, Vino &. pedirme
perd6n del insulto, pero no acepti su expUcaddn. 14. Vengase
v., que quiero presentarle i nuestro afamado orador, 15, Ven-
gamos al caso, amigos mfos (67), que no queremos salimos
tanto de la cuestiSn. 16. ^Estard V. al drculo esta noche? —
Que sf. — Muy bien; vendr^ yo tambifn, y acabaremos nuestro
partido de billar. 17. Si viniera (viniese) & venne, le diria
(216) lo que pienso de su conducta.
XLVI
329. Learn the irregular tenses of sections 335 to 239 in-
clusive.
330. Bjerddo Treinta 7 Ocho
I. Aquel hombre no cabe por la puerta. 2. La iglem ea
grande, pero no es posible que quepan tantas personas en ella.
3. Si alcanzara lo que desea, no cabria en si de gozo. 4. Pre-
ferian que cupiera en esta vasija que en aqu^lla (81). 5. No le
he visto esta manana, pero estoy seguro de que {iSOj *) estd en
la dudad. 6. Veamos si contiene tanto como dijo {216). 7. VI
en la plaza tanta gente que no pude (230) contarla. S. Vimos
acercarse un regimiento de cazadores que saltan del bosque.
9. Si jamds se viera (viese) niflo mis contento al redhir el re-
galo, lo dudo. 10. Si uno quiere hacer burbujas, no faltar&o
„ Google
SPANISH EXERCTSES 185
personas que proveerdn el jabdn. 11. Era de esperar que
proveyeran bastante dlnero. iz. Frovisto de recomeodadones
sali6 & buscar un puesto, 13. En proveyendo tanto dinero
por el adelantamiento de la denda, el seftor Carnegie merece
bien del pafs. 14. Me pide que yo induzca &. ml hermano i.
subscribirse 5 la empresa. 15. Era predso que se le indujera
& abandonar la carrera d que se habfa dedlcado. 16. Nos instiS
& que (i59i d) induj^ramos i. nuestros amigos i. inverUi sus
capitales en bonos pubUcos. 17. Plegue i. Dios que vuelva
(192) i los suyos (77) sano y salvo. 18. Pluguiera al delo que
DO hubieia (165, 3) otra guerra dvil en nuestio pals.
331. Learn the irr^ular tenses in 230, and study the ex-
amples in sections 231 to 234 indusive.
332. Ejercido Treinta y ITneTfl
I. S^ que no puedo vivir si no se puede curarme de esta
enfermedad. 2. Quieren que vayamos & pasar el esUo & orillas
de la mar. 3. Hasta que sepa su lecd6a y pueda redtarJa, no
quiere su padre que saiga (220) 5 jugar. 4. Que puedan pasar
6 no, no quieren volver atrds. 5. Sepa V. que pueda 6 quiera 6[
cumplir ahora con su deber, no podri continuar i mi servido.
6. Yo no querr^ jamis aceptar esas duras condldones, y sahii
defender mis derechos. 7. Supimos que no podrfamos otorgar
lo pedido (251) y quisimos que pudieran entender por qu4 no
podiamos otorgarlo (59, a). 8. Supieron que no podrfan apren-
der bien tan larga Iecd6n, y quisieron que los maestros lo su-
pieran. 9. Supisteis que no pudisteis tomar la iortaleza, y
quisisteis esperar hasta que llegaran refuerzos. 10. Supo el
general que, d su ala derecha pudiera (pudiese) meterse delante
1 86 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
del puente, no podria avanzar tnjis el enemigo. ii. Quisigramos
que todo el mimdo supiera lo ocurrido y pudiera hacer esfuer-
zos para remediarlo. la. Haga V. por mejorar su posiddn, si
pudiete, y, si do supiere hacerlo, d^jeme en paz.
333. Leam sections 235, 236, 237, 242, 243, and read care-
fully 238, 239, 240, 241, 243.
334. Ejerddo Cuarenta
I. Voy & la iglesia y quiero que ella vaya conmigo (58, k).
2. ^A d6nde (144, a) van W. tan de maflana? — Vamos d oir
misa en la Catedral. 3. «Vaya V. con Dios» dice el espafiol,
despidiendo a un amigo 6 huesijed. 4. Vamos d ver si el cartero
ha trtudo nuestro correo. 5. Iba Ponce de Le6n buscando la
fuente maravillosa de la juventud y descubrifi la Florida.
6. Ire maflana i Oviedo por el primer tren que saiga {220),
7. Ibamos caminando hada la aldea, cuando dimos con (210)
un salteador de camino quien (90, ist) nos quito todo nuestro
dinero. 8. Iriamos al mercado si pudieramos (pudiesemos)
comprar melocotones. 9. Yo fui al campo y ^1 iui al bosque;
y, encontrSudonos mas tarde, fuimos los dos d pescar en el
arroyo. 10, Si fuera (fuese) posible, dicen (216) que irian &
pasar el verano en las montaftas. 11. Acaba de merendar y
no tiene mas hambre (166, 2). 12. No acababa de amarle d
pesar de si, 13. Suele salir a paseatse en coche diariamente.
14, La puerta estd abierta ahora, pero no lo estard dentro de _
poco. 15. Ella tiene la cabeza cubierta de una mantilla, lo que '
la sienta bien. 16. Estas cartas, escritas un afio ha, solo acaban
de llegar hoy.
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
ABBREVIATIONS
187
XLDC
SPANISH ABBREVIATIONS
335. The following is a list of the more common abbrevia-
tions. Where usE^e varies in regard to small or capital letters,
the former have been given in parenthesis. When beginning a
sentence any of them may be written with a capital.
(a), alias, alias cm., centfmetro, centimeter
@, arroba (—25^61.; also 4 go/j.), C. M.B. (c.m.b.),cuyamanobeso
and k, at
A., afecto, obedient, affectionate
A. C. (aflo de Cristo) -A.D.
k eta., k cuenta, on account
adin6n., administracidn
admor., administrador
af."", afectlaimo, most obedient,
af.*", afecto, obedient, affectionaie
ag.", agosto, Augtist
am.", aaugo, friend
apble., apredablc, fiteor
art. or arto,, articido, article
att.", atento, respeclftil
k v/a, i la vista, at sight
B. L. M. {b. 1. m.), besa la mano
B. L. P. (b. 1. p.), besa los pies
brl., barril, barrel
c, cnentSL, account
c/., cuenta de, account of
cap. or cap,", capdulo, chapter
cap.", capitin, captain
c./c", cuenta corriente, account
current
eg., centigramo, centigram
da., compaflia, company
d., centilitro, centiliter
I., comisifin, commission
comp." (da.), compafiIa=C£>.
consig., consignaci6n, consignment
corr.", corriente, instant
C. P. B. (c. p. b.), cuyos pies beso
eta. d/v., cuenta de venta, ac-
count of sales
cte., corriente, irfslant
c,*", cuarto, quarter, fourth
cy., currency, currency
D. or Dn., Don.
die.*, 10.", diciembre, December
doz., docena, dozen
dro., derecho, duly, right
dup. , duplicado, duplicate
d/v., dfas vista, days sight
E., este, east
en.°, enero, January
feb.°, febrero, February
fba., fecha, date
fol., folio, page,folio
g., gramo, gram
grab, general
grs., gruesa, gross
h., hora, hour
HL, hectolitro, hectoliter
ib., ibidem, in the same place
„ Google
ESSENTIAXS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
Id., (dem, ditto
Q.B.S.M.{q.b.3.m.),quebesa
sus manos
11.""', ilustrisimo, most noble, etc.
Q. B. S. P. (q. b. s. p.), que besa
izq.", izquierdo, left
sus pies
Kg., kilogramo, kUogram
Q. D. G. (q. D. g.), que Dios
Km., kilfimetro, kilometer
guarde
lbs., libras, pouitds
q.*, que, that, which, who
m., minuto, metro, minute, meter
ql., quintal, quintal (curf.)
rag., miligramo, milligram
q.", quien, wko, whom
mm., milimetro, mtUimeler
q. e. g. e., que en gloria estS,'
mrz., marzo, March
q.e.p.d.,queenpazdescanse, >S
N., norte, north
q. s. g. h., que santa gloria > >
n/., nuestro, our
haya, ^
N. B., nota bene, note well
R. I. P., requiescat in pace,-
a." or nftm.", number
R.", redbf, (/) received
nov.*, 9.*, noviembre, N-ovember
Re., r6cipe, recipe
ntro., nuestro, our
r.', real, "real" (about io/>.
0., oeate, west
S/., sobre, on
oct.«, 8.«, octubre, October
sept.», set.', 7.', septiembre
onz,, oz., onza, ounce
serv.", servido, jerwce
P., Papa or Padre, Pope or Fa^Aer
serv.", servidor, servant
p.', para, /or
S. e. li o., salvo error (i omisidn.
pSg., pagina, ^ge
save errors and omissions
pc/o., %, por dento, per cent
sig.", siguiente, following
P. D., posdata, postscript
spre., siempre, always, ever
p/cU., por cuenta, for account
St., seftoT, Sir, Mr.
p. ej, , por ejemplo, for example
Sra., seftora, Mrs., Madam
Srta., seflorita, Miss
p.°, pero, but
S. S. S., su seguro servidor, your
p. o., por orden, fry order
faithful servant
P. P., porte pagado, postpaid
test.", testigo, witness
P.'P.,porpodeT,by power of attorney
tom. (t.°), tomo, volume
pp.**, proximo pasado, ultimo
tpo., tiempo, /»n«
p.', por, by, for
at.", Altimo, w/Ztmo, /oif
pral., principal
V. E., Vuestra Eicelenda, Vue-
P. S., postscriptum, postscript
celencia, Vuecenda, Your Grace
pxo., pr6ximo, proximo, next
V. gr,, verbigrada, for example
„ Google
LETTER FORMS 189
vol., volumen, vdume v/ta., vista, sight
vio., vuestxo, your v.*', vnelt^, forward
EPISTOLARY FORMALITIES
336. Spanish letter-headings and forms of address differ but
slightly from our own. We need only note the use of nueslro or
nuestros, whenever several persons address one or more persons,
as if we should say: Our dear sir or our dear sirs. The following
will suffice as examples of the common modes of address: —
a. Formal: —
Muy sefior udo. Dear Sir Muy sefioritas mfas, Dear
Muy seflores mtos. Dear Sirs Misses
Muy sefior nuestro. Dear Sir Muy seftora m(a. Dear Madam
Muy seflores nuestros, Dear Sirs Muy sefiora Duestra, Det^
Mi distinguido amigo, Esteemed friend Madam
Muy senorita mfa. Dear Miss Muy estimada se&ora N., Dear
Muy distinguido seflor mio, Dear Sir Mrs. N.
Muy seAora mla y de mi mayor considerad^n, Dear Madam
Reverendo Padre or Respetable seflor. (To a priest or clergyman.)
b. Less formal: —
Muy Sr. mfo y distinguido amigo. Dear Sir and (distinguished) friend
Muy sefior mIo y amigo. Dear Sir and friend
c. Informal: —
Apreciables amigos mios, My dear friends
Querido amigo nuestro. Dear friend
Muy estimados amigos nuestros, Esteemed friends
Mi respetable amigo, My dear friend
Estimado amigo mlo. My esteemed friend
Mi bueno y querido amigo. My (good and) dear friend
d. Familiar: —
Mi querido Juan, My dear John
Amigo Jos6, Friend Joe
Queridlsima Anita, My dearest Anita
Mi mis querido amigo, My dearest friend
Note. — The above are the usual fonns, but there may be others,
depending on the will and temperament of the writer.
„ Google
190 ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
337. Letters may begin in one of many ways, but the follow-
ing may be taken as specimens in fonnal and informal corre-
spondence. For abbreviations see 335: —
Aunque no tengo el honor de conocer k V., Ine tomo la libertad de
dirigirle estas Ifneas para . . .
Ya es tiempo que coja la piuma para dedicar un rato i mis buenos
amigos . . .
Adjunto remito k V. una libranza de 30 pesetas en pago de . . .
Lleg6 k esta su deseada ea 6poca que yo me encontraba en Ma-
drid .. .
Refirifndome & su favorecida del 25 del pp."*" tengo el honor de
contestar que . . .
Tengo el gusto de acusar redbo de su atenta fechada el 10 comente .. .
Contestando su <grata fechada el 7 del actual, desearia informarle
que ...
Es en mi poder su muy atenta de ayer, y me apresuro t contestar
que . . .
Acusando recibo de su favorecida fechada en 22 de octubre, me
permito mandarle la eta. d/v. de . . .
338. Of the many ways of closing letters, the following will
serve as specimens: —
a. Formal (more or less): —
Nos repitimos de V. con afecto S. S., Q. B. S. M.
Tenemos mucho gusto en ofrecemos S. S. S. y amigos,
Q, B. S. M.
Dios guarde & V. muchos afios como desea su muy atento servidor,
Q. B. S. M.
Reitero k W. mi afecto y quedo como siempre S. S. S.,
Q. B. S. M.
Soy (quedo) de V. su muy afecto seguro servidor, q. b, s. m.
Entre tanto queda i sus 6rdeaes su atto. S. S., q. b. s. m.
Con tal motivo me ofrezco de V. afmo. S. S., q. b. s. m.
b. FamUiar and informal: —
Salude V. k su seQora y nifios y sabe que es su afmo. que le quiere,
Lope de Vega,
,1 Google
LETTER FORMS igl
Afectos de toda la familia y sabe V, es su afmo. y S. S.,
ESTEBAN BANCHS.
Saludo carinosamente kV.y k todos los suyos, y quedo su am." y
S. S., Enrique GARcfA.
Que le vaya bien y disponga de este su am." y servidor,
Manxjel Mendoza.
Sin m&3 por hoy sabes que puedes disponer del afecto de este tu
amigo y S. S., Diego Gutteilrez.
Note. —While the letters Q. B. S. M. are still in good use, espe-
cially in veiy formal communications, it is becoming more and more
customary to omit them, as in the last examples and more partic-
ularly in business letters.
339. Letters are addressed as follows: —
When sent by mail,
Seflor Don {or Sr. Dn.) E B
Senora Do6a (or Sra. Da,) M O
Senorita A G de P
The direction coming immediately after, as in English,
When sent by hand,
a. To men: —
B. L. M. B. L. M. B. L. M.
Al Sr. Dn. L. de Q A Don R Al Sr. M
s. s. s, s. s. s. s. s. s.
Enrique P6rez. D. de Manjdn. Benito Bazin.
6. To ladies: —
B. L. P. B. L. P.
A mi Sra. Da. J P A la Sra. Da. J P
S. A. S. S. S. A. S, S.
Rodriguez Guevara. Eniilio Castelar.
B. L. P.
A !a Sra. A S
S. A. S. S.
RamfinRey.
cigitir^db, Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
340. LETTERS AND BUSINESS FORMS*
CARTA DE COMERCIO
CEBALLOS Y ClA.,
New York.
Cable: cebaixos.
Setbre. 9, 1910.
Sees. B. SAnchez y CfA.,
Habaoa.
Muy Sres. nuestros: —
Confirmamos n/, anterior de 5 del cte. y acusamos recibo de
su apble. del 1°, de cuyo contenido quedamos impuestos y se-
guiremos sus instnicciones respecto al embarque de las sillas
para el Sr. D. Julio Sanchez.
Ahora tenemos el gusto de acompafiar factura correspon-
diente al embarque que hemos hecho en el vapor City of Wash-
ington de 200 rollos alambre para cercas, cuyo importe de
$646.65 dejamos cargado i W. en cuenta.
Somos sus muy attos. S. S.,
Q. B. S. M.
* See 335 for all abbreviations hereinafter found.
c,u:.0(..,>CoOglc
BUSINESS FORMS
FACTURA
Factura de lo siguiente embarcado por Ceballos y CIa., por
el vapor City of Washington con destine & la Habana de
orden y cuenta de B. SAnchez y CIa. y 5. la consignaddn
de los mismos.
200 rollos alambre para cercas Brutas
ao,ooo lbs., Netas ig.ooo lbs., @ 2.15
Descuento 2%
$408.50
8.17
Gastos
Seguromaritimos/. $7is@i% . ■
Despacho de aduana y menudos
Flete s/, conocimiento
Factura consular
J3-S7
3-SO
3-50
•400.33
23057
Comiston il%
$630.90
15-75
Al Debe de la cuenta de los
SrES. B. SANCHEZ Y CfA.
$646.65
S. e. 6 o.
New Yobk, 9 de Setbre., 1910.
ESS, OV SPAK. CKAM. — 13
Ceballos y CIa.
c,u:-,; „G00glc
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
CARTA DE COMERCIO
CEBALLOS Y ClA.,
New Yohk.
Cable: cxbauos.
Agosto IS, iQio.
Sees. B. SAnchez y CfA.,
Habana.
Muy Sres. nueslros: —
Confirmamos n/. anterior del 6 de Julio ppdo. y carecemos
de sus apbles. 5 que referimos.
Ahora tenemos el gusto de acompafiar la c/venta de ii balas
caucbo y 7 sacos cafe por el vapor City of Washington, cuyo
liquido producido de $489.26 dejamos abonado & W. en cuenta.
Sentimos que no hayamos podido sacar mejor partido por el
cafe pero su calidad era tan inferior que no pudimos vender el
articulo por mejor precio.
Nos repetimos sus muy attos. S. S.,
Q. B. S. M.
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
BTJSINESS FORMS
195
CUENTA DE VENTA
No. gsa.
Cdenta DE Venta de lo siguiente recibido por vapor City of
WashingUm Uegado Julio 7, 1910, y vendido por Ceballos y CiA,
por orden y cuenta y riesgo de los Sres. B. Sanchez y C(a.
7 Balas caucho 648^ lbs. @ sij
4 fdem idem 356^ fdem 45 . .
7 sacos Cats 1189 i7i 1171I @ 61
Menos 2% descuento. .
Gastos
Seguro marltimo s/. $600 & \
Flete caucho y cafe ($10.46)
Gastos de Aduana.
Conduccifin al almacfin .
Almacenaje y trabajadores
Pesar
Seguro de incendio . .
Corretaje x%s/.$ss2.^S
Comisi6n 2!%. . . .
Lfquido produddo
Al HABEi de la cuenta de los
Sres. B. SAnchez y CfA.
t322.go
15525
t3-oo
31.13
3.60
5-53
13-82
I478.1S
74-63
New Yoke, Agosto 15, 1910.
Ceballos & CU.
196 ESSENTULS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
LETRA DE CAMBIO
Habasa, 36 de Marzo, 1910.
Por S150.34 cy.
A dnco dfas vista de esta Primera de Cambio (no habiendolo
hecho por la Segunda 6 Tercera) se servirSn W, mandar pagar
d la orden de los Sres. Ceballos y CU. la cabtidad de
Ciento dncuenta tt pesos currency
valor redbido que cargaxdn W, en nuestra cuenta, segiin
aviso de
A 1°* , . S. S. Q. B. S. M.
Sres. Atv«o B«ta v Oa., g SAnchez y CIa.
563 Peari Street,
New Vose.
Vence en 33 de Octubre de iqio. Por JiS7S'S7.oro americano.
Pagaremos en esta Ciudad prefijamente el dfa Veintitr^s
de Octubre de Mil Novecientos diez S la orden de los Sres.
Ceballos y Cia. la cantidad de Un mil quinientos setenta y
cinco ^ pesos en oro americano, 6 su equivalente en oro
espanol, valor jjor saldo de nuestra cuenta corriente, segiin
convenio, con intereses al seis (6 %) por dento desde esta
fecha hasta el tUa de su vendmiento.
Habana, 33 de Octubre, 1909.
B. SAnchez y CIa.
r:,9,N..<ib, Google
BUSINESS FORMS
QUIEBRA INDUSTRIAL
La firms de A. D. & Son de Nueva York se ha declarado en
quiebra con un pasivo que se hace subir i. $5oo,tx)o.
Dedicibase la sodedad i diversos negodos, pero con es-
pedalidad i la fabricaddn de fieltros para pianos y cajas para
los mjsmos.
En sus talleres trabajaban unos mil obreros, y setenta em-
pleados en sus almacenes y escritorios.
Atribuyese la quiebra i la imposibilidad en que se encontr6
la firma de levantar fondos cod su papel, pues aunque gozaba
de buen cr^dito, los nimores de guerra que han causado tanta
perturbad6n en los negodos, le imposibilitaron hacerse con el
numerario indispensable.
Dfcese que la firma espera poder continuar mis tarde sus
q)eradoiies.
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
SPANISH VOCABULARY
Ch, 11, and fi, being separate letters, stand after C, I, and n.
Verbs should be looked for under their infinitives which, when
irregular, are referred to the sections where their model verbs are con-
jugated. All forms so irregular as not to be easily traceable to th«r
infinitives are given. In looking for the infiniCives of irregular forms
observe that —
1. Forms in ue and n are to be sought for under o: puedo, pude,
from poder.
2. Those in ie and i under e: slento, sinti6 from sentir.
The gender of nouns is indicated by tbe letters m. and/.
A dash (— — ) means the repetition of the Spanish word previously
defined in English.
All references are to sections.
ft, in, of, on, to.
abalanzarse, to rush forward,
make a lunge.
ftbandonar, to abandon.
abeja,/. bee.
abogado, m. lawyer.
abonor, to credit; — — en cuenta,
to credit to the account of,
abrigai, to entertain, cherish.
abril, m. April.
abrir, to open.
abuela, /. grandmother.
abuela, m, grandfather.
abusar (d«), to abuse, violate.
act, here.
acabar or acabaiae, to finish, com-
plete, end.
Academia, /. Academy.
accideste, m. accident.
eceptar, to accept.
acercaise, to approach.
BCero, m. steel.
>, -a, accompanied.
acompaflar, to accompany, send.
acostarse, to retire, lie down, go
to bed.
aeto (en el), on the spot.
actual, present, instant.
acusar, to acknowledge.
adelantamiento, m. advancement.
adjetlTO, m. adjective.
adjunto, -a, herewith.
aibnitir, to admit.
adquiiir, to acquire.
aduana,/. custom house,
advertir, to notify.
afamado, -«, famous, noted.
afectfalmo, -a, most, very affec-
tionate.
af«cto, ffi. regards, affection, love.
af«cto, -a, afiectionate.
aflrmar, to affirm.
agosto, m. August.
sgradable, agreeable, pleasant.
agradar, to please.
agradecer, to thank.
agua, /. water.
aguardar, to wait, await.
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
agndo, -a, sharp, acute.
aU, there.
■hoTft, now, at present.
ahujentar, to frightea away.
ajwliM, m. chess.
al-fiel, tothe.
ala,/. wing.
alacena, /. doset.
alambre para cercas, m. fence
alcanzai, to reach, overtake, ob-
alcoba, /. bedroom.
ald«a,/. village,
alegrarse, to rejoice.
alemftn, alemana, German.
Alenunia,/. Germany.
alfab€tico, -a, alphabetical.
algo, anything, something.
alguacil, m. constable.
alguno, -a, some, a. few, any.
alms,/, soul; en el , deeply.
almac^n, m. warehouse.
almacenaje, m. storage.
almanaque, m. almanac,
almirante, m. admiral.
almorzar, to breakfast,
alrededoi de, around,
alto, -a, tall, high.
allf, there,
amable, amiable.
anuur, to love; el , loving.
amarosamente, lovingly.
amarse, to love oneself.
amenazar, to threaten,
americano, -a, American,
aroiga, /. friend.
amigo, rn. friend.
amor, m. love.
andano, m. old man.
ancho, -a, wide.
andando el tieropo, as time passes.
aiidar(se), to go, walk.
andar (i todo ) , with all speed.
anduvo, from andar.
AngfiUcft, proper name.
animal,, m. animal.
Anita, /., dimin. of Ana, Anna.
anocbe, last night.
ansla (con), anxiously.
antepasado, m. ancestor.
anterior, former (letter),
antes, formerly; de (que),
sntlguo, -9, ancient.
alio, m. year; un si y otro no,
every other year.
apagar, to put out, extinguish.
apagarse, to become appeased,
quiet, calm.
aparecer, to appear.
Apolo, Apollo; Jardln de , a
public garden of Madrid,
apreciable, favor (of a Utter).
aprender, to leam.
apresurarse, to hasten, hurry.
aprabar (i88), to approve, con-
ftpto, -a, fit.
apuntar, to aim.
aqu61, that, that one.
aquel, -la, that,
aqui, hece.
arancel, m. tarig.
argfOr, to argue.
arquitectura, /. architecture.
arrecife, m. reef.
arribai, to arrive.
arrogante, arrogant.
arrogarse, to arrogate to oneseU.
arrojo, m. brook.
arteria,/. artery.
artlculo, m. article, goods.
asegurar, to assure.
asenar, to saw.
SPAJJISH VOCABULAKY
201
■rf, thus,
asiinto, m. afiair.
atacar, to attack.
ataque, m. attack.
ateiii:i6ii, /. attentioft.
atender, to attend,
ateata, favor {of a letter).
Btento, -a, obedient, respectful.
atolondfado, -a, rattle-brain; -,
m. rattle-pate, giddy- head.
atdnito, -a, astonished.
atria, back, behind,
atravesar, to pierce, traverse.
atribuCrse, to be attributed.
Buguiar, to augur.
aimque, although.
ausentsrse, to absent oneself,
ausente, absent.
autor, m. author.
avanzar, to advance.
ave,/. (li, Note), bird,
aviso, m. advice, notice.
ayer, yesterday; per la tarde,
yesterday ^ternoon.
ayndar, to help.
azdcar, m. sugar.
azul, blue.
bahia, /. bay.
bailai, to dance.
tiailaiina, /. danseuse, dancer.
bajo, under.
baU,/. bale, ball.
banco (ffl.) d« depiSsitos, bank of
deposit.
barco, m. ship, boat, vessel.
barftono, «t. baritone.
barCmetro, m. barometer.
bastante, enough, sufficient, quite.
tiastaT, to suffice.
batalla, /. , battle; campal,
pitched battle.
batirse, to fight.
batnta, /. baton,
beber, to drink,
besar, to kiss.
Biblia, /. Bible.
biea, well; tan como, as
weU as.
billar, ffi. billiards,
billete, m. note.
bisiesto, leap; alio , leap year.
Blanco, proper name.
bianco, m. mark.
blindado, -a, armor-clad,
hobo, m. dolt.
bomba,/. fire engine,
bombero, m. fireman.
bondad, /. goodness, kindness.
bonito, -a, pretty, neat.
bono, m. bond.
borracbera, /. spree, tippling,
bosque, m. woods.
bote, m. boat.
botfn, ffl. bootee, gdter.
brasa, /. coal (of fire).
Bretafia, /. Britain.
bribfin, m. knave, rascal.
brillantes, m. pi. brilliants.
brindai, to drink {to one's health).
biuto, -*, gross, brute.
hata, from bueno.
bueno, -a, good, kind.
buey, m. oi, bullock.
burbuja, /. bubble.
Burgos, a city in Spain.
burro, m. donkey.
buscar, to look, search, hunt for.
busqu«n,/rDmbuscai; see 171, i.
cabaSero, m. sir, gentlen
caballo, m. horse; A ,
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
cser, to iaO.
adt, m. coffee.
caida,/. faU.
ca^ lo qu« ca^ {/''<'»' caer),
happen what may.
caja, /. case, boi.
calidad,/. quality.
caliente, warm.
calor, m. heat. Itongue.
callar, to remain silent, hold one's
caUe,/. street.
camada,/. flock.
Climara, /. House.
carobiai de, to change.
cambio, m. excha.nge,
caminar, to travel, journey.
camino, m. road, route.
camisa, /. shirt.
campesiDO, -A, rural, country;
, fM. farmer, countrymao.
campo, m. field, country.
cancidii, /. song.
cansado, -a, tired,
cantor, to sing.
cantidad,/. quantity, sum.
caAonaza, m. cannon shot.
capital, IB. capital {money).
capit&n, m, captain.
capricho, m. caprice,
cars, /. (ace.
caricter, ™. character,
carcajadas (fi), uproariously.
carecer, to be without, not to
have received,
carga, /. cargo.
cargado, -a, charged,
cargar, to charge,
caridad,/. charity,
catifiasamente, lovingly, afiec'
tionately.
coritativo, -a, charitable.
Carlos, Charles.
cars, -a, dear.
cairera, /. race course, lists, caieei.
carta, /. letter; de comerdo,
business letter.
Cartagena, a city in Spain.
caitera,/. purse, pocket-book.
cartero, m. letter-carrier.
casa, /. house, home; de
campo, country house; salir de
caso, m. point, case; del ,
casdgai, to punish.
Castillo, m. castle.
catedral, /. cathedral.
caucho, m. caoutchouc (rubber).
causal, to cause.
cazador, m. hunter, chassetw
(Ughi infantry or cavalry).
cazar, to hunt.
celebrar, to be glad of.
c£lebre, celebrated, noted,
ceniza, /. ash.
centro, m. center.
cerca, /. fence.
cerca de, near,
cerro, m. hill.
Cicuta, /. hemlock.
delo, m. sky, heaven.
Cien, hundred.
dencla,/. science.
dento, hundred.
derto, -a, cert^n.
dnco, five; las , five o'dock,
dncuenta, fifty.
cfrculo, m. (social) club,
circunstancia, /. c~
dudad,/. city.
didl, civil.
dara, -a, clear.
dase, /. elass.
cobarde, m. coward,
codna,/. kitchen.
„ Google
SPANISH VOCABXJIARY
coehe, nt, carriage, back.
coger, to take, seize, catch.
c61era,/. anger.
colmena,/. hive.
color, m. color,
coloso, m. colossus.
combate, m. fight.
comedor, «n. dining room.
comenzar, to begin.
comer, to eat, dine.
1, m. business, trade.
comisiGn, /,
como, as, like.
cdmo, howf
cAmodo, -a, comiortable.
complacerse (171, a), t
take
componerse, to be composed.
comprar, to buy.
condso, -«, concise.
condulr, to conclude,
conclusion,/, conclusio
condenado, m. convict,
condenar, to condemn.
condiciAn,/. condition.
conducciOn, /. hauling, drayage.
conduddo, -a, led.
cooducta,/. conduct.
conejuelo (conejo), m. little rabbit.
confisnia,/. confidence.
cmfinnar, to acknowledge, refer to.
conmever, to move, stir, excite.
conocer, to know, make acquaint-
conocldo, -a, known, well-known,
conodmiento, m. acquaintance,
knowledge, bill,
conserrar, to preserve.
COflsigDAcifin, /. consignmenL
Gon^Eteate, consisting.
c6nsnl, m. consul,
consular, consular.
consnltar, to consult.
contor, to count, relate, tell;
con, to count on.
contarse, to be told,
contener, to contain.
contenido, nt. contents.
contento, -a, content, satisfied,
contented, happy.
contestar, to answer.
continuor, to continue.
contradicdfin, /. contradiction.
contraiio, m. contrary,
contrario (lo)> ^be contrary,
contribulr, to contribute, pay.
contrincante, m. rival.
coDVenio, m. agreement, contract,
conveisar, to converse.
convldaT, to invite.
copa,/. glass.
copiar, to copy.
coqueta,/. coquette.
corazOn, m. heart.
coniado, m. mite, farthing,
correctamente, correctly.
COiT«0, m. mail, post office
corresponder, to correspond.
COirespODdiente, corresponding.
corretaje, m. brokerage.
cbniente, current ; m. current
month, instant.
cortedad, /. obtuseness, short-
sightedness.
Cortes (las), the Spanish parlia-
ment. The Cortes.
COTtesfa,/. politeness, courtesy.
Cortesm«nte, politely.
Gorto, -a, short, confounded.
costoso, -a, costly.
crear, to create.
cr^dito, m. cre<Ut.
creer, to think, believe.
crlado, m. servant.
diatnra, /. creature.
cristiano, -«, Cliristian.
,1 Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAS
crnjido, ei. creaking.
cniz,/. cross.
Cruz Roja, /. Red Cross,
cosa,/. thing, tact.
costa, /. coast.
costoso, -a, expensive, costly,
cualidad,/. (good) quality.
cuia, how.
cuindo, when?
cuando, when.
cuinto, -a, how much? many?
cnanto, ~», how much, how long.
coarto, -a, fourth.
cuatro, four; las , four o'clock.
cuello, TO. Deck, throat.
Guenta,/. account; do venta,
account of sales.
cueoto, m. story.
Guero, nt. leather.
cuerpo, iH. body,
cuestiOn, /. question.
cumplir con, to fulfill,
cufiada,/. sistet-in-lan.
cuflado, TO. brother-in-law.
curiosos, m. pi. the curiou
quisitive people,
cu;o, -a, whose, of which.
dado que, granted that.
dama, /, lady.
dando, giving.
dar, to give, fall, strike, meet,
take or recite (music lessons)',
A lui, to publish; d<
comer, to dine (entertain tu
dinner); con, fall in with.
datos, m, pi. data.
de, with, to, on, of, in; que
that.
debc («I), to the debit, charged.
deber, to owe, ought.
deber, to. duty,
dedr, to say, tell.
declaiarse, to declare oneself, an-
consecrate,
apply,
devote oneself, be
d«dicar, t
dedicate.
dedicarse,
engaged in.
dedo, TO. finger.
defender, to defend, protect,
def ensfrs, /. defensive,
dejar, to leave, desert; have,
del -de el, of the,
delante, before, in front.
deleitaise, to be delighted,
delidoBO, -a, delightful.
dellto, m. fault, delinquency,
demasiado, too much,
dentro de, within,
depender, to depend,
dependiente, m. clerk,
derecho, -*, right; , m. right.
denibar, to knock down.
demimbarBe, to tumble down,
desapaiecer, to disappear,
desastre, m. disaster.
descontar, to discount.
desctibrir, to discover.
descuento, m. discount.
desde, from, for, since; —— que,
deseada, /. favor {of a l^er).
deaear, to desire, wish.
deaemfaocadura, /. mouth,
deaeo, m. desire.
deseracia, /. misfortune.
desmayarse, to taint.
despadio, to, office.
despedJr, to dismiss, take leave,
despotismo, m. despotism.
despu^a, afterwards; de,
after; que, after that.
„ Google
SPANtSfi VOCABULARY
205
destino (con), with destioBtion, domfistico, -a, domestic.
domidlio, m. abode, dwelling,
doode, where.
dondequlen, wherever.
doSa, /. donna (tille used befor.
baptismal name of a woman]
dormir (igS), to sleep;
ileep ofi a drunk.
destnilr, to destroy,
detris de, behind,
deuda,/. debt.
deudor, m. debtor.
d£,/roradaT(lK.).
dlft, m. day.
disblo, m. devil.
diariamente, daily,
diario, m. (daily) paper,
dicciooario, m. dictionary.
dfc«se = 3e dice (dedr), it is said,
diciendo, telling, saying.
dicha,/.good luck; por mfa,
fortunately tor me.
dicho, said (from decir).
dicho J hecha, no sooner said than
dJeron, from dar.
diez, ten; las - — -, ten o'clock.
difereivia,/.'dificrence.
digno, -a, worthy.
diluvio, M. flood.
dinero, tn. money.
did, from dar.
DioB, m. God.
dirigir, to direct, address,
disclpulo, m. scholar.
discunir, to speak,
discurso, m. speech.
discutir, to discuss.
disipar, to dissipate.
disponer, to dispose (31a).
disponga, /rrim disponer.
distinto, -a, different.
diverso, -a, diverse, various.
dividendo, m. dividend.
dividir, to divide.
doce, twelve; laa , twelve
o'clock.
docena, /. dozen.
doctaCmente), learned(ly).
doctor, m, doctor.
dolor, m. grief, paio.
dos, t
; lOB-
4aj, from dar (aio).
duda, /. doubt.
dudar, to doubt.
dudoso, -a, doubtful; lo , the
dulces, m. pi. sweetmeats,
ddo, m, duet.
duro, -a, hard, severe.
duro, m. dollar.
edad, /. age.
efecto, m. eSect.
ejemplo, m. example, instance.
ejercicio, m. exercise, theme.
ej^rcito, m, army.
el, the; — — que, he or him who.
61, he, him, it.
eleccifin, /, election.
elegancia, /. elegance.
elocuente, eloquent.
alocuentemente, eloquently.
ella, herself, her, she, it.
ellas, they (/.}.
eUo, it.
ellos, them, they.
embajador, m. ambassador.
embaicar, to ship.
embaique, m. shipping, shipment.
embrlagado, -a, intoxicated.
Emilio Castelar, a Spanish orator
and statesman.
emodSn, /. expectancy, emotion,
empezar, to begin.
empleado, m. employee.
,/Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
em^ear, to employ.
empreso., /. enterprise, undertaking.
encantsdor, -a, enchanting.
encender, to light,
eocontrar, to find, meet.
encontrarse, to be found, be, meet
each other.
enemlgo, m. enemy.
enfermedad, /. sickness, disease,
enferroo, -a, aick.
enjambre, m. swarm,
Ewique, Henry.
enaelLar, to teach.
entender, to understand.
entonces, then, at that time.
entrante, coming, next.
entrar (en), to enter, come in.
entrevista, /. interview.
enTlar, to send.
£pocB,/. epoch, time.
equlvalente, equivalent.
escalera, /. stairs, stairway.
escapar, to escape.
escape (dtodo), at full speed.
escasez,/. scarcity, lack.
esclavo, «i. slave.
esconderse, to hide oneself.
escribir, to write.
escritoiio, ffi. counting-house,
eacuchar, to listen to, hear,
escuela, /. school.
escultura, /. sculpture.
ese, -a, Uiat.
esfueno, m. effort.
eso, that.
espacio, m. space.
espacioso, -a, broad.
espada, /. sword; 6 , with
swords.
Espafia,/. Spain.
espofiol, -a, Spanish; m. Spaniard.
Espafiola, Spanish.
Esparteio (proper name), Spanish
general and statesman,
especial, special.
especialidad, /. (con), especially.
'esperanza, /. hope.
esperar, to hope, wait; de ,
to be hoped.
esquela, /. note.
£sta, here, in this dty.
estaciOn, /. station.
estadista, m. statesman.
Estados Unidos, m. United States,
estar, to be; de Tuelta, to
estatura,/. stature.
este, -a, this.
6ste, -a, this one.
estimar, to esteem,
estio, m. summer.
estorbar, to obstruct. ' ,
£stos, these.
estranjero, -a, foreign.
estrecho, -a, strait.
estudiai, to study.
esturiefan,><-™ estar (164).
eicelente, excellent,
ezdamar, to cry, exclaim,
ezcusarse, to excuse oneself,
exhortar, to entreat,
£zito, m. success,
explicacifin, /, explanation.
ezplicBT, to explain,
expresiSn, /, expression.
eztraJio, -a, strange.
fabricadSn, /. making.
factura,/, bill,
falta, /. lack, want,
faltar, to fail, be wanting,
familia, /, family.
favorecida,/. favor (0/ a letter).
SPANISH VOCABULARY
febnro, m. February.
f«clui,/. date.
fechado, -a, dated.
felidtarse, to congratulate (one-
self).
Felipe, Philip.
felii (17), happy.
felizmente, happily.
Femttn Caballero, pen-name of the
Spanish ■wriler Cecilia Btihl de
Faber.
.feiTOcarril, m. railway.
ferror, m. fervor.
festivo (lUa), m. holiday.
fiaiUM, /. security.
flarse (de), to trust in.
fldedigno, -a, trustworthy.
fiel, faithful.
fleltro, m. fell, damper.
fllosofia, /. philosophy.
fll6sofo, m. philosopher.
fin, m. end, limit.
finna,/. firm, signature.
fleto, m. freight.
fondoB, m. pi. funds.
toima, /. form.
fortaleza,/. fort, fortress.
fortutia,/. fortune, luck.
francos, francesa, French.
Francis, /. France.
freote,/. forehead; hacer , to
hold in check.
frente £, off agsdnst.
fresco, -a, fresh.
frfo, -a, cold.
fruta, /. fruit.
fneco, m. fire.
fuente, /. source, fountain.
Fuente (la), Spanish historian.
futuro (lo), future.
galgo, m. greyhound.
ganancia, /. gain.
gassr, to earu, make.
gastar, to spend, wear.
gasto, m. expense, cost.
gato, m. cat.
general, m. general.
generalmente, generally.
gSneros, m. pi. goods.
generoso, -a, generous.
gent«, /. people.
gigante, m. giant.
gobemador, m. governor.
gobiemo, m. government.
golpe, fli. stroke, blow.
gozar, to enjoy.
gozo, m. joy.
gramdtica, /. grammar.
grtnde (gran), large, great.
granero, m. bam.
grata, /. favor {of a teller).
grato, -a, pleasant.
Grecia, /. Greece.
griego, -a, Greek.
guardor, to guard, keep, protect.
guerra, /. war.
gustar, to please, suit.
gusto, tn. pleasure.
ba).
haber (al), to the credit,
habiendo, from haber (164).
habitacidn, /. room.
habitar, to inhabit.
hablar, to speak, talk.
bace, ago.
hacer, to do, make, build;
freate fi, to hold in check, face;
las suyas, to play one's
tricks; venir, to send for;
se, to be made; se con,
to procure, obtain.
hacienda, /. exchequer, treasury,
farm.
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
2oS
bal^eDo, -», Battering.
hallar, to find.
ban, from haber {164).
basts, until, as far as, up to;
que, until; la vista, good-
by, see'you agaio.
hay, there is, are,
baja,from haber {164).
bayamos, /mm haber (164).
h«cho, -A, from hacer (aiS).
hembia,/. female, girl.
bender, to split.
hermana,/. sister; de caridad,
/. sister of charity.
bennanita,/. little sister, ^
hennano, m. brother.
heroicaniente, like a hero, bero-
blena, /. hyena.
hleiTO, m. iron.
bija, /. daughter.
bljlta,/. little daughter,
bijtto, m. (little son), darling.
bijo, m. son; s, children.
HiU, proper name.
bistoria,/. history.
hombre, m. man.
honor, m. honor,
honradez,/. honesty,
honrado, -a, honored.
bonrar, to honor.
bora,/, hour, o'clock.
horrible, horrible.
hospital, m. hospital,
hospitalidad, /. hospitality,
boy, to-day.
bueIe,/roffl oler (193).
huelga,/. strike.
huerto, nt. garden, orchard.
bu€sped, fn. guest or host.
huevo, m. egg.
hulr, to flee, run away.
bumanidad, /. humanity.
bumano, -a, human.
taundirse, to sink, founder.
idea,/, ides.
tdem, the same, ditto.
idioma, m. language.
iglesia,/. church.
igual, alike, equal.
igualar, to equal.
iluGtre, illustrious.
impeifecto, m. imperfect (tense).
imperio, m. empire.
impermeable, m. raincoat, water-
impertinencia, /. impertinence.
implo, -a, wicked.
importar, to be important.
importunar, to importune, trouble,
imposibitidad, /. impo^ibility.
impoeibilitar, to incapacitate.
impo^ble, impossible.
improbable, improbable.
impuesto, -a, informed.
impuro, -d, impure.
incapaz (17), incapable, unfit,
incendio, m. fire.
indlcar, to point out, indicate.
indispensable, indispensable.
indispuesto, -a, indisposed,
individuo, m. member.
industrial, business, industrial,
inferior, inferior, lower,
influencia, /. influence.
informar, to inform.
infimdado, -a, groundless.
ingl£s, inglesa, English.
ingratitud, /. ingratitude.
inmortolidad, /. immortality,
Insistir, to insist.
inspecci6n, /. inspection.
instante, m. instant, time, mo-
instai, to urge.
instraccitSn, /. instruction.
Insulto, m. insult,
intendOa, /. intention.
C,u:.00:lyCOOglC
SPANISH VOCABULARY
209
interesar, to interest.
intolerable, intolerable.
inverBi6a,/. investment,
invertir, to invest.
ir(J3S). togo.
irregular, irregular,
italisno, -a, Italian.
J
jabfin, m. soap.
jardfn, m. garden.
jardlnlto (jardin), m. little garden.
jinete, m. rider, horseman.
Josefa, /. Josephine.
j'oTeo, young; , m. young man.
Juan, John.
Juana, Jane^
Juanita, /. Jennie,
juevea, m. Thursday,
jugando, playing.
jugar, to play.
JuUo, «. July.
' jurar, to swear.
juvenil, youthful.
juTentud, /. youth,
juzgar, to judge.
Eaiser, m. {the German) emperor.
ladrar, to bark.
ladrdn, m. thief, robber.
lamentado, -a, lamented.
Upiz, m. pendl.
largo, -a, long.
lAstima,/. pity.
lavandera, /. laundress.
le, him, to him, for him, his, you,
lecciCn,/. lesson.
leer, to read,
l«ngua,/. language,
lefla,/. wood,
les, them, to them,
letra, /. letter; de camUo,
letter of exchange.
levantar, to raise.
levantarse, to rise, get up; el ,
levita, /. frock coat.
ley,/, law.
llbertad,/. liberty.
libranza,/. draft, check.
librerfa,/. bookstore.
libTo, m. book.
liebro, /. hare.
Ugero, -a, light; lightly, swiftly.
limosna, /. alms.
linchar, to lynch.
Undo, -a, beautiful.
Unea, /. line.
Uquido, -a, net.
lisonjear, to flatter.
lo, it; que, what, which.
lobo, m. wolf.
locura, /. folly.
los, las, the, those of us; que,
those who.
lucir, to display, wear,
lucha,/, fighting, struggle.
luego, then; de, as soon as, '
lugar, m. place.
luna, /. moon; do miel,
honeymoon,
limes, m. Monday,
luz,/. Ugbt.
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAK
U
Iknudo, -a, called,
Ikmar, to call, attract.
Uegar, to arrive; S •«, to
become.
Uvnr, to bear, carry, bring, lead,
carry off; i cabo, com-
plete, finish.
llvvarse, to carry off.
Uuvia,/, rain, shower.
nudre,/. mother.
Madrid {the capital of Spain),
Madrid.
maestra,/. queen (cf bus).
nUMtro, m. master, teacher, maes-
tro; de mdsica, music
DUgntflco, -a, splendid, magnifi-
majestuoso, -a, majestic.
jatl, m. harm, evil; badly;
(37)-
malo, -a, sick, bad, ill.
mami,/. mother, mamma.
manantial, «. spring.
mandar, to send, order; i
decir, to send word.
mandarse, to be ordered,
mandato, m. command, order.
mando, m. command.
mane jar, to work.
manera, /. manner; de tal , in
such a, way.
mantener {164), to maintain.
mantilU, /, mantilla (a kind of
cloak used by Spanish women to
cover the head and shoulders).
Manuel Qnevedo, proper name.
la, /. apple.
>. apple tree.
», /. morning; tan de ,
so early in the morning;
per la tarde, to-morrow after-
noon; adv. to-morrow.
mar, m. or f. sea, ocean.
maraviUoso, -a, wonderful.
marcar, to mark.
marcharse, to go away, depart.
maritinio, —a, marine.
martes, m. Tuesday.
Martinez, proper name.
marzo, m. March.
mas, but.
mAs, more, most, further;
que, any more; los , the
most, most.
matar, to kill.
maternal, maternal, native.
mauUar, to mew (as a col).
mayo, m. May.
mayor, greater, most.
mayor (por), wholesale.
medio, m. means.
medio, -a, half.
meditar, to meditate, think.
mejor, better.
mejorar, to better, improve.
melocot6n, m. peach.
MendelsBohn, German musician.
menor (par), retail.
menoB, less.
mente, /. mind.
menudo (i), often.
menudos, m. pi. petties (various
small sums).
mercado, m. market (place).
merecer, to merit, deserve.
merendai, to lunch.
merienda,/. luncheon.
mea, m. month.
mesa,/, table.
metal, m. metal.
meterse, to put oneself, get.
ml, pi. mis, my.
ml, me.
c,u:.0(..»CoOglc
SPANISH VOCABULARY
miedo, m. fe&r.
miSrcoles, m. Wednesday,
mil, thousand.
milldnj fn. miUion.
mineral, m. mineral.
miniatro, m. minister, secretary.
miauto, m. minute.
mlo, -a, my,
mirada, /. look, eye.
misa, /. mass.
mismo, -a, same.
mitad, /. hatf.
moda,/. mode, fashion, style.
modelo, m. model.
momento, m. moment, instant.
moneda,/. coin, money.
mondlogo, m. solo.
montado, -a, mounted.
montofia, /. mountain.
montecillo (Jrom monte), m. hill.
morada, /. mansion.
morder, to bite.
morir, to die.
motivo, M. motive, spirit.
muchacba, /. girl.
muchachita, /, little girl.
muchacbo, m. boy.
mnchlsimo, very, very much.
mucho,-a,mucii,great,many,Iong.
muerte,/. death. '
muerto, -a (morir), killed, dead.
mtijei', /. woman, wife.
mundo, m. world; todo el ,
everybody.
muralla,/, rampart, wall,
tndsica, /. music.
muy, very, dear (in lettcrhtads) .
nacer, to be born.
nada, nothing, anything.
nadie, no one, anyone.
najpe, m. (playing) card.
naranja, /. orange.
natural, natural.
natuialeza, /. nature.
naufragar, to strand.
naufragio, m. shipwreck.
negar, to deny.
negocio, m. business.
neto, -a, net.
nmguno, -a, no,jione, any.
niHita,/. little girl.
nifiito, m. Uttle child.
nifio, m. child.
nocbe,/. evening, night; esta ,
nombre, m. noun, name.
Norte, m. North.
noBOtros, -as, we.
nota, /. note, mark.
noticia,/. notice, news.
novecientoB, -as, nine hundred,
noveliste, m. and}, novelist,
noviembre, m. November.
novios, m. pi. bride and groom,
nube, /. cloud.
nuestro, -a, our.
obedecer, to obey.
obra,/. work,
obrar, to act.
obrero, m. workman.
ocasiftn, /. opportunity,
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
octubre, m. October.
ocupar, to occupy.
ocunldo (lo), wbat had happened,
OCho, eight; las .eight o'clock.
ofemder, to oSend.
ofrecerse, to offer, subscribe one-
self.
olr, to hear,
ojo, m. eye.
oler, to smell,
once (las), eleven o'clock.
6pera, /. opera.
operaci6n,/. operation.
opimdn, /. opinion.
3 (iios},/ramoponerae.
e (ill), to oppose.
opaesto, -a, opposite.
ora, now.
oiador, m. speaker, orator.
orden, m. order.
ordinario, -a, ordinary,
orilla, /. bank, shore.
Oiillas de la mar, seashore, aea*
oro, m. gold.
OS, you, to you.
ostia,/. oyster.
otorgar, to grant.
otro, -a, other, another.
oveja, /, sheep.
ovejita (oveja),/. little sheep.
Oviedo, town in Spain.
padre, m. father; m. pi. parents.
pagar, to pay.
pagarS, m. promissory note.
pago, m. pay, payment.
pals, m. country.
pajarillo (pAjaro), m. little bird.
palabra, /. (ward), floor.
palacio, m. palace.
pan, m. bread.
pafLuelo, m. handkerchief.
papd, m. father, papa.
Papa, m. Pope.
papel, m. paper.
para, to, in order to, for; con,
to, towards; que, that, so
that, in order that.
paraguas, m. umbrella.
parar, to ward ofi, parry.
parecer, to seem,
pariente, m. relative, parent.
Paris, Paris (capital of France).
parque, m. park,
parte, /. part, piece; en todas
s, everywhere; de mi ,
for me.
partido, m. profit, result, game,
partir, to set out, start, depart.
pasado (lo), past (time).
pasado, -a, last, past.
pasar, to pass, cross.
pasearse, to promenade; en
coche, to drive.
paseo, m. promenade, walk; i
, to walk, promenade.
paalfin,/. passion.
pasivo, m. liabilities.
paso, m. way, passage,
patio, m. yard.
patria,/. fathert^d.
patriota, m. patriot.
pai, /. peace.
pedacito, m. scrap.
pedazo, m. piece.
pedido (lo), what was asked for,
pedir, to beg, request.
pegar, to join, beat.
peleado, having fought.
pelear, to fight,
peligro, m. danger.
peligroso, -a, dangerous.
„ Google
SPANISH VOCABULARY
213
pendiente, hikngiag.
. pensar (185), to think, believe,
pensar, m. thinking, thought.
Pepita,/. Josie.
peqnefio, -a, small.
pera, /. pear.
perder, to lose.
perderse, to lose oneself.
perdici6i), /. destruction.
perdiz (17),/. partridge.
p«rdGn, n. pardon.
perdoDor, to pardon.
periddico, m. (news) paper.
permitir, to permit, allow.
pennitirse, to permit oneself.
pero, but.
perrito, m. little dog.
p«rro, m. dog.
perBegfuir, to pursue.
persona,/, person, people.
pertenecer, to belong.
pertenedente, belonging.
pertnrbacifin, /. perturbation, con-
pesar, m. weighing.
pesar (A), in spite.
pesca,/. fishing.
pescai, to fish.
peseta,/, (a Spanish coin worth
from fifteen to twenty cents).
peso, m. dollar.
pie,
foot; poner los b en
polvorosa, to flee, to "dust"; fi
los s de usted, your humble
piedredts (piedra), /. small stone.
plema, /. leg.
pintar, to describe.
jantarse, to be painted, shown.
piso, m. story (0/ a house).
plata., /. silver.
plaza, /. place, square.
Plaza de Oriente, /., a square in
'Madrid.
pluma, /. pen.
plural, m. plural.
pobre, poor, poor person.
pobreza,/. poverty,
poco, -a, few, little, little time;
. & , little by little,
gradually.
poder, to be able, can; en mi >
poderse, to be possible.
poenuL, m, poem,
politicaBtio, peanut politician.
politico, -a, political.
Ponce de Lefin, Spanish nanigatar,
poner, to put; se, to put on
ponerse, to set (0/ Ike sun).
pQngame (poner) 6 los pies de,
present my regards to.
pOT, by, in, aboard of, on, along,
through, by means of; . . .
que, however; qu6, why.
porque, for, because.
portorriquefio, -a, Porto- Eican.
porvenlr, m. future.
posada,/. hotel, restaurant,
posesi6n, /- possession.
posible, possible.
pOSici6n, /. position.
precedeT, to precede.
predo, m. price.
predoso, -a, precious.
predso, -a, necessary.
preferir, to prefer.
prefijamente, precisely, i.e. with-
out grace.
pregtmtar, to ask.
prender, to take.
presentar, to present, introduce.
presente (al), at present.
preservarse, to preserve one's , . .
presidio, m. garrison.
presi6n,/. pressure.
preso, m. prisoner.
pretendiente, m. suitor.
,, Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAK
i,/.c>
prinuveia, /. spring.
primer (a?), first.
primero, -a., first.
pTimeros (fi), about the first.
principiar, to begin.
principio, m. beginning.
privll^o, nt. privilege.
probar, to prove.
problema, m. problem.
producitlo, m. proceeds.
prodttdr, to produce.
proferir, to utter.
profuntlo, -a, profound, deep.
progreso, m. progress.
prfijimo, m. neighbor.
promesa, /, promise.
prometer, to promise.
promiscuo, -a, promiscuous.
propio, -a, own, self.
proponer, to propose (laa).
propodci'Sn, /. propoalion.
protesta, /. protest.
proveer, to provide for.
provincia, /. province.
prOiinio, -a, next.
proyecto de ley, m. bill.
pfiblico, -a, public, known; gov-
pudimos, from poder (330).
puente, m. deck, bridge,
puerta, /. gate, door.
Puerto, m. port,
pues, since.
puesta,/. setting.
puesto, in. plaice, position,
punta, /. end, point.
pun to, m. point, place.
puro, m. cigar.
que, that, when, than, as, whether,
for, because; which, who, what;
si, yes; no, no.
quebrantarse, to be broken (down).
quebranto, m. damage, shock.
quedarCse), to remsun, be;
corto, to be nonplussed, con-
founded.
quehaceres, m. ft. duties.
quejarse, to complain.
querer, to wish, love.
queridlsimo, -a, dearest.
quiebra, /. failure.
quien, he who, who, and he;
quiero (querer), I wish,
quince, fifteen.
qoinientos, -as, five hundred,
quitar, to take (away), deprive.
rato, m. while, moment.
rayo, m. lightning, flash.
Real, Royal.
redbo, m. receipt.
recomendacitin, /. recomntenda-
recompensa, /. reward.
recordar (188), to remember.
xechazar, to reject,
ndedor de (al), around.
referirse, to refer, recall.
lefleiionar, to reflect.
refrfln, m. proverb.
refnerzo, m. reinforcement.
regalo, m. present, gift.
regimen, m. regimen.
regimiento, m. regiment.
i^ir, to rule, govern.
SPANISH VOCABUUUty
regla, /. rule.
letatBtti, to refuse.
rellUt, /. queen.
reinAT, to reign.
rofr, to laugh; se, to ridicu
reitersr, to repeat, reiterate.
religiSii, /. religion.
reloj, m. watch, clock.
remediar, to remedy,
remitir, to send, remit.
rendirse, to surrender.
renombre, m. renown.
renoTar, to renew.
r«peilt« (de), suddenly.
repetir, to repeat.
repetirae, to reiterate, repeat.
repfiblica,/. republic.
resbolar, to slip.
reeidencia, /. residence.
resolver, to resolve.
respecto, in regard.
respetable, respected. .
responder, to answer.
restante, m. remainder.
resultado, m. result.
reeultar, to turn out, result; —
muerto, -a, U> be killed.
retiro, m. retreat.
retrato, m. portrait.
Teunifin,/. assembly.
reunirse, to meet (each ether).
revelar, to reveal.
rererendo, ~a, reverend.
revolndSn, /. revolution.
revolver, to turn, cast.
rejr, m. king.
ridlculo, -a, ridiculous.
Tiesgo, m. risk,
rigor, «i. rigor.
rfo, ffl. river,
rival, m. rival,
rogar (i88), to ask, beseech.
rollo, m. roll.
ropa, /. clothes.
saber, to know.
sacar, to get, obtain.
saco, m. sack, bag.
Bala de patlnar, /. skating rink.
Mlario, m. hire, salary.
BBldo, nt. balance.
salida,/. rise, rising.
salir, to come or go out, start,
set out; i paseo, to go out
walking; se coo la auya, to
carry one's point.
salteador de camino, faighway-
salud,/. health.
saludando, saluting.
saludar, to salute, present one's re-
gards.
salvaje, nt. andf. savage.
salvar, to save.
salvo, -a, safe.
sangre,/. blood.
sano, -a, sound, healthy.
Santiago de Compostela, St. James
of Compostela [city in Spain).
santo, -a, saintly, holy.
santuario, m. shrine.
sarao, m. entertainment, party.
Batisfacer, to satisfy.
sed, /. thirst.
sedicioso, m. rioter.
seguida (en), at once, immedi-
ately.
seguir, to follow,
segda, as, according
segundo, -a, second.
seguro,
incendio, fire
8«guro, -a, sure
„ Google
2l6
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
Mia, dx; por dento, six p<
cent; las , sii o'clock.
senuuiA, /. week.
semejanza, /. resemblance.
Senado, m. Senate.
senador, m. senator.
Bentar, to suit, become, fit.
sentarae, to sit down, be seated.
sentir, to regret, feel.
BeDor, m. Mr., sir, gentleman.
Bofiora,/. lady, madam, Mrs.; —
perienta, /. wife.
sefiorita,/. young lady. Miss.
separarse, to separate.
septiembre, m. September.
Bequedad,/. drought.
sei (164), to be; i no
serlo, -a, serious.
Beirido, nt. service.
Berridor, m. servant.
servir, to serve,
■er^rse, to please, be
help oneself.
Betenta (seventy), three
pseudonym, pen-
seudSnimo,
si, yes.
d,him,htmself, herself, themselves.
si, whether, if.
sido, been (from bvc).
Biempre, ever, always.
siendo, from set (164).
siete (las), seven o'clock.
Siglo, Bi. century.
signlflcado, m. meaning.
significar, to mean.
siguiente (lo), the following.
silendo, m. silence.
ailla, /. chaEr.
sillSn, m. arm-chair.
^n (que), without, when.
sinQnimo, -a, synonymous.
sabre, m. envdope.
soI>r«, on, upon, over,
sobrina,/. niece,
sobrino, m. nephew.
aodedad, /. company, sodety.
Sdcrates, Socrates (Greek pkilos-
opha).
aofft, m. sofa,
sol, m. sun.
solas (i), alone.
soldado, m. soldier,
solo, -a, alone, single.
afilo, only, merely.
Bombra,/. shadow.
sombrero, m. hat.
BOTpreader, to surprise. _^
sosegar, to quiet.
aoy,/romBer (164).
Bu, BUS, bis, her, its, your, their.
Bubido, -*, high.
Bublr, to come up, ascend, run up,
amount.
Bubscribirse, to subscribe,
sucursal, m. branch.
Bufrir, to suffer.
suiddio, m. suicide.
Sur, m. South,
siqro {lo), one's own, hia own.
tabeco, m. tobacco.
tal, such a.
taller, m. shop.
tambifin, also, likewise,
tampoco, just as little, either.
tan, so, as, such a.
tardanza, /. delay.
tardar, hesitate, be long, delay.
tarde,/. afternoon.
tarde, late; mis , later.
tarea,/. task.
taea, /. cup.
„ Google
SPANISH VOCABULARY
teatro, m. theater.
tola, /. cloth, goods.
temblar, to tremble.
tribunal, m. court, tribunal,
tiigo, m. wheat.
tripulaci6ii, /. crew {of a skip).
tropa, /. troop.
tu, tns, thy, youi.
temprano, early, soon.
tendero, m. shopkeeper.
tenga, imperative of tener (164).
tenido, p. p. of tener, to have.
tercero, -a, third.
terrtin, m. lump.
teStigO, ffi. witness.
tiempo, m. time, weatbei.
tleii,da,/. shop.
tieira,/. land, earth.
tinta, /. ink.
tlo, m. uncle.
tiple, m. soprano.
tipo, m. fellow.
tirar, to throw, draw, pull.
tiio, m. shot.
tftulo, m. title.
tocar, to knock, play (d musical
instrument).
todavia, yet.
todo, -a, whole, all, every, each;
everything; el mundo, m.
everybody.
tornado, -a, taken,
tomar, to take, capture,
tomarse, to take (far oneself).
tomo, w. volume.
torpedero, m. torpedo-boat.
trabajador, m. Uboter, handler.
trabajar, to work, labor, act.
trabajoso, -a, laborious .
traje, m. costume, dress.
tranquilo, -a, tranquil, quiet,
transatldntico, -a, transatlantic,
tratainiento, m. treatment,
tren, tn. train; de recreo,
trea, three.
dltimo, -a, last, latest.
nna (la), one o'clock.
finico, -a, only, unique.
nsar de, to utilize, make u
nstod, you.
Tadlar, to hesitate.
vagabundo, m. tramp.
valiente, m. valient, brave fellow,
valientemente, valiently.
valor, m. courage, valor, value.
vapor, m. steamer; en , by
vaquero, m. herdsman, cowboy.
variar, to change; el , the
changing.
vario, -a, various.
var6n, m. male, boy.
yasija, /. butt, cask.
vaya, from ir (335).
vaya(me), from irse, to go away;
see 135.
veceB, see vez.
vecino, m. neighbor.
veinte, twenty; t -, on the
twentieth.
veintitreB, twenty-three (third).
veacer, to fall due, mature.
vencido, -a, conquered,
vencimiento, m. maturity.
vender, to sell.
veneno, m. bane, poison.
venidero (lo), future.
„ Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
TOiidcro, -•, coming.
Tiaje, m. trip,
jouraer.
venir, to come; 4 ser, to be-
TiaJOTO, m. traveler.
come.
vida,/.bfe.
renta,/. sale.
Tiejo, -a, old.
vontana, /. window.
Tiemes, m. Friday.
Tentanilk (TMtana), /. little
vista,/, view.
sight.
window.
Tivir, to live.
TOT, to see.
volar,' to fly.
veranear, to summer, pass the
volver, to lur
n, return.
summer.
TOtar, to vote
, pass (by jioting).
TOTaao, m. summer.
vecbo, m. verb.
Terdad, /. truth, true.
Y
TOTdadero, -*, true, real.
y, and.
vestido, -a, dressed.
ja, already,
now; no,
vestidoE, m. pi. clothes.
longer.
vestirse, to dress, be clothed.
yo.i.
TM (fi. TeceB),/. time; rara ,
z
seldom; otra , once more;
en , instead.
zapat6n (zapato), m. large shot
D,g,t,;?<ib, Google
ENGLISH VOCABULARY
abandon (to), abandonai.
about, i I
absence,
absent, ausente.
abstain (to), abatenerse (164).
accept (to), accptar.
accommodation, conveniencia, /.
accompany (to), acompaaar.
accomplish (to), efectuai, cum-
plir.
according to, segiln.
accustomed (to be), acostumbrar.
acorn, bellota, /,
across, a1 trav£s de.
action, acci6n, /.
actress, actriz,/, (17).
admiration, admiracidn, /.
admit (to), admitLr.
advance (to), avaazar.
advantage, ventaja,/.
advertisement, anuncio, m.
afternoon, tarde, /.; this ,
against, contra.
ago, hace (before the number) or
ha [after Ike noun).
all, todo, -a; (97, 10),
^ (383, 3°), <^odo ]o que.
bU Qiat, todo lo que.
all the time, siempre.
all those who, todos los que.
allow (to), permitir.
alone, solo, -a.
olread}', ya.
always, siempre.
American, a
amiable, amable.
among, entre.
amase oneself (to), gozarse.
an, uno, ~a (la, Note).
(to),
answer (to), contestar, responder.
apartment, aposento, m.
appeal (to), to the law, pedirle en
justicia.
apply (to), dirigirse (171, 8).
arise (to), levantarse.
ann, brazo, m.
aimy, ej6rcito, m.
arrive (to), llegar (171, a);
{by ■water), arribar.
artist, artista, m.
as well as, tan bien como.
ask (to), pceguntar, pedir.
astonish (to), sorprender.
at, 4; - — - (107, 21), en.
attack, ataque, m.
attacked, atacado, -a.
attain to (to), alcanzar.
attempt (to), intentar.
attend { — be present at), asistir i.
attribute (to), atribufr (106).
avenge (to), vindicar.
bad, male, -a (17).
band, mlisica,/.
Barcelona, Barcelona.
„ Google
220
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
beiii(to), estat(i64).
beuuae, porque.
bed, cama, /.
been, sido (164).
before {prep, of time), antes de;
(prep, oj place), delante de;
begm (to),principiar; {171,4,
185), empezar.
beUeve (to), creer.
belong (to), pertenecer.
beloved, amado, -a, querido, -a.
beneficial, benfifico, -a.
best, el, la mejor; (97, aa), el
better, mejor.
between, entre.
Bible, Biblia, /.
bill, proyecto de ley, m.
bird, p&jaro, m.
birth, el nacer.
black, negro, -a.
bless (to), bendecir (117).
blood, sangre,/.
blue, azul.
board, bordo, m.
boat, bote, m.
book, libto, m.
borrow (to), pedir (aoi) prestado,
bread, pan, m.
breakfast, almuerzo, m.
break out (to), estallar.
bring (to), traet (»I4).
brother, hermano, m.
but, mas, pero.
but little, po(o.
buy (to), comprar.
call (to), Uamar, pasar.
candidate, candidate, m.
capital, capital,/.
capture (to), captuiar.
curiage, carruaje, m.
carrier (letter-), cartero, m.
carry (to), llevar.
case (in that ), en ese caso.
cases (in some) ... in olfaei
Castilian, castellano, -a.
castle, Castillo, m.
cause (to), causar.
cave, cueva,/.
cease (to), cesar.
cent, ceutavo, m.
chain, cadena, /.
chair, silla, /.
diange (to), cambiar de.
dtsrge, cargo, m.
chssseur, cazador, m.
child, aitio, m.
children, hij'os, m.
church, iglesia, /.
circumstance, circunstanda, /.
citizen, dudadano, nt.
dty, dudad,/. (17).
claim, derecho, rn.
classroom, sala de clase,/.
doak, capa,/.
clotti, pafio, w.
coinage, acufiacifin, /.
colt, potro, m,
come (to), venir (323).
come down (to), bajar.
come out (to), salir.
comical, c6mico, -a.
coming (158, 41), que viene.
condude (to), concluir (ao6).
condemn (to), condenar.
conduct, conducta, /.
connection, conexi6n,/.
consent, con sent! miento, m.
consequently, por consi^uiente.
.,Gtx)^lc
ENGLISH VOCABULARY
consideration, consideracidn, /.
content, contento, -a.
continent, continente, m.
convince (to), convencer.
comer, esquina, /,
corridor, corredor, m.
cost (to), costar (i88).
cost, costa,/.
country (154, 47), pafs, m.; (iig,
26), patria,/.
courser, corcel, m.
cousin, prime, m.
cow, vacft, /.
cravat, corbata, /.
create (to); crear.
crew, tripulaci6n, /,
criminal, reo, m.
cnstom, costumbre,/.
cut one's (to) . . ., cortarse.
dinuige, daDo, m.
dance (to), bailai.
dare (to), osar.
darling, querida,/.
daughter, hija,/.
dawn (to), amanecer.
day, dia, m.; a , diario, -a;
' after to-morrow, pasado
following, dIa
mafiana;
siguiente, m.
death, muerte,/.
debt, deuda,/,
deed, hecho, m.
defend (to), defender (186):
oneself, defeoderse.
deign (to), dignarse.
delicious, delicioso, -a.
deliver (to), pronunciar.
demand (to), enigir.
deny (to), negar (171, t).
denying, negar, m.
deserve (to), n
desire (to), desear.
diamond, diamante, m.
died, muerto.
differ (to), diferir (igj).
difference, diferencia, /.
different, distinto, -a.
dinir^ room, comedor, m.
dinner, coinida,/.
disappear (to), desaparecer.
discount (to), descontar.
discourse, discurso, m.
discover (to), descubrir.
discuss (to), discutir.
disease, enfermedad, /. (17).
disgust (to), disgustar.
disgusting, asqueroso, -a.
dismiss (to), despedir.
disposition, diaposicifin, /.
dissuade (to), disuadir.
do (to), hacM (Ji8).
dog, perro, m.
dollar, peso, m.; duro, m.
door, puerta,/.
doorkeeper, portero, m.
doubt (to), dudar.
dozen, docena,/.
drama, drama, m.
drink (to), beber.
drive (to), paaear en coche.
drop, gota, /.
drug store, botica,/.
drunk, borracho, -a.
early, temprano.
earUi, tierra,/.
easily, fdcUmente.
eat (to), comer.
eight o'clock, las ocho.
electric, elfctrico, -a.
eloquence, elocuencia, /.
„ Google
222
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
•loqaently, eloeuentemente.
employed, empleado, -a.
indulged, encarg&do, -a.
end, fin, m.
enemj, eoemigo, m.
enjoy (to), gozar de.
enough, bastante.
enter (to), entrar {use en befori
object).
enteitabi (to), abrigar.
entertaining, divertido, -a.
entrance, entiada,/.
entrenchment, trinchera,/.
esteem (to), eatimar.
Europe, Eiuopa,/.
evening, noche,/.
even fliou|^, aunque.
erer, siempre (156, iS).
everybody, todo el mundo, m.
excellent, escelente,
ezcUim (to), exdamar.
excuse (to), dispensar, ezcusar.
execute (to), ejecutar.
ejdiibition, exhibicifin, /.
exist (to), existir.
expect (to), esperar.
expUnatiDn, eipUcacidn, /.
extreme, c
face (173, 31), disco, m.
fail (to), dejar.
Wry, hada, /.
forther end, fondo, m.
fatal, (atal.
fault, error, m.
fear (to), temer.
feat, hecho, nt.
fellow (87, 30), semejante, m.
few, poco, -a.
field, campo, m.
Fifth Avenue, Quinta Aveoida, /.
fight (to), combatic.
find (to), cncontrar, hallar.
find out (to), ceteioratse.
finger, dedo, m.
finish (to), acabar.
fire, fuego, m.
first, primero, -a (>7),
fishing, i la pesca.
five, cinco; o'clock, las cinco.
flatter oneself (to), lisonjearse.
fleet, armada,/.; eacuadra,/.
Sock, manada, /.
Florida, Florida,/.
for (107, 3S), pot; (154, 39; 154,
43)1 pita.
force (to), forzar.
foreign, estranjero, -a.
forget (to), olvidar.
form (to), formar.
formerly, antes.
fort, fortaleza, /.
fortunate, afortunado, -a,
fortune, fortuaa,/.
forty, cuarenta.
four o'clock, las cuatro. ■
France, la Francia.
free, libre.
French, francos, francesa.
frequent (to), frequentar.
Fridays, los viernea.
friend, amigo, m.
from, de.
fruit, fruta,/.
furniture, mueblaje, nt.
gallop (to), galopar.
general, general, m.
geography, geografla,/.
Gemum, alemin, alemana,"
giant, gigante, m.
give (to), dar (aio).
glass, copa, /.
,,Gtx)^lc
ENGLISH VOCABULARY
glibly (Tery), muy al pelo.
go (to), ir (i3s).
go out (to), solir (aao).
God, Dios, tn.
gold, oro, m.
good, bueno, -a; (158, 35), bien.
goods, generos, m. pi.
governess, aya,/,
gray, pardo, -a.
Great Britain, la Grau Breta&a.
gr«at, grande (37, b).
greater, mayor.
guard (to), guardai.
hall, vestlbulo, m.
happen (to), suceder.
happy, contento, -a.
hard, con ahiaco.
hazard (at all ), i pesar de
health, salud,/.
heaven, cielo, m.
help (to), ayudar.
her, su, sus; (obj. of verb).
here, aquf.
hero, h£roe, m:
him, i\ (obj. of prep.).
him, le {obj. of verb).
in, historiador, m.
history, historia, /.
holldl^r ^> festivt
i (to -
-), i c
ia; at -
honest, probo, -a.
honorable, bonrado, -a.
hope (to), esperar.
hope, esperanza,/.
horse (riding), caballo de silla, m.
hour, bora, /.
lionse, casa,/.; little , caseta,/.
how long? cu4nto tiempo?
hymn, himno, m.
impatient (to be ), tener im-
paciencia, /.
impetuous, impetuoso, -a.
impossible, imposible.
in, en.
incredible, increlble.
infernally (most), iDfernaUsim&>
infonn (to), informar.
inkstand, tintero, m.
instinct, instinto, m.
intend (to), destinar.
Interest (to), icteresar.
intrigue, intriga, /.
invest (to), investir.
investigatioii, iovestigaci^u, /.
invite (to), convidar.
it {o'bj. aftlrb), lo; (oij. of prep.),
ello; (158, 29), ello; (358, 35).
lo; {/.), ia.
its, su, sus.
Japan, el Jap6n,
Juan Valera, Spanish author,
judge, iuei, m.
jury, jurado, m.
Knd, giatio, m.; (139, 46), es-
pecie, /.; dase,/.; of the ,
de eso.
Mug, rey, m.
Mng-and-queen, los reyes.
knife, navaja,/.
know (of persons), conocer; (304,
24), saber (130).
lack, falu, /.
lady, dama, sefiora,/.
224
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
land, tierra,/.
landlord, bu^aped, m.
language, lengua,/.; idioma, m.
later, m&s tarde.
laugh (to), refr {103)-
lawyer, abogado, m.
learn (to), aprender.
leave (to), partir; (119,. 39), de-
jar.
left, izquierdo, -a.
lesson, lecciin,/. (183, li).
let (to), permitir, dejar.
letter, carta, /.
letter-box, buz6n, m.
Ue (to), mentir (195).
life, vida, /.
like, como.
line (=jide), lado, m.
literature, literal ura, /.
little, poco; by — — -, poco i
little-housa, caseta,/.
Uve (to), vivir.
loan (to), preatar.
long, largo, -a.
longer, m&s.
look for (to), buacar (171, i).
lose (to), perderj one's way,
lost, perdido, -a. ■*
love, amor, m.
lyrical, lirico, -a.
made (97, 15), hechaa.
make (to),hacer; (_=Uigain),
malicious, malicioso, ~a.
man, hombre, m.
manners, modales, m. pi.
many, mucho, -a, -os, -as.
mare, yegua,/.
marry (to), casarse con.
me, me (58).
meaning, significado.
meet (to), ei
merit (to), b
milk, leche, /.
ministry, ministerio, m.
mistake, falta, /.; error, m.
modem, moderno, -a.
Monday, lunes, m. (139, 22).
money, dinero, nt.
month, mes, m.
moon, luna, /.
moral, moral.
more, mis; ai^ , m4s; -
tiian, mfis que.
morning, mafiana, /.
mortal, mortal.
mother, madre,/.
much, mucho, -a.
murderer, asesino, m.
myself (149, aj), me.
name, nombre, m.
national, nacional.
nature, la naturaleza.
T to, CI
ade.
necessary, preciao, n
need (to), neceaitar.
neigh (to), relinchar.
neighbor, pr6jimo, m.
nephew, aobrino, nt.
newspaper, perifldico, m. ,
next, aiguieate; week, ]a
night, noche, /.
nightfall, anochecer, m.
nightingale, ruiseiior, m.
nine o'clock, las Dueve.
noble, noble.
noon, mediodfa, m.
„ Google
ENGLISH VOCABUIjUIY
225
obey (to), obelr.
obBtiuct (to), estorbor,
obtain (to), pbtener.
obvious, obvio, -a.
occasion, ocasidn, /.; dicuiiEtan-
da, /.
occupy (to), ocupar.
ol, de; t'58, =9), 4-
offer (to), ofrecet (171, a).
offer, oferta,/.
office, oGcina,/.
officer, oGcial, m.
often, & menudo.
oh fliat, ojaU (que),
old-age, vejez,/.
old-man, anciano, m.
on, en; (139, 2S), sobre; (,=tinder),
once (at), en seguida.
one, uno, -a; tte , el uno.
only, adv. s6lo.
onslaught, embestida, /.
open (to), abrir.
opera, ftpera, /.
orange, naranja, /.
order (to), mandar.
orders, ^rdenes,/. pi.
other, otro, -a.
ought (to), deber (334).
pur, nuestro, -a,
out of, de.
owe (to), deber.
own, prgpio, -a.
painting, pintura, /.
palace, palacio, m.
pallid, p&lido, -a.
pardon (to), perdonar.
parents, padres, m. p!.
Paris, Paris,
park, parque, nt.
part, parte,/.
pass (to), pasar; across,
pasar por delante de; by,
passage (of a bili), votacifin,/,
patience, pacienda,/.
pay (to), pagar.
peace, paz, /.
peach, melocotfin, m. (17, Note).
pen, pluma, /.
pencil, Upb, m, (17).
penknife, navaja,/.
per cent, por dento, m.
perfect, perfecto, -a.
perish (to), perecer.
permission, el permiso.
permit (to), permitir.
■ person, persona, /.
philosophy, filosofla, /.
physical, fisico, --a.
physician, m£dico, m.
piano, piano, m.
pick np (to), recogei (171, 7).
piece, pedazo, m.; (musical),
pity, Ustima,/.
planet, planeta, m.
play (to), jugar; (an inslru-
meni), tocar.
please (to), gustar.
p. m., por la tarde.
poet, poeta, tn.
poetry, poesia, /.
Porto Rico, Puerto Rico,
position, posici^n,/.
possessive, posesivo, -a.
possible, posibte.
post office, correo, m.; casa de
potato, pauta, /.
pot-luck, peuitenda, /.
., Google
226
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
praise (to), Iobt.
praise oneself (to), alabarse.
precede (to), preceder.
prefer (to), preferir (195).
prefers (119, 16), prefiere.
premature, prematuro, -a.
Resent, actual.
present, regalo, m.
present oneself (to), presentarse.
president, piesidente, m.
pret^, hermoso, -a.
prevail (to), prevalecer.
price, precio, m.
prindlHd, principal,
prisoner, preso, m.
produce (to), produdr.
professor, catedr&tico, ffi.; Profes-
sor ( = JiWe), Profesor, m.
prolong (to), prolongai.
promise (to), prometer.
^onoun, pronombre, m.
proper (it is ), conviene.
proposition, propdsito, m.; propo-
prorerb, reStin, m.
public, municipBl, publico, -a.
pull (to), sacar.
pupil, disdpulo, m.
purse, bolsa, /.
put (to), meter.
qualltf, calidad,/.
queen regent, reina regente,/.
quickly (more), m&s de prisa.
R
rain, Uuvia,/.
rain (to), llover (181).
reach (to), alcanzar.
read (to), leer.
reason, razCn,/.
recede (to), retroceder.
receive (to), recibjr.
retdtal, representaci6n, /.
redte (to); dar.
recognize (to), reconocer.
record, hoja de servidos,/.
reference, respecto, m.
refuse (to),~ rechazac.
regiment, regimiento, bi.
regret (to), sentir (19s).
regnforcements, refuerzos, m. pi.
reject (to), rechazar.
remain (to), quedar. .
remedy, remedio, m.
renew (to), renovar.
rent (to), alquilar.
repent (to), arrepentirse,
reply (to), responder.
represent Jto), representar.
republic, repflblica,/.
reputation, reputacifin, /.
request (to), pedir (loa).
residence, morada,/.-, domidllQ,m.
resolve (to), resol verse.
resource, medio, m.
rest (to), descansar.
restaurant, fonda,/.
result, resultado, m.
retire (to), acostarse.
return (to), volver (19a).
return (=(0 give back), devolver.
revolution, revolucifin,/,
reward, premio, m.
rise (to), levantarse.
risk (to), arriesgar.
rob (to), robar.
robber, robador, m.
robust, robusto, -a.
Roman, romano, m.
Rome, Roma,/,
Romulus, R6mulo.
ruby, nibf, m.
run (to), correr.
Sabine, sabino, -a.
sacrifice (to), sacrificar.
safe, salvo, -a.
ogle
ENGLISH VOCABXJLAKY
227
saOr forfii (to), solir.
same, miamo, -a.
satellite, satfUte, m.
satiBfied, contento, -a.
Bay (to), decir (ai6).
scaadalouB, escandaloso, -a.
scene, paisaje, m.
scholar, disdpulo, m.
seamstress, costutera,/.
second, segundo, -a.
Second, Segunda (.sfrett); ■
Street, Calle Segunda.
see (to), vec (336).
seek (to), buscar (171, 1).
seem (to), paiecer; It —
sell (to), vender.
senator, senador, m.
send (to), mandar, enviar.
serious, grave.
set out (to), partir.
several, alguno, -a, varios, -«:
shadow, sombra,/.
shame, vergiienza, /.
sharp, agudo, -a.
sheep, oveja,/.
sheepfold, aprisco, m.
tMp, barco, m,
shipwreck, naufragio, m.
shere, orilla,/.
short-time, poco, m.
Bick, malo, -a.
Bide, lado, m.
silver, plata,/.
similar, tal.
since (.prep.), desde.
ring (to), cantar.
ringing, caittar, m.
sink (to), hundirse.
sister, heimana,/.
rister-in-law, cuOada,/.
six o'clock, tas seis.
sky, cielo, m.
slander (to), calumuiar.
elowij, despocio.
slumber, auefio, m.
small (very), pequeDfsimo, ~a.
snow, nieve,/.
so, que al (144) ; (180, 30),
tan.
so much, tanto.
socieQr, sociedad,/.
soldier, soldado, m.
something indeflnite, algo inde-
terminado.
Bound, aano, -a.
South, mediodfa, m.
Spain, EspaRa,/.
Spanish, espaflol, -a.
speak (to), hablar; BO to , pot
decirlo as(.
speaking, hablar, m.
speech, discurso, tn.
speed (st full), i todo correr.
spend (to), pasar (o/ lime); gastar.
spite (in of), & pesat de.
spite (in) of all, S peaar de todo.
spur up (to), picar.
square, plaza,/.
stairs, escalera,/,
stake (to), postar.
Stand (to), eatai.
star, escrella,/.
start (to), partir; off, partir;
out, salir.
statesman, eatadista, m.
station, estacifin,/.
statue, cuerpo, m.
stay (to), quedarse.
stay away (to), ausentane.
Bteal (to), robar.
Steel, acero. m.
steward, mayordomo, m.
still, todavla.
stir.
uido, I
le, piedra,/.
stove, estula,/.
Street, CaUe,/.
,1 Google
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAMMAR
strengfli, fuerza, /.
study (to), estudiai.
succeed (to), acertar.
success, £xito, m.
such a, tal.
suffice (to), basUr.
sufficient, bastante.
sup (to), cenar.
surer, mia certero, -a (97, a:
surgeon, mfdico, m.
surprise (to), sorprender.
surprised (to be), extrafiar.
surround (to), rodear.
swallow (throat), trago, m.
swear (to), jurat.
sweet, dulce.
take (to), toraat; from (173,
17), quitar; advantage of,
aprovechat.
task, tarea, /.
teacher, maestro, m.
telegraph (to), telegrafiar (171, b).
ten (to), decir (316).
ten, diez; o'clock, las diez.
tenth, diez (date).
than, que.
that (demonstrative), aquel, aque-
11a; (conjunction), que;
(a73, "), el.
thee, te.
their, au, bus.
them, les.
themselves, si.
then, entonces.
Hiere (154, 30), alU.
thereupon, con eso.
these, estos, -as.
tiiief, ladr6n, m.
think (to), peasar (185), creer;
^■^flt, creer del case.
third, tercero, -
this, este, esta.
thousand, mil.
three, tres.
time, tiempo, m.; in , &
tiempo; by this , ya; tMs
, esU vez; at fiiat
a (37).
times ( = occasion!), veces (17),
Hred, cansado, -a.
to, d.
to-day, hoy.
tomorrow, maflana,
to-morrow morning, maQana poc
la maSana. )
to-n^t, esta noche.
torpedo-boat, torpedero,
travel (to), viajar.
treaty, tratado, m.
trickle, escurrir.
trip, viaje, m.; vuelta,/.
trolley, tranvla e16ctrico,
tropical, tropical.
trouble oneself (to), molestarse.
true, verdadero, -a;
vetdad.
trunk, baill, m.
truth, verdad, /.
try (to), tratar; — to, tratar de.
Tuesdays, los martes.
tweaQr, veinte.
two, dos.
■, ea
uncle, tfo, M.
understand (to), entender (de).
United States, los Estados Unidos.
university, univetsidad, /.
until, hasta.
us (object vf verb), nos(s8).
use (to), usar.
useful, Atil; very ,utiU^mo,-a.
„ Google
ENGLISH VOCABUUIRY
229
valley, valle, «.
VBlorously, valerosamente.
Talue, valor, m.
variouB, vario, -a.
verb, verbo, m.
venture (to).
viands, manjares, m. pi.
vigorously (more), con mis vigor.
village, lugat, m.; aldea, /.
visit (to), visitar.
wait (to), esperar.
waken (to), despertar.
walk (to), andar, pasear; to
(after a verb of motion), i paseo.
war, guerra,/.
watch, reloj, m.
watch (to), velar.
water, agua,/. (u. Note).
way, camino, m.; In other B,
we two, los doa.
what, to que; a, qu£[ wliat?
quIP
irtien, cuando.
whenever, cuaado.
whether, si, que.
which, que.
whUe, I
who (relative), que; who? qui£a?
whole, entero,-a; the -^-, todo el.
whomsoever, quienquiera.
whose, cuyo, -a.
yibj? pot qufi?
wife, esposa, mujer,/.
irindow, ventana, /.
\rine, vino, m.
irisdom, sabidurfa,/.
wish, voluQtad,/.
wish (to), querer.
wit, ingenio, m.
mth, coa.
wi&in, dentio de.
without, sin.
woman, mujer,/.
work, trabajo, m.
work (to), trabajar.
world, mundo, m.
worthy, digno, -a.
wrath, c61era,/.
write (to), escribir.
written, escrito.
year, aDo, m.
yes, si.
yesterday, ayer.
yield (to), tendirse.
you, see ^.
young, joven (17, Note).
younger, mils joven.
young lady, sefiorita, /.
yonr, vuestro, -a; au.
D,9,t,.?<ib, Google
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
The references a
t. ISO-
A qn«, 159, d.
abbreviations, 335.
acabarde, 137.
accentuation, 9.
accusative, personal, 263.
accusative, simple, 164.
adjectives, 16; position of, 31;
agreement, 34; comparison, 38.
adverbs, 140; comparison of, 145.
agreement, 168.
ajeno, 11 1.
algo, no.
alguien, 109.
alsuiio, 123.
ambos, 133.
anterior, past, aSi.
apocopation, 37.
article, 11; definite, use of, 349; in-
definite, 354.
augmentatives, 46.
auxiliaries, modal, 130.
become, how to translate, a^.
business forms, 343.
by translated by por or de, 17S'
cada, 134.
cada uno, iii.
capitals, II-
cardinals, 51-53.
derto, 125.
conditional, 186.
conditional perfect, 387.
conjunctions, 159.
CUil,' 103.
cualqui«ra, 136.
cnanto, 93.
the sections
cuinto, 104.
CI170, 93.
c%o, lOI.
dative, a6i.
d«, 151.
de que, 159, e.
declension, 13.
demonstratives, 80-85.
diminutives, 47.
donde, 95 and 144.
6, IS9. /■
edutr, 347.
elision, 6.
el que, elcual, 91.
en, 153.
entero, 135, Note.
estar, 164; uses of, t8 and 165.
formalities, epistolary, 336-
formation of tenses, 173.
forms of address, 316.
fractions, 54.
fulano, 113-
future, 284.
future perfect, 285.
genitive, 361.
gerund, 312.
gel, how to translate, 345.
baber, 164; uses of, 165.
imperative, 177, Note, and 388.
imperfect tense, 275.
indefinite adjectives, 120.
indefinite pronouns, 108.
indicative, tenses of, 274-287.
infinitive, 305-309.
,;Got)^lc
ESSENTIALS OF SPANISH GRAUMAR
interjections, i6o.
interrogative pronouns, gS.
le (pronoun), 117.
letters, 340.
lo qne, lo cual, 94.
memory-aids to conjugations
mengano, 113.
mlsmo, i>8.
mucUsiino, 145, NoiB.
macho, 119.
nada, 113.
n«di«, 114.
nlnguno, 130.
nouns, cases of, 259.
number, 17.
numerals, sr.
6, 159, b.
ordinals, 53.
orthographic changes, vji.
otro, 131.
para, 156.
participle, past, 314.
participle, present, 311.
passive constructions, 175.
passive voice, 174.
past participles, irregular, 143.
perfect, 179.
pluperfect, iSo.
poco, 133.
por, 155.
posses^ve adjectives, 65.
preterit, 378.
pronouns, cases of, 359.
pronouns, personal, 58; position of,
59-
pro nouns, possessive, 74.
punctuation, 10.
que (relative), 89.
que (conjunction), 159, c.
que, 100.
que tai, 103.
qn£ tanto, 105.
quien. 90.
qui£ii, 99.
quienqulera, it6.
refle:cive verbs, 176-177,
relative pronouns, 88.
B^uir, r68, a.
Bendos, 133.
ser, 164; uses of, 18 and 165.
ai, IS9. «■
sino, 159, a.
subjunctive, 391-303.
syllabication, 8.
tal, 134.
tal . . . cual, 93.
tanto . . . cnanto, 93.
tener, 164; uses of, 14 and i
166.
than, how to translate, 146.
todo, 135.
fi, IS9
>,b.
Anico,
137-
tmo, I
16.
venir.
168, a.
verb,
syntai of, 367-
verbs.
defective
.338.
verbs,
impersonal, 181.
verbs,
irregular.
, t8i.
verbs,
irregular
, Usto[,a48.
verbs.
reciprocal, 180.
verbs.
regular, ;
163-170.
volver ft, 346,
word order, 367,
y, IS9,/.
UNIV. OF MICHIGAN,
FEB 19 1912
, Gotit^Ie
SPANISH TEXTS
Alarc6n, El Capitan Veneno (Browndl) . . . Jo. 50
El Nifio d« la Bola (Schevil!) 90
AvELLAHEDA. Balcasar (Bransby) 65
BiiETON. jQuien es Ella? (Garner) 70
Cald£r6n. La Vida es SueBo (Comfort) . , . .70
FoNTAWE. Fiores de Espafia 45
Galdos. Dofia Perfecia (Lewis) 1,00
Electra (Bunnell) 70
Marianela (Gray) 90
Johnson. Cuentos Modemos 60
Larra. Panir a Tiempo (Nichols) 40
MoRATiN. El Si de las 'Nifias (Geddes Sc Josselyn), .jo
TuRRELL. Spanish Reader 80
Valera. El Comendador Mendoza (Schevill) . . .85
Pepita Jimenez (Cusachs) 90
WORMAN'S SPANISH BOOKS —
REVISED
Second Spaniih Book . to.40.
IN their new form these books offer a sarisfactory course in
spoken Spanish. The FIRST BOOK teaches directly
by illustration, contrast, association, and natural infer-
ence. The exercises grow out of pictured objects and
actions, and the words are kept so constantly in mind that
no translation or use of English is required to fix their mean-
ing. In the SECOND BOOK the accentuauon agrees
with the latest rules of the language.
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
MARTIN'S FRENCH VERB
By lieutenant CHARLES F. MARTIN, Inatructor in
Modem Languages, United States Milltar}' Academy.
THIS work teaches the student how to use the French
verb at the same time that he learns to conjugate it. It
shows him what preposidon, if any, follows a verb before
an infinitive, and also how to form a sentence with the verb.
For this purpose complete conjugations of all kinds of French
verbs are given, and theit idiomatic use is carefiilly illustrated.
Verb lists are included, with questions in English to be transiated
by the student. The verb dictionary gives the idiomatic use
of all verbs oifering peculiarities or difficulties.
TUCKERMAN'S READER OF
FRENCH PRONUNCIATION
By JULIUS TUCKERMAN, Head of the Modern Lan-
guage Department, Central High School, Springfield, Mass.
Jo. 50
A SIMPLE and very rapid method of mastering French
pronunciation, which can also be used as a first reading
book. The introduction of only a single new difficulty
in each exercise enables the student to £x his attention on the
one sound he is studying without being detracted by a large
number of rules and exceptions. At the same time the con-
stant review in each lesson of sounds already studied strength-
ens his hold on the knowledge acquired. The vocabulary
.3 every form occuring in the text.
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
FRENCH COMPOSITIONS
ByH. A. GUERBER
EASY FRENCH PROSE COMPOSITION
I0.2S
THIS prose composition Is based on Guerber's ConiM et
Legendea, Part I, which :t is planned to accompany,
though it is adapted also for independent use. The ex-
ercises consist of English parallel versions of each of the
twenty-five selections, with the necessary indications of the
correct renderings. Suggestions arc afforded regarding words
to be omitted and others which will aid in the translation.
No vocabulary is included, since the pupil will find in the
original text all the data necessary for correct and easy trans-
lation. The principle of constant repetition found in the
stories is applied throughout
JOAN OF ARC— FRENCH COMPOSITION
?o.30
THE compoaitian work in this book is based on the prin-
dple that the best results can l>c obtained through the
use of material which is lK)th interesting and consecu-
tive. The life and exploits of Joan of Arc are presented in
the form of a continuous narrative, which is written in an
agreeable style, and adapted especially to the purpose in
Copious foot-notes indicating by rearrangement of the Eng-
lish words the equivalent French construction, and a full
cabulary, are included. The book is intended as a bridge be-
tween the customary grammar work and the writing of
nected passages based on the works of various authors rea
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
TWO GERMAN READERS
By MENCO STERN
Geschichten vom Rhem |0-8;
Geschichteo von Deutschen Stadten 1,2;
THESE two collections of stories are designed to arouse
and stimulate the pupil's inierest, not ody while he is
stru^ling wich the difEcuIties of Gernian grammar, but
even after he has success fizlly completed the study. They
make him acquainted with the German people, and describe
faithfully the various sections of the German Empire, portray-
ing their local color, and giving their local traditions.
^ These volumes, each containing nearly one hundred stories,
furnish interesting reading- matter, and include, besides, valu-
able suggestive material for exercises in conversation and com-
position. They are well suited for intermediate and advanced
grades, and provide excellent preparation for the reading of
the German classics. Both books have been recommended for
schools by the New York State Education Department.
^ While each chapter is complete in itself, yet taten together,
they form a complete whole, and afford a good general
acquaintance with the stenes in which they are laid. In
Geschichten von Deutschen Stadten, the stories commence
with the cities on the coast of the North Sea, and progress
through the Itsding towns of the German Empire. In
Geschichten vom Rhein, the reader starts from the source of
the Rhine, and follows it throughout its course. These sketches
all portray the romancp of Germany — its scenery, cities,
castles, and homes, interweaving with the descriptions the
legends and folk-lore of the people. They do not, however,
consist of fiction only, but furnbh also many facts of historical,
geographical, and literary importance. The vocabularies,
which have been carefully compiled, furnish ample aid. The
maps help show the significance of the tales.
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
c,u:- ; l,CjOOglC
FOUNDATIONS OF GERMAN
By C. F. KAYSER, Ph. D., Professor of German. Normal
Collegeofthe City of New York ; and F. MONTESER,
Ph. D., Head of German Department, De Wiit Clinton
High School, New York.
$0.80
THIS course reduces to a minimum all preparatory work,
and introduces the learner ai the earliest possible moment
CO the literature of the language. Among its distinctive
features are :
I. It includes only topics absolutely essential for any
progress whatever, and it presents them as briefly as is consist-
ent with perfect clearness.
11. It makes large use of " the living grammar." In this
way it enlivens instruction in grammar, stimulates self-activity,
and develops the feeling for correctness, which is the chief
thing to be looked for in all language study.
III, It lends itself excellently to conversational practice.
The vocabulary has been selected very carefully from every-
day language, and the phrases of the Get
all of a colloquial and strictly idiomatic character,
primarily intended to illustrate definite grammatical pben
their tone and language are so natural that whole e
may be turned into impromptu conversation, thus combining
drill in speaking and in grammar. This is still more true of
the connected readings, which are very simple.
IV. It oiTers a lirm foundation on which a solid super-
n be erected. The lessons are steadily progres-
minimize difficulties at the begin-
s give the pupil a chance to test
while the exercises in word for-
in the building up of his vocabu-
service in future sight reading.
While
sive ; no attempt is madi
ning. The English
hia knowledge and powi
mation stimulate his inte]
Jary, which will be of gt
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
C,^:-,; „G00glc
A THREE YEAR COURSE.
IN FRENCH
By L. C. SYMS, B. is L., L. en D., Dc Witt Clinton
High School, New York
Fir,t y™ in 1
Skow) Ydt ii
Third Yeu in
THIS compreheniive course in French teaches pupili not
only to read but also to speak and write the language
correctly. In the First Year the earlj" lesssons con-
tain only the names of common objects while the later ones
include abort stories which are not intended Co be translated
into English. In the Second Year an almost equal amount
of time is ffven to reading, conversation, translation,
and grammar. Particular stress is laid upon the study of
verbs, A shon story or description forms the basis of each
lesson, illustrating a grammatical principle and affording an
easy and pleasant subject for conversation. The more
difficult aspects of French grammar and syntax are treated in
the Third Year, and unusual attendon is given to all points
likely to prove especially confijsing. The progressive reading
lessons are such as will prepare the student to read the master-
pieces of French literature. Each book contwm vocab-
SYMS'S EASY FIRST FRENCH READER. ^0.50
THESE Moiiei and poemi have, for the moU pan, been lelecCed from
the woik) of Octave PeiuUet, £■ Lalxnilaye, Hegcsippe Moreau,
Felix GraB, and other well known wrirers. The teic i> eaay and
progressive, proceeding IVom (he very simple to the more difficult by a
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
C,^:-,; „G00glc
D,g,t,.?<ib, Google
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11